M.tech Swapnil

Dissertation Titled
COMPARATIVE STUDY OF IS: 800 (DRAFT) CODE

& EUROCODE 3 ENV: 1993-1-1
(PART 1-1 GENERAL RULES AND RULES FOR BUILDING)
Submitted by
Swapnil B.Kharmale
(Roll No. CD-051061)
M. Tech. (Civil Engineering with Specialization in Structural Engineering)

2005 - 2007
Guided by
Mr. B.A. Naik
2006-2007
Department Of Structural Engineering
Veermata Jijabai Technological Institute.

(Autonomous Institute Affiliated to University of Mumbai)
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Swapnil B.Kharmale a student of M. Tech. Civil Engineering

(Specialization in Structural Engineering), has completed his dissertation on
COMPARATIVE STUDY OF IS: 800 (DRAFT) CODE & EUROCODE 3 ENV:
1993-1-1(PART 1-1 GENERAL RULES AND RULES FOR BUILDING) Under the
Guidance of Mr. B.A. Naik.
(Mr. B. A. Naik) (Prof. M. G. Gadgil)

Guide I/C Head.
Department of Structural Engineering
Statement by the candidate
I wish to state that work embodied in this dissertation titled COMPARATIVE

STUDY OF IS: 800 (DRAFT) CODE & EUROCODE 3 ENV: 1993-1-1(PART 1-1
GENERAL RULES AND RULES FOR BUILDING) forms my own contribution to
the work carried out under the Guidance of Mr. B. A. Naik at the Veermata Jijabai
Technological Institute. This work has not been submitted for any other Degree or
Diploma of any University/ Institute. Wherever references have been made to
previous works of others, it has been clearly indicated.
Signature of Candidate
CERTIFICATE
This dissertation COMPARATIVE STUDY OF IS: 800 (DRAFT) CODE &

EUROCODE 3 ENV: 1993-1-1(PART 1-1GENERAL RULES AND RULES FOR
BUILDING) Submitted by Swapnil B.Kharmale, is found to be satisfactory and is
approved for the Degree of M.Tech Civil Engineering (Specialization in Structural
Engineering), of the Veermata Jijabai Technological Institute.
(Mr. B.A.Naik) (Prof M.D.Mulay)

Guide Examiner
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
It give me immense pleasure to present this report entitled

COMPARATIVE STUDY OF IS: 800 (DRAFT) CODE & EUROCODE 3
ENV: 1993-1-1 (PART 1-1 GENERAL RULES AND RULES FOR
BUILDING)
I wish to acknowledge with deep sense of gratitude, my indebtedness to my

guide Prof.B.A.Naik for his valuable guidance. In spite of his busy schedule, he
spared time, took keen interest, reviewed my work, discussed at length and gave me
constant encouragement to complete this dissertation.
I am also thankful to Dr. K. G. Narayankhedkar, Director, V.J.T.I., Mumbai

and Prof. M. G. Gadgil, Head, Structural Engineering Department V.J.T.I., Mumbai
for extending relevant facilities during this work.
On many occasions, Prof K.K.Sangle and Prof N.M.Damle took part in

discussion and enlightened about the current practice in the field. I am thankful for
their helpful suggestions and practical hints.
Last but not least, I am deeply grateful to my family members, all my friends
and well-wishers for encouraging and helping me directly or indirectly, throughout
my project work.
SWAPNIL B. KHARMALE
CONTENTS
Sub Topic Topic Page No
List Of Tables i-iii

List Of Figures iv-vi
Section A :- Introduction 1-28
A.1 General 1-7
A.2 About IS:800 (Draft) 8-12
A.3 About Eurocode 3 ( ENV:1993-1-1) 13-16
A.4 Symbols And Conventions By Both Codes 17-28
Section B:- Study Of Both Code 29-237
B.1 Basis Of Design 29-61
B.2 Materials 62-68
B.3 Analysis And Design Requirements 69-78
B.4 Design Of Tension Member 79-107
B.5 Design Of Compression Member 108-159
B.6 Design Of Member Subjected To Bending 160-206
B.7 Design Of Member Subjected To Combined Forces 207-222
B.8 Connections 223-237
Section C:- Project Problem 238-270
C.1 Problem Data And Analysis 238-257
C.2 Design By Both Code 258-277
Conclusions 278-280
References 281-282
List of tables
A.1.1 Countries and their design format

A.2.1 Sections of IS: 800 (Draft)
A.2.2 Appendix of IS: 800(Draft)
A.2.3 General comparison between IS: 800-1984 and IS: 800 (Draft)
A.3.1 Sections/chapters of Eurocode 3 Part 1.1
A.3.2 Annexure of Eurocode 3 Part 1.1
A.4.1 List of symbols used in both codes
A.4.2 Conventions for member axis as per IS: 800 (Draft)
A.4.3 Conventions for member axis as per IS: 800 (Draft)
B.1.1 Limit states
B.1.2 Partial safety factors for loads ( f) for different limit states as per IS: 800
(Draft)
B.1.3 Partial safety factors for actions ( f) for persistent and transient design
situation as per Eurocode 3
B.1.4 Design values of actions as per Eurocode 3
B.1.5 Partial safety factor for material property ( m) as per IS: 800 (Draft)
B.1.6 Partial safety factor for material property ( M) as per Eurocode 3
B.1.7 Classification of cross section by both codes
B.1.8 Limiting width to thickness ratios for outstand flange element
B.1.9 Limiting width to thickness ratios for internal flange element subjected to
axial compression
B.1.910 Limiting width to thickness ratios for internal flange element subjected to
bending compression
B.1.11 Limiting width to thickness ratios for web element subjected to axial
compression
B.1.12 Limiting width to thickness ratios for web element subjected to bending
compression
B.1.13 Limiting width to thickness ratios for angles
B.1.14 Limiting width to thickness ratios for tubular sections
Swapnil B.Kharmale Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC3

CD-051061 i
B.1.15 Effective cross sectional properties of Class 4 sections as per Eurocode 3
B.1.16 Classification of Indian standard hot rolled I-sections as per IS: 800 (Draft)
and Eurocode 3
B.1.17 Classification of Indian standard hot rolled angle sections (ISA) as per IS:
800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3
B.2.1 Physical properties of structural steel by both codes
B.2.2 Tensile properties of structural steel by IS: 800 (Draft) for general purpose
B.2.3 Tensile properties of structural steel by IS: 800 (Draft) for fasteners
B.2.4 Tensile properties of structural steel by IS: 800 (Draft) for welds
B.2.5 Nominal values of yield stress (fy) and ultimate stress (fu) by Eurocode 3 for
hot rolled steel
B.2.6 Nominal values of yield stress (fy) and ultimate stress (fu) by Eurocode 3 for
bolts.
B.3.1 Maximum effective slenderness ratios as per IS: 800 (Draft)
B.3.2 Maximum effective slenderness ratios as per NAD (UK) of Eurocode 3
B.3.3 Deflection limits other than for pitched roof portal frame as per IS: 800
(Draft)
B.3.4. Recommended limiting values of vertical deflections as per Eurocode 3
B.5.1 ,PSHUIHFWLRQIDFWRU
B.5.2 Buckling curves for a cross section
B.5.3 Constant k1, k2, k3
B.5.4 Effective length of prismatic compression member as per IS: 800 (Draft)
B.5.5 Width of lacing bars
B.5.8 Shear stiffness for various lacing system by Eurocode 3
B.6.1 Moment capacity as per LSM approach by both codes
B.6.2 Calculation of moment capacity and laterally unsupported length
FRUUHVSRQGLQJWR LT=0.04 for Indian Standard hot rolled I-sections by both
codes
B.6.3 Effective length KL for cantilever of length L as per IS: 800 (Draft)

CD-051061 ii
B.6.4 Shear area Av
B.7.1 Constant 1 ( ) and 2 (
B.7.2 Design reduced flexural strength for plastic and compact class without bolt
hole (Approximate formulae as per IS code and Eurocode)
B.7.3 Equivalent uniform moment factor
B.8.1 Minimum edge and end distances of fasteners
B.8.2 Slip factor f
B.8.3 &RUUHODWLRQIDFWRU w
B.8.4 Strength of weld per unit length of weld as per both codes
C.1.1 Analysis results and load combination for design by both codes
C.2.1 Comparison of design capacity of various elements of FOB by both codes

CD-051061 iii
List of figures
A.4.1 Conventions for member axes as per IS: 800 (Draft)

A.4.2 Conventions for member axes as per Eurocode 3
B.1.1 Variability of yield stress
B.1.2 Representation of design principle for variable effect and resistance
B.1.3 Ultimate failure condition
B.1.4 Serviceability failure conditions
B.1.5 Classification of cross section
B.1.6 Internal and outstand element
B.3.1 Vertical deflection to be considered by Eurocode 3
B.4.1 Cross section pf tension member
B.4.2 Influence of residual stresses on the behaviour of a cross section
B.4.2 (a) Distribution of stresses across a section with holes
B.4.3 Block shear failure of plate
B.4.4 Block shear failure of angle
B.4.5 Determination of net area in case of staggered holes
B.4.6 - Giagram at net section
B.4.7 Angles with end connections
B.4.8 Bolted connections for angle tie member
B.4.9 Angle eccentrically loaded by gusset
B.4.10 Shear lag effect when angle is connected by one leg
B.4.11 Block shear effective area
B.5.1 Cross sections of compression member
B.5.2 Local buckling curves and modes of failures
B.5.3 Non-dimensional buckling curves
B.5.4 Real column test results and buckling curves
B.5.5 European buckling curves (ECCS curves)
B.5.6 Single angle strut connected to gusset plate in truss
B.5.7 Single laced column (Design as per IS:800 (Draft))
B.5.8 Single laced column (Design as per Eurocode 3)
B.5.9 Battened column
Swapnil B.Kharmale Comparative study of IS: 800(Draft) & EC3
CD-051061 iv
B.5.10 Shear and moments in batten
B.6.1 Laterally supported beam
B.6.2 Laterally unsupported cantilever undergoing Lateral Torsional Buckling
B.6.3 Behaviour of simply supported beam
B.6.4 Transition from elastic to plastic stage of cross section in bending
B.6.5 Behaviour of continuous beam
B.6.6 Effect of shear force on Mp (Full plastic moment capacity)
B.6.4 Deflection of simply supported beam undergoing Lateral Torsional
Buckling
B.7.1 Elastic behaviour of cross sections in compression and bending
B.7.2 Full plasticity under axial load and moment
B.7.3 Full plasticity interaction major axis bending of ISHB 450
B.8.1 Connections in multistoryed building
B.8.2 Simple connections
B.8.3 Rigid beam to column connection
B.8.4 Symbols for spacing of fasteners
B.8.5 Long joint
B.8.6 Bolted connection with four bolts
B.8.7 Distribution of forces in case of long joint
B.8.8 Prying force
C.1.1 Geometry of FOB
C.1.2 Modeling of FOB in STAAD PRO

CD-051061 v
Section A:- Introduction
A.1 General
A.1.1 Development in Steel Construction:-
During last two decades many changes had occurred in the science of
Structural Engineering. Knowledge of structural theory had expanded and the use of
computer aided design has encouraged greater sophistication in the analysis of steel
structure in the elastic and inelastic range. Also steel quality and constructional
methods are continually being improved and these factors help in development of
rational design technique Design in steel used to be regarded as a 'black art' where
one only reached a level of competence after 20 years of hard won experience.
Whilst, of course, experience is still very important, the designer is now much better
supported and is able to be more accurate. Computers have made routine, levels of
analysis that would otherwise have taken much manual calculation. Codes of
practice have become more comprehensive. The advent of limit state design
concentrates the designer's mind on the most important aspects of a particular
design
Following example illustrate the refinements in structural form that have been
achieved by the improvements in understanding of structural behaviour, analysis
and design. The portal frame, the subject of much research from 1950 to the present
day, is an elegant, minimalist structure, see Slide below. Its inherent efficiency of
shape (its centerline closely follows the thrust line that would be associated with an
axial equilibrium path, thus minimizing bending moments) is enhanced by modern
plastic or elastic design. Plastic design permits redistribution of the moments so that
the bending moment envelope is the closest possible fit to the envelopes of uniform
strength associated with prismatic sections; a haunch is used to resist the peak
moment at the eaves. Elastic analysis and modern methods of fabrication permit the
construction of a frame whose varying strength distribution is a close fit to the elastic
bending moment envelope.
Swapnil B. Kharmale 1 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC 3

CD-051061
This example shows the improvements in understanding of structural behaviour and
subsequently developments in analysis and design from 1950 to till today. Thus to
avail the benefits of these developments the design code of particular country should
incorporate the modern analysis and design technique

CD-051061
A.1.2 Design Codes / Standards/Code of Practice:-
A design code is a set of minimum requirements for construction covering

safety and serviceability. This safety involves life, health, fire, and structural stability.
The Code may be administered by a city, county, or state, or by a
combination of the three.
Essential of an efficient code of practice for design of steel structure:-
x It should be based on rational design theory.

x The Code should be simple, understandable and easy to use ,.
x It should be updated regularly to cater the development in the field of
research and technology.
As per above discussion of design codes and its essentials we will overview
our existing IS: 800 -1984 (Code of practice for use of steel in
structures),IS:800 (Draft) as well as Countries and their Design Formats
A.1.2.1 About IS: 800-1984 (Code of practice for use of steel in structures):-
IS 800 (Code of practice for use of steel in structures), which was prepared in
1984 and reaffirmed in 1991, is based on Allowable Stress Design procedure (ASD).
The methodology of design of steel structures as per existing IS 800 has not
been updated to cater to changes due to research and the state-of-the-art
knowledge all over the world. Since the technical knowledge generated through
research is generic in nature and can be applied across the world, it is essential to
evolve Indian code provisions based on efficient design philosophies.
Considering that the current practice all over the world is based on Limit State
Method (LSM) or Load and Resistance Factor design Method, it has been felt by
experts that the IS 800 should modified to Limit State Method (LSM) while

CD-051061
maintaining Allowable Stress Design (ASD) as a transition alternative, which will
help the designers to understand both the design methods and utilize the most
advantageous one, and only recently the Indian Standards Institution has taken up
the job of revising IS 800 to the Limit state method design which is at present at an
advanced stage, with a purpose of evolving a code which will be understandable,
easy to use and based on good and widely practiced structural theory to deal
properly with elastic instability, dynamic loads and fatigue.
A.1.2.2 Countries and their Design Formats

Almost all advanced countries are now taking advantage of efficient code
stipulations, and current practice all over the world is based on either Limit State
Method (LSM) or Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD).
Following table shows the various major countries and their Design Format
Table A.1.1:- Countries and their Design Formats
Countries Design Formats (For Steel Structure)
Australia , Canada , China , Europe ,Japan Limit State Method (LSM)

United Kingdom (UK)
U.S.A. Load And Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD)
India a) IS: 800-(1984) Allowable Stress Design (ASD)
b) IS: 800 (Draft) Limit State Method
A.1.2.3 IS: 800 (Draft)
The total Draft is prepared is based on the stipulations of International

Standards as applicable and Teaching Resource for Structural Steel Design of
INSDAG (a committee comprising experts from IIT, SERC)

CD-051061
Following International Standards are referred for IS: 800 (Draft)
x AISC-1999:-Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) Specification for
Structural Steel Buildings, American Institute of Steel Construction, INC,
Chicago, Illinois.
x AS 4100-1998:-Steel Structures (second edition), Standards Australia

(Standards Association of Australia), Homebush, NSW 2140.
x BS 5950-2000:-Structural Use of Steelwork in Buildings: Part1Code of

practice for design in simple and continuous construction: hot rolled
sections, British Standards Institution, London.
x CAN/CSA-S16.1-94:-Limit States Design of Steel Structures, Canadian

Standards Association, Rexdale (Toronto), Ontario, Canada M9W 1R3.
x ENV: 1993-1-1 Eurocode 3: Design Of Steel Structure: Part 1-1 General

rules and rules for building.
This dissertation covers the comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3
(ENV: 1993-1-1, General rules and rules for building).
A.1.3 Objectives of Dissertation (i.e. Comparative Study of IS: 800 (Draft) and
Eurocode 3)
Through the comparison of IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3 following
objectives are to be achieved.
1) Becoming familiar with new design methodology i.e. Limit State Design for
design of steel structure.
2) Learning as well as understanding the basis (why and how?) of various
clauses concerned with different section (such as design of tension member,
compression member, flexural member, member subjected to combined
forces etc).

CD-051061
3) Comparing similarities as well as differences between both codes and also
examining the efficient way of designing and if possible finding how best we
can incorporate it in our code.
4) Searching limitations of both codes and if possible trying to overcome it
through detailed study.
5) To document step-by step procedure for designing different types of structural
elements, clearly highlighting different methodology adopted in two different
countries so that it may be helpful for undergraduate student as well as
practicing engineer.
6) To study economy achieved by designing through both code.
A.1.4 Scope of the present work

IS: 800 (draft) consists of total 17 section and 9 appendices where as
Eurocode 3 (ENV1993-1-1, General rules and rules for building) contains 9 sections
and 10 annexure covering the specifications, standards and rule for design off steel
structure. It is very vast to cover all sections in details for comparison purpose.
Hence it is considered cover the basic and elementary section for in detail study
purpose. The study work is broadly divided in to following three parts
Part 1:- Comparative Study of Basic Sections by Both Codes through
Basis Of Design
Section Classification
Tension Member
Compression Member
Member Subjected To Bending
Member Subjected To Combined Forces
Connections
This consists of studying the basis of clauses (for above mentioned sections)
mentioned in both codes followed by illustrated examples by corresponding codes.

CD-051061
Part-2:- A Detailed Design Problem
Analysis Of Foot Over Bridge (FOB)

Design Of Foot Over Bridge By Both Code
This will give the full design process by both code followed by comparison in
terms of economy feasibility and safety
Part -3 Conclusion

CD-051061
A.2 About IS: 800 (Draft)
A.2.1 Content of IS: 800 (Draft)
Following tables (Table A.2.1 and A.2.2) represent the content of IS:800
(Draft)
Table A.2.1:-Sections of IS: 800 (Draft)
Sections /Chapters Name Of Sections/Chapters
Section 1 General
Section 2 Materials
Section 3 General design requirements
Section 4 Methods of structural analysis
Section 5 Limit state design
Section 6 Design of tension member
Section 7 Design of compression member
Section 8 Design of member subjected to bending
Section 9 Member subjected to combined forces
Section10 Connection
Section11 Working load design format
Section12 Design and detailing for earthquake load
Section13 Fatigue
Section14 Design assisted by testing
Section15 Durability
Section16 Fire resistance
Section17 Fabrication and erection
Table A.2.2:-Appendix of IS: 800 (Draft)
Appendix Name Of Appendix
Appendix A Chart showing highest maximum temperature

Appendix B Chart showing lowest minimum temperature
Appendix C Advanced method of analysis and design
Appendix D Design against floor vibration
Appendix E Methods for determining effective length of columns in
frame
Appendix F Lateral torsional buckling
Appendix G Connections
Appendix H General recommendations for steelwork tenders and
contract
Appendix I Plastic properties of beams

CD-051061
A.2.2 Overview of IS: 800 (Draft) with respect to IS: 800 -1984
As far as for comparison purpose the IS: 800 (Draft) should be first broadly
compared with respect to existing IS: 800-1984 so that we can appreciate the
changes due to change in design methodology (i.e. from ASD to LSM)
Table A.2.3:- General comparison between IS: 800-1984 and IS:800 (Draft)
Points of comparison IS:800-1984 IS:800(Draft)
Number of pages 137 206

Number of sections 12 17
Number of appendices 7 9
Number of symbols 79 327
Number of IS code referred 54 87
Number of terms defined 13 111
There were 12 (Twelve) sections in IS: 800-1984 whereas in IS: 800 (Draft
Code) there are 17 (Seventeen) sections are included. In Draft Code newly
introduced sections are 8 (Eight). From IS: 800-1984 (Old Code) the Section-10
Design of Encased Member has been removed, where the Section-12 Steel Work
Tenders and Contracts is considered under Appendix- H of Draft Code. The
Section-9 Plastic Design of IS: 800-1984 which was introductory in old code is
removed and the Concept of Plastic Analysis is considered in Draft code.
The newly introduced Sections in IS: 800-2006(Draft Code) are discussed in
brief as below:-
Newly added Sections and Appendices
Sections:-
Following are 8 newly introduced sections:-
1) SECTION-4 METHODS OF STRCTURAL ANALYSIS

In this section; the methods of determining the action effects (i.e. Structural
analysis) have been discussed. These methods are

CD-051061
a) Elastic analysis
b) Plastic analysis
c) Advanced analysis
The assumptions, requirements and application of each above method have
been discussed in detail in this section.
In addition to the above method of analysis, for the purpose of analysis and design
the Classification of structural frames, Forms of constructions assumed for analysis are
described.
2) SECTION -5 LIMIT STATE DESIGN

In this section; basis for limit state design, two limit state viz Limit state of strength
and Limit state of serviceability are discussed
The actions (Load), classification of actions, design action, strength, design
strength, ultimate strength, and partial VDIHW\ IDFWRUV IRU ORDGV f) and for material
VWUHQJWK m) are described in detail.
The Sections 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (considering Design of -Tension member,
Compression member, Members subjected to bending, Member subjected to combined
forces) deals with Limit State Design format.
3) SECTION-11 WORKING LOAD DESIGN FORMAT

This section deals with working load design format In old code design is based on
working stress method which is modified and presented under Working Load Design
Format in the Draft Code This section deals with design criteria for
a) Tension member
b) Compression member
c) Member subjected to bending
d) Member subjected to combined stresses
4) SECTION-12 DESIGN AND DETAILING FOR EARTHQUAKE LOADS
This section covers the requirements for designing and detailing of steel frames so
as to give them adequate strength, stability and ductility to resist sever earthquake in all
zones of IS:1893 without collapse.

CD-051061
In this section additional load combination for earthquake are mentioned. The
design details of lateral load resisting systems (Such as Braced frame system, Moment
frame system) from point of view of earthquake load combination are discussed.
5) SECTION-13 FATIGUE
This new section deals with design against fatigue. Terms like fatigue, fatigue
strength, stress range, stress cycle counting, S-N curves are defined In this section
different details of member and connection (such as non welded details, welded details
in hollow and non hollow section, bolted connection details) are classified under
different fatigue classes and design stress ranges corresponding to various number of
cycles of loading are given for each fatigue class.
6) SECTION-14 DESIGN ASSISTED BY TESTING

This section is introduced not only to provide an alternative to calculation methods
(if these methods are not adequate for design of a particular structure, its element or
when design or construction is not entirely in accordance with section of given
standard) but also necessary in special circumstances (such when the actual
performance of an existing structure capacity is in question or when confirmation is
required on the consistency of production of material components members or
structures originally designed by calculation)
In this section types of tests a) Acceptance test (such as NDT) b) Strength test
c)Test to failure d)Check test along with Test conditions ,Test loading and Criteria for
acceptance have been discussed.
7) SECTION-15 DURABILITY
This section deals with durability of steel structure, it discuss requirement for
durability, environmental exposure condition (Table15.2), corrosion protection methods,
surface protection methods. Table15.3 gives protection guide for steel work application
in detail

CD-051061
8) SECTION-16 FIRE RESISTANCE
This newly introduced section applies to steel building elements designed to exhibit
a required fire resistance level as per given specification
This section include definition of related terms, different fire exposure condition, fire
resistance level, periods of structural adequacy as well as the variation of mechanical
properties of steel with temperature (i.e. variation of yield stress fy and modulus of
elasticity Es)
Appendices:-
Following are 3(three) newly introduced appendices:-
1) APPENDIX -C ANALYSIS AND DESIGN METHODS (ADVANCED STRUCTURAL

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN)
This appendix gives advanced structural analysis and design methods for a frame
comprising members of compact section with full lateral restraints (i.e. laterally
supported members) and Second Order Elastic and Design
2) APPENDIX- D DESIGN AGAINST FLOOR VIBRATION

This section applicable for design of floors with longer spans and of lighter section
and less damping as these structure are more sensitive to vibrations under normal
human activities.
The appendix gives the determination of floor frequency, peak acceleration and
table for critical damping which required for dynamic analysis.
3) APPENDIX-G CONNECTIONS
In this appendix requirements for design of splice (Beam splice, Column splice)
and beams to column connections as well as recommendations for their design are
discussed

CD-051061
A.3 About Eurocode 3 (ENV: 1993-1-1)
A.3.1 Background to the Eurocode Programme
1) The Commission of the European Communities (CEC) initiated the work of

establishing a set of harmonized technical rules for the design of building and
civil engineering works which would initially serve as an alternative to the
different rules in force in the various Member States and would ultimately
replace them. These technical rules became known as the "Structural
Eurocodes".
2) In 1990, after consulting their respective Member States, the CEC transferred
the work of further development, issue and updates of the Structural
Eurocodes to CEN, and the EFTA Secretariat agreed to support the CEN
work.
3) CEN Technical Committee CEN/TC 250 is responsible for all Structural
Eurocodes.
4) Separate sub-committees have been formed by CEN/TC250 for the various
Eurocodes.
5) This part of the Structural Eurocode for Design of Steel Structures, which had
been finalized and approved for publication under the direction of CEC, is
being issued by CEN as a European Prestandard (ENV) with an initial life of
three years.
A.3.2 Objectives of Eurocodes
The following are objectives of Eurocodes

1) The Structural Eurocodes comprise a group of standards for the structural
and geotechnical design of buildings and civil engineering works.
2) These are intended to serve as references documents for the following
purpose.

CD-051061
a) To comply with essential requirements of Construction Products
Directive (CPD)
b) To frame harmonized technical specification for construction products
A.3.3 Scope of Eurocode 3
1) Eurocode 3 applies to the design of buildings and civil engineering works in

steel. It is subdivided into various separate parts, such as 1.1.2 and 1.1.3.
2) This Eurocode is only concerned with the requirements for resistance,
serviceability and durability of structures. Other requirements, e.g. concerning
thermal or sound insulation are not considered.
3) Eurocode 3 does not cover the special requirements of seismic design. Rules
related to such requirements are provided in ENV: 1998 Eurocode 8 "Design
of structures for earthquake resistance" which complements or adapts the
rules of Eurocode 3 specifically for this purpose.
4) Numerical values of the actions on buildings and civil engineering works to be
taken into account in the design are not given in Eurocode 3. They are
provided in ENV: 1991 Eurocode 1 "Basis of design and actions on
structures" which is applicable to all types of construction.
A.3.3.1 Scope of Part 1.1 of Eurocode 3
1) Part 1 .l of Eurocode 3 gives a general basis for the design of buildings and
civil engineering works in steel.
2) In addition, Part 1.1 gives detailed rules which are mainly applicable to
ordinary buildings. The applicability of these rules may be limited, for practical
reasons or due to simplifications; their use and any limits of applicability are
explained in the text where necessary.
3) The following subjects are dealt with in this initial version of Eurocode 3: Part
1.1

CD-051061
Table A.3.1:-Sections/Chapters of Eurocode 3 Part 1.1
Sections /Chapters Name Of Sections/Chapters
Chapter 1 Introduction
Chapter 2 Basis of design
Chapter 3 Materials
Chapter 4 Serviceability limit states
Chapter 5 Ultimate limit states
Chapter 6 Connections subject to static loading
Chapter 7 Fabrication and erection
Chapter 8 Design assisted by testing
Chapter 9 Fatigue
Table A.3.2:- Annexure of Eurocode 3 Part 1.1
Annexure Name Of Annexure
Annex A General recommendations for structural integrity

Annex B Reference standards
Annex C Design against brittle fracture
Annex E Buckling length of a compression member
Annex F Lateral-torsional buckling
Annex J Beam-to-column connections
Annex K Hollow section lattice girder connections
Annex L Column bases
Annex M Alternative method for fillet welds
Annex Y Guidelines for loading tests
A.3.3.2 Further Parts of Eurocode 3

The Part 1.1 of Eurocode 3 will be supplemented by further Parts 2,3 etc.
which will complement or adapt it for particular aspects of special types of buildings
and civil engineering works, special methods of construction and certain other
aspects of design which are of general practical importance.

CD-051061
Further Parts of Eurocode 3 are as follows
x
x
Part 1.2 Fire resistances
x
Part 1.3 Cold formed thin gauge members and sheeting
x
Part 2 Bridges and plated structures
x
Part 3 Towers, masts and chimneys
x
Part 4 Tanks, silos and pipelines
x
Part 5 Piling
x
Part 6 Crane structures
x
Part 7 Marine and maritime structures
Part 8 Agricultural structures
A.3.4 National Application Documents (NAD) for Eurocodes
There are 18 countries following the Eurocode. The design parameter

(materials, sections, climatic conditions) may vary from country to country. Therefore
NAD is introduced to express the national choices depending upon the
corresponding design situations.
Alternatively, National Application Documents refer to other publications that
provide the information or guidance to enable the Eurocode to be used for design for
design of a structure in particular country.
In this Dissertation the Eurocode 3 (ENV: 1993-1-1) together with United
Kingdom National Application Document are used.

CD-051061
A.4 Symbols and Conventions by Both Codes
A.4.1 List of Symbols used in both codes:-
Following is list of general symbols used in both code for chapters that are
covered in this dissertation. Note that some special symbols are not included in this
list these are described whenever they encountered a particular topic
Table A.4.1:-List of symbols used in both codes
As per IS:800 (Draft) As per Eurocode 3
(ENV:1993-1-1:1992)
A) For Chapter Basis Of Design and Section Classification
x-x Axis along a member x-x Axis along a member

y-y Minor axis of a cross-section y-y Major axis of a cross-section
z-z Major axis of a cross-section z-z Minor axis of a cross-section
Major principal axis (where Major principal axis (where
u-u this does not coincide with the u-u this does not coincide with
z-z axis) the y-y axis)
Minor principal axis (where Minor principal axis (where
v-v this dose not coincide with v-v this dose not coincide with
the y-y axis) the z-z axis)
b Width of a cross section b Width of a cross section
h Depth of a cross section h Depth of a cross section
tw Web thickness tw Web thickness
tf Flange thickness tf Flange thickness
r Radius of root fillet r Radius of root fillet
r1 Radius of root fillet r1 Radius of root fillet
r2 Toe radius r2 Toe radius
t Thickness t Thickness
Characteristics value of Characteristics value of
Qpk Gk
permanent actions permanent actions
Upper characteristics value
-- --- Gk.sup
of permanent action
Lower characteristics value
-- --- Gk.inf
of permanent action
Characteristics value of Characteristics value of the
Qyk Qk
variable actions effect of variable action
Characteristics value of Characteristics value of the
Qak Ak
accidental actions effect of accidental action
fft Partial safety factor for load F Partial safety factor for load

CD-051061
Upper value of partial safety
-- --- G.sup
factor for permanent action
Lower value of partial safety
-- --- G.inf
factor for permanent action
Partial safety factor for
-- --- Q variable
action
-- --- A
accidental action
Partial safety factor for load Partial safety factor for action
f for FF for fatigue
fatigue
Qd Design action Fd Design action
Sd Design material strength Xd Design material strength
Sm Characteristic value of Characteristic value of
material strength Xk material strength
Partial safety factor for Partial Safety factor for
m M
material material property
Partial safety factor for Partial safety factor for
material when resistance is material property for
m0 M
governed by yielding or particular governing mode of
buckling failure
Partial safety factor for Partial safety factor for
m1 material when resistance Mf material property for fatigue
governed by Ultimate stress.
mft -- ---
material for fatigue
nf material strength for bolts- -- ---
friction type
mb material strength for bolts- -- ---
bearing type
Yield Stress ratio=Iy) Yield Stress ratio=Iy)
-- --- cr Critical Plate buckling stress
-- --- k Plate buckling factor
-- --- S
Plate slenderness
EG
Effective dimensions of
-- ---
Class 4 section
Shift of centroidal axis when
Class 4 section subjected to
-- --- eN compression

CD-051061
B) For chapter Materials
Unit mass of steel Unit mass of steel

E Modulus of Elasticity E Modulus of Elasticity
Poissons ratio Poissons ratio in elastic
stage
G Modulus of Rigidity G Shear modulus
Coefficient of thermal Coefficient of linear thermal
t
expansion expansion
fy Yield stress fy Yield stress
fu Ultimate stress fu Ultimate stress
-- --- y yield strain
-- --- u ultimate strain
C) For chapter Design Of Tension Member
Factored design tension Design value of tensile force

T NSd
Design strength of member Design tension resistance of
Td Nt.Rd
the cross section
Design tensile strength of Design plastic resistance of
Tdg section due to yielding of Npl.Rd the gross cross section
gross section
Ag Gross cross sectional area A Gross cross sectional area
Design tensile strength due to Design ultimate resistance of
Tdn Nu.Rd
rupture of critical section the net cross section
Net effective area of cross Net area of a cross section
An Anet
section
Gauge length between bolt Gauge length between bolt
g g
hole hole
Staggered pitch between line Staggered pitch between line
ps ps
of bolt holes of bolt holes
Diameter of bolt hole Diameter of bolt hole
dh do
Anc Net area of connected leg -- ---
Ago Gross area of outstanding leg -- ---
Design tensile strength due to
Tdb -- ---
block shear
Avg Minimum gross area in shear -- ---
Avn Minimum net area in shear -- ---
Minimum gross area in
Atg -- ---
tension
Minimum net area in tension
Atn -- ---

CD-051061
D) For chapter Design Of Compression Member
Pd Design compressive strength NSd Design value of compressive

of member force
Nc.Rd Design compression
-- --- resistance of the cross
section
No.Rd Design local buckling
-- ---
resistance of gross section
Nb.Rd Design buckling resistance of
-- ---
compression member
Ae Effective sectional area Aeff Effective sectional area
-Ratio of effective area in
compression to gross area
fcd Design stress in compression -- ---
Non dimensional effective Non dimensional effective
slenderness ratio slenderness ratio
KL Appropriate effective length l Buckling length
r Appropriate radius of gyration i Appropriate radius of
gyration
(KL/r) Effective slenderness ratio OL Effective slenderness ratio
fcc Euler buckling stress
Ncr Elastic critical force
Imperfection factor Imperfection factor
corresponding to appropriate corresponding to appropriate
buckling curve buckling curve
Stress reduction factor Stress reduction factor
w Uniform soil pressure
ts Minimum thickness of slab t Minimum thickness of slab
base base
a,b Larger and smaller projection ar , br Larger and smaller projection
of slab base beyond rectangle of slab base beyond
circumscribing the column rectangle circumscribing the
column
e Equivalent non dimensional HII
Equivalent non dimensional
slenderness ratio for single slenderness ratio for single
angle strut loaded through angle strut loaded through
one leg one leg
rvv Radius of gyration about ivv Radius of gyration about
minor axis minor axis
ryy Radius of gyration about y-y iyy Radius of gyration about y-y
axis axis
rzz Radius of gyration about z-z izz Radius of gyration about z-z
axis axis
-- --- Ieff Effective in-plane second

CD-051061
moment of area of a laced or
battened compression
member
In-plane second moment of
-- --- Ib
area of single batten plate
In-plane second moment of
-- --- If
area of single chord
Distance between the
-- --- ho
centroids of chords
-- --- Af Area of individual chord
-- --- Nf.Sd Chord force at mid-length
-- --- Sv Shear stiffness
Initial bow of compression
-- --- eo
member
Internal shear force in lacing
-- --- Vs
or batten
-- --- Ms Internal moment in battens
-- --- Nd Force in diagonal lacing
E) For chapter Design Of Flexural Member
Factored design moment Design value of bending

M MSd
moment
Design bending strength of Design moment resistance of
Md Mc.Rd
section the cross section
Design plastic resistance
-- --- Mpl.Rd
moment of the gross section
Design local buckling
-- --- Mo.Rd resistance moment of gross
section
Design elastic resistance
-- --- Mel.Rd
moment
Design buckling resistance
-- --- Mb.Rd moment of a laterally
unrestrained beam
Z Section modulus W Section modulus
Zp Plastic section modulus Wp Plastic section modulus
Ze Elastic section modulus Wel Elastic section modulus
Effective section modulus for
-- --- Weff
Class 4 section
b Ratio of section modulus W Ratio of section modulus
Anf Net area of tension flange Anf Net area of tension flange
Ang Gross area of tension flange Ang Gross area of tension flange
Second moment of area of Second moment of area of
Izz section about major axis (z-z) Iyy section about major axis (y-
y)

CD-051061
Iyy section about minor axis (y-y) Izz section about minor axis (z-
z)
Iw Warping constant Iw Warping constant
It Torsion constant It Torsion constant
Second moment of area Second moment of area
Is intermediate transverse Is intermediate transverse
stiffener stiffener
Ifc compression flange about Ifc compression flange about
minor axis minor axis
Ift tension flange about minor Ift tension flange about minor
axis axis
Non dimensional effective Non dimensional effective
LT slenderness ratio for Lateral /7 slenderness ratio for Lateral
Torsional Buckling Torsional Buckling
Slenderness ratio for Lateral Slenderness ratio for Lateral
(KL/r) LT
Torsional Buckling Torsional Buckling=(l/i)z.
Design bending compressive
fbd
stress
Imperfection factor for Lateral Imperfection factor for
LT LT
Torsional Buckling Lateral Torsional Buckling
Stress reduction factor for Stress reduction factor for
LT LT
Lateral Torsional Buckling Lateral Torsional Buckling
Mcr Elastic critical moment Mcr Elastic critical moment
V Factored shear force VSd Design value of shear force
Nominal plastic shear
Vn -- ---
resistance under pure shear
Design shear strength of Design plastic resistance of
Vp Vpl.Rd
section cross section
Av Shear area Av Shear area
Non-dimensional web Web slenderness
w
slenderness ratio :
cr Elastic critical shear strength cr Elastic critical shear strength
kv Buckling factor for shear kt Buckling factor for shear
Clear spacing between Clear spacing between
c a
transverse stiffeners transverse stiffeners
Depth of web (For plate Depth of web (For plate
d d
Girder) Girder)
Design shear buckling Design shear buckling
Vcr strength of section by Simple Vba.Rd resistance of section by
post- critical method Simple post- critical method
Buckling strength of web Simple post-critical shear
b ba
strength

CD-051061
Design shear buckling Design shear buckling
Vtf strength of section by Tension Vbb.Rd resistance of section by
field method Tension field method
-- --- bb Strength of tension field
-- --- bb Initial shear buckling strength
Axial force in flange Longitudinal force in flange
Nf Nf.Sd
due to moment
Reduced plastic moment of Reduced plastic resistance
Mfr MNf.Rk
the flange plate moment of flange
Web buckling resistance Design crushing resistance
Pw Ry.Rd
of web
Web crippling resistance Design crippling resistance
Fw Re..Rd
of web
F)For chapter Design Of Member Subjected To Combined Forces
The moment capacity of Reduced design plastic

Mdv section under high shear M v.Rd resistance moment allowing
for the shear force
Plastic design strength of the Plastic design strength of the
area of the cross section area of the cross section
Mfd excluding the shear area, Mfd excluding the shear area,
considering partial safety considering partial safety
factor mo factor Mo
Factored applied moments Factored applied moments
about the minor and major about the major and minor
My.Sd
My, Mz axis of the cross section, axis of the cross section,
Mz.Sd
respectively respectively
Factored applied axial force Factored applied axial force

N (Tension T, or Compression NSd (Tension, or Compression)
P)
Design strength in tension Design strength in tension
Nd Nt.Rd
Design strength under Design strength under
Mdy,Mdz corresponding moment acting Mdy, Mdz corresponding moment
alone acting alone
Factored applied axial Factored applied axial
P P
compression compression
Moment amplification factor Moment amplification factor
Ky,,Kz about minor and major axis Ky,,Kz about minor and major axis
respectively respectively
EMy,EMz,E EMy,EMz,E
Equivalent uniform moment Equivalent uniform moment
factor according to the shape factor according to the shape
MLT MLT
of the bending moment of the bending moment

CD-051061
diagram between lateral diagram between lateral
bracing points in the bracing points in the
appropriate plane of bending appropriate plane of bending
G)For Chapter Connection
Nominal diameter of the Nominal diameter of the

d do
fastener fastener
Edge distance Edge distance
e e
Design shear force per bolt
-- --- Fv.Sd
Nominal shear capacity of a Design shear resistance per
Vnsb Fv.Rd
bolt bolt
Number of shear planes with
nn threads intercepting the shear -- ---
plane
Number of shear planes
ns without threads intercepting -- ---
the shear plane
Nominal plain shank area of
Asb -- ---
the bolt
Net tensile area at threads -- ---
Anb
Thickness of the thicker Thickness of plate
tpk tp
packing
Bearing strength of a bolt
Vnpb -- ---
Nominal tensile capacity of
Tnb -- ---
the bolt
Ultimate tensile stress of the
fub -- ---
bolt
Yield stress of the bolt
fyb -- ---
Shank area of the bolt
Asb -- ---
Nominal shear capacity of a Design slip resistance
Vnsf bolt as governed by slip for Fs.Rd
friction type connection
Coefficient of friction (slip Coefficient of friction (slip
f
factor) factor
Number of effective interfaces Number of effective
ne offering frictional resistance to n interfaces offering frictional
slip resistance to slip

CD-051061
Minimum bolt tension
Fo -- ---
Proof stress (= 0.70 fub)
fo -- ---
Bearing capacity of a bolt, for Design bearing resistance
Vnbf friction type connection Fb.Rd per bolt
Ultimate tensile stress of the

fup -- ---
plate
Tensile yield stress of the
fyp -- ---
plate
Ft.Sd Design tensile force per bo
Nominal tensile strength of Design tension resistance
Tnf Ft.Rd
the friction bolt per bolt
Q Prying force Q Prying force
Effective throat thickness of Effective throat thickness of
tt a
weld weld
lw Effective length of weld in mm -- ---
Design value of the effective
-- --- Veff.Rd resistance to block shear
-- --- Av.eff Effective shear area

-- --- Lv Length of joint
-- --- Lv.eff Effective length of joint
A.4.2 Convention for Member Axes:-
As per IS: 800 (Draft)

CD-051061
Unless otherwise specified convention used for member axes is as follows:
Table A.4.2:- Convention for member axes as per IS: 800 (Draft)
Axis Description
x-x Along the member
y-y An axis of the cross section
x Axis perpendicular to the flanges
x Axis perpendicular to smaller leg in angle section
z-z An axis of the cross section
x Axis parallel to flanges
x Axis parallel to smaller leg in angle section

u-u Major axis (when it does not coincide with y-y or z-z axis)
v-v Minor axis (when it does not coincide with y-y or z-z axis)
As per Eurocode 3

CD-051061
Table A.4.3 Convention for Member Axes as per Eurocode 3
Axis Description
x-x Along the member
y-y Axis of the cross-section
x Generally:
y-y - Cross-section axis parallel to the flanges
x For angle sections:
y-y - Axis parallel to the smaller leg
z-z Axis of the cross-section
x Generally:
z-z - Cross-section axis perpendicular to the flanges
x For angle sections:
z-z - Axis perpendicular to the smaller leg
u-u Major principal axis (where this does not coincide with the y-y axis)
v-v Minor principal axis (where this does not coincide with the z-z axis)
A.4.3 Convention for equation number:-
In this dissertation following convention for equation numbers are used
For common equations
Section number. Equation member
For example for 1st equation in section B.6 Design Of Tension Member,B.6.01 is
used as equation number.
As per IS: 800 (Draft):-
I (I for IS code).Section number. Equation number
For example for 1st equation in section B.6 Design Of Tension Member as per IS:
800 (Draft) I.B.6.01 is used as equation number.
E (E for Eurocode).Section number. Equation number
For example for 1st equation in section B.6 Design Of Tension Member as per
Eurocode 3 E.B.6.01is used as equation number.

CD-051061
A.4.4 Notes: -
1. In this dissertation whenever the term both codes appears it indicate that IS:
800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3
2. EC 3 is a short form of Eurocode 3
3. In this dissertation while discussing the common theory under different
chapter the term in bracket () in front of the symbols or terms as per IS: 800
(Draft) means the equivalent symbols or terms as per Eurocode 3
For e.g.:- Plastic (Class1):- Here Plastic is term used for cross section type as
per IS: 800 (Draft) and Class 1 is equivalent term as per Eurocode 3

CD-051061
Section B: - Study of Both Code
B.1 Basis of Design
Both IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3 adopts the Limit State Design Format for
design of steel structure. The basics, requirement, advantages of LSM are
discussed in this chapter.
B.1 Limit State Method:-
The object of limit state design can be paraphrased as achievement of an
acceptable probability that a part or whole of structure will not become unfit for its
intended use during its life time owing to collapse, excessive deflection etc, under
the actions of all loads and load effects
The acceptable limits of safety and serviceability requirements before failure
occurs are called as limit state
B.1.1 Principles of Limit State Design
At its most basic level limit state design simply provides a framework within
which explicit and separate consideration is given to a number of distinct
performance requirements. It need not necessarily imply the automatic use of
statistical and probabilistic concepts, partial safety factors, etc., nor of plastic design,
ultimate load design, etc. Rather it is a formal procedure which recognizes the
inherent variability of loads, materials, construction practices, approximations made
in design, etc., and attempts to take these into account in such a way that the
probability of the structure becoming unfit for use is suitably small. The concept of
variability is important because the steelwork designer must accept that, in
performing his design calculations, he is using quantities which are not absolutely
fixed or deterministic. Examples include values for loadings and the yield stress of
steel which, although much less variable than the properties of some other structural
materials, is known to exhibit a certain scatter (Figure B.1.1). Account must be taken
of these variations in order to ensure that the effects of loading do not exceed the
resistance of the structure to collapse. This approach is represented schematically in
Figure B.1.2 which shows hypothetical frequency distribution curves for the effect of
loads on a structural element and its strength or resistance. Where the two curves
Swapnil B Kharmale 29 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) &EC3

CD-051061
overlap, shaded area, the effect of the loads is greater than the resistance of the
element, and the element will fail. shown by the shaded area, the effect of the loads
is greater than the resistance of the element, and the element will fail.

CD-051061
Proper consideration of each of the limits eliminates the inconsistencies of
attempting to control deflection by limiting stresses or of avoiding yield at working
load by modifying the design basis (formula, mathematical model, etc.) for an
ultimate resistance determination.
The procedure of limit state design can therefore be summarized as follows:
x Define relevant limit states at which the structural behaviour is to be checked.

x For each limit state determine appropriate actions to be considered.
x Using appropriate structural models for design, and taking account of the
inevitable variability of parameters such as material properties and
geometrical data, verify that none of the relevant limit states is exceeded.
Limit states are classified as
x Ultimate Limit State

x Serviceability Limit State
Table B.1.1:-Limit States
Ultimate Limit State Serviceability Limit State

x Strength (Yield and Buckling) x Deflection
x Stability against overturning and x Vibration
sway x Fatigue
x Fracture due to sway x Corrosion
x Brittle fracture
The Ultimate Limit State include :-( See figure B.1.3 below)
x Loss of equilibrium of the structure as a whole or any of its parts or

components.
x Loss of stability of the structure (including the effect of sway where

appropriate and overturning) or any of its parts including supports and
foundations.

CD-051061
x Failure by excessive deformation, rupture of the structure or any of its parts or
components.
x Fracture due to fatigue.
The limit state of serviceability include:-(See figure B.1.4 below)
x Deformation and deflections, which may adversely affect the appearance or,
effective, use of the structure or may cause improper functioning of
equipment or services or may cause damages to finishes and non-structural
members.
x Vibrations in the structure or any of its components causing discomfort to

people, damages to the structure, its contents or which may limit its functional
effectiveness. Special consideration shall be given to floor vibration systems

CD-051061
susceptible to vibration, such as large open floor areas free of partitions to
ensure that such vibrations is acceptable for the intended use and occupancy.
x Repairable damage due to fatigue.
x Corrosion and durability.
B.1.2 Limit State Design

For ensuring the design objectives, the design should be based on characteristic
values for material strengths and applied loads (actions), which take into account the
probability of variations in the material strengths and in the loads to be supported.
The characteristic values should be based on statistical data, if available. Where
such data is not available, they should be based on experience. The design values
are derived from the characteristic values through the use of partial safety factors,
both for material strengths and for loads. In the absence of special considerations,
these factors should have the values given in this section according to the material,
the type of load and the limit state being considered. The reliability of design is
ensured by requiring that
Design Action d Design Strength (B.1.01)

CD-051061
Design value of action:-
As per IS: 800 (Draft) (clause 5.3.1)
4G IN 4FN (I.B.1.01)
N
As per Eurocode 3 (clause 2.2.2.4. (1))

)G I )N (E.B.1.01)
Where, Qd=Design value of action as per IS:800 (Draft)

Jfk = Partial safety factor for loads
Qck=Characteristic actions
Fd= Design value of action as per Eurocode 3
f = Partial safety factor for loads
Fk= Characteristic actions
Design value of material property:-
As per IS: 800 (Draft) (clause 5.4.1)

6X
6G (I.B.1.02)
P
As per Eurocode 3(clause 2.2.3.1.(1))

;X
;G (E.B.1.02)
P
Where Sd= Design value of material property as per IS:800 (Draft)

m =Partial safety factor for material strength
Su=Characteristic material strength
Xd= Design value of material property as per Eurocode 3
m= Partial safety factor for material strength
Xu= Characteristic material strength
Partial safety factors ( ):-
The LSM approach is reliability based design criteria in which partial safety
factors ( ) are to be evaluated for given target (Safety index) Both the partial

CD-051061
safety factors for load and material are determined on a probabilistic basis of the
corresponding quantity*1. ,W VKRXOG EH QRWHG WKDW f makes allowance for possible
deviation of loads and also the reduced possibility of all loads acting together. On
WKH RWKHU KDQG m allows for uncertainties of element behaviour and possible
strength reduction due to manufacturing tolerances and imperfections in the
material.
Partial safety factor for load f) and load combination:-

As per IS:800 (Draft) (Table5.1 Of IS:800 (Draft))
Table B.1.2:- Partial safety factors f for loads for different limit state as per
IS:800 (Draft)
Limit State of Strength Limit state of Serviceability

Combination LL LL
WL/ WL/
DL Accompanying AL DL Leadin Accompanying
Leading EL EL
(CL, SL etc.) g (CL etc.)
DL+LL+CL 1.5 1.5 1.05 1.0 1.0 1.0

DL+LL+CL+ 1.2 1.2 1.05 0.6
1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8
WL/EL 1.2 1.2 0.53 1.2

1.5
DL+WL/EL (0.9) 1.5 1.0 1.0
*

1.2
DL+ER 1.2
(0.9)
DL+LL+AL 1.0 0.35 0.35 1.0
*
This value is to be considered when stability against overturning or stress reversal is
critical
Abbreviations: DL= Dead Load, LL= Imposed Load (Live Loads), WL= Wind Load,
SL= Snow Load, CL= Crane Load (Vertical/horizontal), AL=Accidental Load,
ER= Erection Load, EL= Earthquake Load.
*1 From Reliability based design approach By Rangnathan

CD-051061
As per Eurocode 3 (Table 2.2 of Eurocode 3)
Table B.1.3:-Partial safety factor for actions on structures for persistent and
transient design situation as per Eurocode 3
Effect For Permanent Action For Variable Action( Q)
( G) Leading variable Accompanying

action variable action
Favourable effect 1.0 - -
F.inf
Unfavourable effect 1.35 1.5 1.5

F.sup
Combination of actions as per Eurocode 3(Clause 2.3.2.2)

Table B.1.4:-Design values of action as per Eurocode 3
Design Permanent Variable Action Qd Accidental
situation Action Gd Leading variable Accompanying Action Ad
action variable action
Persistent and GGk QQk 0 QQk -
Transient
Accidental GAGk 1Qk 2Qk AAk
The design values given in above table shall be combined using the following rules
Persistent and transient design situation
* M
* N M
4
4 N
*L
4 NL
(E.B.1.03)
M L!
Accidental design situation
*$ M
* $
N M G
4 N
L
4 NL
(E.B.1.03)
M L!
where,
Gk.j = the characteristic values of the permanent actions
Qk.1 = the characteristic value of one of the variable actions
Qk. i = the characteristic values of other of the variable actions
Ad = the design value (specified value) of the accidental action

CD-051061
G.j = the partial safety factor for the permanent action Gk.j
GA.j = the partial safety factor for the permanent action for accidental situation
Q.1 = the partial safety factor for the variable action Qk. i
, = Factors (Leading Action /Accompanying Action)
For building structures as a simplification the above load combination expression

may be replaced by he following combinations and the combination giving larger
value
Ultimate Limit State
Considering only most unfavourable variable action
* M
*
N M
4
4 NL
(E.B.1.04)
M
Considering all unfavourable variable action
* M
*
N M 4L
4 NL
(E.B.1.05)
M L
Serviceability Limit State

Considering only most unfavourable variable action
* 4
N M N
(E.B.1.06)
M
Considering all unfavourable variable action
* 4
N M L
(E.B.1.07)
M L
Comments on Partial safety factors for loads and Load combinations by both
codes
x IS: 800 specify the same partial safety factor for Permanent action as well
as Variable action. Eurocode 3 specify the different partial safety factor for
permanent and variable action (more value for Variable action as variation
are large and smaller value for Permanent action as it might be uniform
throughout the life span of structure). This indicate IS:800 (Draft) had
same safety index ( ) for permanent action and variable actions

CD-051061
x Moreover as per Eurocode 3 for Permanent actions where the coefficient
of variation is large or where the actions are likely to vary during the life of
the structure (e.g. for some superimposed permanent loads), two
characteristic values are distinguished, an upper (Gk.sup) and a lower
(Gk,inf) by using respective partial safety factor G.sup and G.inf (Clause
2.2.2.2.(2) of Eurocode 3)
Partial safety factor for material property m)
As per IS: 800 (Draft) (Table 5.2 of IS:800 (Draft))

Table B.1.5:- Partial safety factor for material property m) as per IS:800 (Draft)
Sl. No Definition Partial Safety Factor

1 Resistance, governed by yielding m0 1.10
2 Resistance of member to buckling m0 1.10
3 Resistance, governed by ultimate 1.25
stress m1
4 Resistance of connection m1 Shop Field
Fabrications Fabrications
i. Bolts-Friction Type, mf 1.25 1.25
ii. Bolts-Bearing Type, mb 1.25 1.25
iii. Rivets 1.25 1.25
iv. Welds 1.25 1.50
As per Eurocode 3 (Table 1 of NAD)

Table B.1.6:- Partial safety factor for material property m) as per Eurocode 3
Definition Symbol Condition Value

Partial safety factor for steel M0 Resistance of Class 1,2,3 1.10
section
M1 Resistance of Class 4 section 1.10
M1 Resistance of member to 1.10
buckling
M2 Resistance of net section at 1.25
bolt hole

CD-051061
Partial safety factor for Mb Bolt 1.25
connections Mr Rivet 1.25
Mp Pin 1.25
Mw Weld 1.25
Partial safety factor for slip Ms.ult Ultimate limit state 1.25
resistance Ms.ser Serviceability limit state 1.10
Ms.ult Ultimate limit state with 1.40
oversize or slotted holes
B.1.3 Classification of Cross Section:-

The IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3 utilizes LSM approach. The advantage of
LSM is that it utilizes the reserve strength of a section in its plastic region. LSM
allows the redistribution of moment. Plastic redistribution between cross-sections
and/or within cross-sections can take place provided that no premature local
buckling occurs, as this would cause a drop-off in load carrying capacity.
In the both codes four classes of sections are defined on the basis of
analysis/ design method to be employed. That is in Elastic analysis, member shall
be capable of developing yield stress under compression without local buckling and
in Plastic analysis member shall be capable of forming plastic hinge with sufficient
rotation capacity(ductility) without local buckling to enable redistribution of bending
moment before formation of failure mechanism.
Basis of classification of cross sections

The plate element of a cross section may buckle locally due to compressive
stresses.The local buckling can be avoided before limit state is achieved by limiting
width to thickness ratio of each plate element of a cross section, subjected to
compression due to axial force, moment or shear

CD-051061
B.1.3.1 Classification of Cross Section by both codes:-
Following table shows the classification of cross section by IS: 800 (Draft)
and Eurocode 3. The classification is same just the nomenclature is different.
Table B.1.7:-Classification of cross section by both codes (Refer Fig B.1.1)
Section Classification as per
Definitions
IS:800 (Draft) Eurocode 3
Plastic Class 1 Cross section which can develop plastic hinge
and have the sufficient rotation capacity required
for failure of structure by formation of plastic
mechanism
Compact Class 2 Cross section which can develop plastic moment
of resistance but have inadequate plastic hinge
rotation capacity for formation of a plastic
mechanism.
Semi-compact Class 3 Cross section in which extreme fiber in
compression can reach yield stress but cant
develop the plastic moment of resistance due to
local buckling.
Slender Class 4 Cross section in which element buckle locally
even before reaching yield stress.

CD-051061
B.1.3.2 Criteria for cross-section classification:-
The classification of a specific cross-section depends on the width-to-

thickness ratio, b/t, of each of its compression elements. Compression elements
include any component plate which is either totally or partially in compression, due to
axial force and/or bending moment resulting from the load combination considered.
The class, to which a specified cross-section belongs, therefore, partly depends on
the type of loading this section is experiencing.
B.1.3.3 Components of cross-section
A cross-section is composed of different plate elements, such as web and

flanges; most of these elements, if in compression, can be separated into two
categories:
x Internal or stiffened elements: these elements are considered to be simply

supported along two edges parallel to the direction of compressive stress.
x Outstand or unstiffened elements; these elements are considered to be
simply supported along one edge and free on the other edge parallel to the
direction of compressive stress.

CD-051061
How the limiting width to thickness ratios are decided for particular class of section
for that behaviour of plate element in compression should be reviewed
B.1.3.4 Behaviour of plate elements in compression
For a plate element with an aspect ratio, a = a/b (length-to-width), greater than about
0.8, the elastic critical buckling stress (Euler buckling stress) is given by:
( W
N

E
*2
FU (B.1.02)
Where k =The plate buckling factor It depends on
o a)Edge condition
o b) Aspect ratio a/b of plate element
o c) Nature of loading
Poissons coefficient,
E =Youngs modulus.
The critical buckling stress is proportional to (t/b) 2 and, therefore, is inversely

proportional to (b/t)2. The plate slenderness, or width-to-thickness ratio (b/t), thus
plays a similar role to the slenderness ratio (KL/r or l/i) for column buckling.
To avoid the local buckling phenomenon
cr fy (B.1.03)
Now from equation (B.1.02) and (B.1.03) we can write
( W
N I\

E

*2 From equation (9.7) of Theory of Elastic stability By:-S.P.Timoshenko &J.M.Gere

CD-051061
E (
LH N

W
I\
This will lead to (b/t) &RQVWDQW (B.1.04)
<LHOG VWUHVV UDWLR 250/fy) as per IS:800 (Draft) & Iy) as per
Eurocode3
Constant = Depends upon the class of section, loading causing the compression and
edge conditions of compression plate element The value of Constant and PD\
differ substantially from country to country because of statistical variations in
imperfections and in material properties which are not sufficiently well known to be
quantified accurately.
B.1.3.5 Rule to quote the Class to a particular cross section
x The various compression elements in a cross-section (such as a web or a

flange) can, in general, be in different classes. A cross-section is normally
classified by quoting the highest (least favourable) class of its
compression elements. Alternatively the classification of a cross-section
may be defined by quoting both the flange classification and the web
classification.
x The cross sections having elements which exceeds Semi-compact (Class
3) limits are to be taken as Slender class (Class 4)
B.1.3.6 Limiting width to thickness ratios for classification of section as per

IS:800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3
The following tables are prepared with the reference of Table 3.1 of IS: 800
(Draft) and Table 5.3.1 (sheet 1 to sheet 3) of Eurocode 3.

CD-051061
Table B.1.8 Limiting width to thickness ratio for outstand flange element
Compression Element:-Outstand Flange subjected to axial and or bending

compression
Code Stress Section Plastic / Compact / Semi-compact

ratio Class 1 Class2 /Class 3
Rolled b/tf b/tf b/tf
b/tf b/tf b/tf
IS:800(Draft) =(250/fy)
Welded
Rolled c/tf c/tf c/tf
c/tf9 c/tf c/tf
Eurocode 3 =(235/fy)
Welded
Table B.1. 9 Limiting width to thickness ratio for internal flange element
subjected to axial compression
Compression Element:-Internal Flange Element subjected to axial compression
Code Stress Section Plastic / Compact / Semi-compact

ratio Class 1 Class2 /Class 3
Rolled N.A. N.A. b/tf
b/tf
IS:800(Draft) =(250/fy)
Welded N.A. N.A.
Rolled (c-3tf)/tf (c-3tf)/tf (c-3tf)/tf
c/tf c/tf c/tf
Welded

CD-051061
Table B.1.10 Limiting width to thickness ratio for internal flange element
subjected to bending compression
Compression Element:-Internal Flange Element subjected to bending
compression
Code Yield Section Plastic / Compact / Semi-compact

Stress ratio Class 1 Class2 /Class 3
Rolled b/tf b/tf b/tf
b/tf b/tf b/tf
IS:800(Draft) =(250/fy)
Welded
Rolled (c-3tf)/tf (c-3tf)/tf (c-3tf)/tf
c/tf c/tf c/tf
Welded
Table B.1.11 Limiting width to thickness ratio for web element subjected to
axial compression
Compression Element:-Web (internal) subjected to axial compression

Any N.A. N.A. d/tw
IS:800(Draft) =(250/fy)
Any d/tw d/tw d/tw


CD-051061
Table B.1.12 Limiting width to thickness ratio for web element subjected to
bending compression
Compression Element:-Web (internal) subjected to bending compression

Any d/tw d/tw d/tw
IS:800(Draft) =(250/fy)
Any d/tw d/tw d/tw

Table B.1.13 Limiting width to thickness ratio for Angles
Compression Element:-Angles subjected to axial compression

Rolled N.A. N.A. b/t
IS:800(Draft) =(250/fy) d/t
(b+d)/t
Rolled N.A. N.A. h/t
(b+h)/2t

CD-051061
Table B.1.14 Limiting width to thickness ratio for Tubular sections
Compression Element:-Tubular sections subjected to axial and or bending
compression

Rolled D/t 2 D/t 2 D/t 2
IS:800(Draft) =(250/fy)
2 2 2
Rolled d/t d/t d/t
B.1.4 Effective cross-section properties of Slender (Class 4) section:-

As slender (Class 4) section consists of elements which buckles locally even
before reaching yield stress. Therefore effective widths may be used in Slender
(Class 4) type cross section to make the necessary allowance for reduction in
resistance due to effect of local buckling.
IS: 800 (Draft) dose not clearly specify the procedure (formulation) how to
calculate effective cross sectional properties (i.e. Dimensions, Area, Section
modulus etc). The code just specifies following
The properties of effective cross section shall be calculated by deducting from the
area of gross cross section the sectional area in excess of effective plate width in
case of Slender class-----------------------------------------------(Clause 3.6.1 )
Local buckling of element is outside the scope of this code. References may be
made to IS: 801 for such design provision --------------------(Clause 3.7.2)

CD-051061
As per Eurocode 3 (Clause 5.3.5)
The effective cross-section properties of Class 4 cross-sections shall be

based on the effective widths of the compression elements (see 5.3.2 (2)).
The effective widths of flat compression elements should be obtained using Table
B.1.15 (As per Table 5.3.2 and 53.3 of Eurocode 3) for internal elements and
outstand elements respectively.
As an approximation, the reduction factor may be obtained as follows:
ZKHQ S
S
ZKHQ !
S
S
ZKHUH S 3ODWHVOHQGHUQHVV
I\ EW (E.B.1.08)
FU N
In which
t =The relevant thickness
cr=The critical plate buckling stress
k 7KHEXFNOLQJIDFWRUFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKHVWUHVVUDWLR IURP table 5.3.2 or
table 5.3.3 of Eurocode 3 as appropriate
And
E LVWKHDSSURSULDWHZLGWK
E GIRUZHEV
E FIRULQWHUQDOIODQJHHOHPHQWV
E EWIRUIODQJHVRI5+6
E FIRURXWVWDQGIODQJHV
E E K IRUHTXDO OHJDQJOHV
E KRU E K IRUXQHTXDO OHJDQJOHV
To determine the effective widths of flange elements, the stress ratio used from
table B.1.15 (i.e. table 5.3.2 or table 5.3.3 of Eurocode 3) may be based on the
properties of the gross cross-section.

CD-051061
To determine the effective width of a web, the stress ratio used in table 5.3.2 may
be obtained using the effective area of the compression flange but the gross area of
the web.
Table B.1.15 Effective cross-section properties of Class 4 section as per
Eurocode 3
(Continued)

CD-051061
(Continued)

CD-051061
B.1.5 Classification of Indian Standard Hot Rolled I-section and Angle
x Table B.1.16 It gives the classification of Indian Standard Hot Rolled

Section (ISA) by both codes
I-sections as per IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3 for bending

compression
x Table B.1.17 It gives the classification of Indian Standard Angle (ISA)
sections as per IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3 for axial compression.
It also include the calculation of effective dimensions if particular
angle section is 4 Slender (Class 4)

CD-051061
CD-051061
TableB.1.16 :-Section Classification By:- IS :800 (Draft) & Eurocode 3 (EC 3)
<LHOGVWUHVV5DWLR
)RU,6'UDIW Iy)
)RU(XUR&RGH Iy)
Limitining width to thickness ratios for compession element (considering benging compression)of I-section
Components As per IS:800 (Draft) Component As per Eurocode 3 (EC 3)

Plastic Compact Semicompact Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
Flange( b/tf) Flange(c/tf)
Web ( d/tw) Web (d/tw)
Designa c/s Sectional dimension Width to thick. Type of class as Type of class Remarks on whole
tion Area bf tf h t w h 2 ratios for per IS :800(Draft) as per EC 3 section as per
mm2 mm mm mm mm mm flange web flange web flange web IS:800 (Draft) EC 3
ISJB 150 9.01 50 4.6 150 3 9.8 5.435 43.467 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISJB 175 10.28 50 4.8 175 3.2 10 5.208 48.438 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISJB 200 12.64 60 5 200 3.4 10.3 6 52.794 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISJB 225 16.28 80 5 225 3.7 12 8 54.351 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
Swapnil B. Kharmale
CD-051061 52 Comparative study of IS:800 (Draft) and EC3
tion Area bf tf h tw h2 ratios for per IS :800(Draft) as per EC 3 section as per
ISLB 75 7.71 50 5 75 3.7 11.7 5 13.973 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISLB 100 10.21 50 6.4 100 4 13.5 3.906 18.25 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISLB 125 15.12 75 6.5 125 4.4 14.8 5.769 21.682 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISLB 325 54.9 165 9.8 325 7 29.3 8.418 38.071 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISLB 350 63.01 165 11 350 7.4 30.9 7.237 38.959 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISLB 400 72.43 165 13 400 8 31.9 6.6 42.025 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISLB 450 83.14 170 13 450 8.6 33 6.343 44.651 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISLB 500 95.5 180 14 500 9.2 34.9 6.383 46.761 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISLB 550 110 190 15 550 9.9 37 6.333 48.091 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISLB 600 126.7 210 16 600 11 39.9 6.774 49.543 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISMB 100 14.6 75 7.2 100 4 17.5 5.208 16.25 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISMB 125 16.6 75 7.6 125 4.4 17.9 4.934 20.273 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISMB 150 19 80 7.6 150 4.8 18.1 5.263 23.729 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISMB 175 24.62 90 8.6 175 5.5 20.3 5.233 24.455 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISMB 200 32.33 100 11 200 5.7 23.7 4.63 26.789 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISMB 250 47.55 125 13 250 6.9 28 5 28.13 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISMB 350 66.71 140 14 350 8.1 31 4.93 35.556 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
Swapnil B. Kharmale
ISMB 500 110.7 180 17 500 10 38 5.233 41.578 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISMB 550 132.1 190 19 550 11 41.3 4.922 41.741 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISMB 600 156.2 210 21 600 12 45.2 5.048 42.475 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISWB 150 21.67 100 7 150 5.4 16.7 7.143 21.593 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISWB 175 28.11 125 7.4 175 5.8 17.8 8.446 24.052 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISWB 225 43.24 150 9.9 225 6.4 21.8 7.576 28.344 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISWB 250 52.05 200 9 250 6.7 23.1 11.11 30.418 Semicompact Plastic Class3 Class1 Semicompact Class3
ISWB 300 61.33 200 10 300 7.4 25 10 33.797 Compact Plastic Class2 Class1 Compact Class2
ISWB 350 72.5 200 11 350 8 27.3 8.772 36.938 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISWB 450 101.2 200 15 450 9.2 33 6.494 41.739 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISHB 150 34.48 150 9 150 5.4 19 8.333 20.741 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISHB 150 38.98 150 9 150 8.4 19 8.333 13.333 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISHB 150 44.08 150 9 150 12 19 8.333 9.4915 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISHB 200 47.54 200 9 200 6.1 20.8 11.11 25.967 Semicompact Plastic Class3 Class1 Semicompact Class3
ISHB 225 54.94 225 9.1 225 6.5 22.2 12.36 27.785 Semicompact Plastic Class3 Class1 Semicompact Class3
ISHB 225 59.66 225 9.1 225 8.6 22.2 12.36 21 Semicompact Plastic Class3 Class1 Semicompact Class3
Swapnil B. Kharmale
ISHB 350 85.91 250 12 350 8.3 27 10.78 35.663 Semicompact Plastic Class3 Class1 Semicompact Class3
ISHB 350 92.21 250 12 350 10 27 10.78 29.307 Semicompact Plastic Class3 Class1 Semicompact Class3
ISHB 400 98.66 250 13 400 9.1 29.9 9.843 37.385 Compact Plastic Class2 Class1 Compact Class2
ISHB 400 104.7 250 13 400 11 29.9 9.843 32.094 Compact Plastic Class2 Class1 Compact Class2
ISHB 450 111.1 250 14 450 9.8 31.9 9.124 39.408 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
ISHB 450 117.9 250 14 450 11 31.9 9.124 34.177 Plastic Plastic Class1 Class1 Plastic Class1
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Table :- Section Classification,Calculation of effective areas ( in case of Slender/Class 4 section) for Indian
Standard Angle Section in axial compression As per :- IS :800 (Draft) and Euro Code 3
6WUHVVUDWLR
$VSHU,6'UDIW Iy) =1
$VSHU(XURFRGH Iy) =0.97
Limiting width -to- thickness ratios:-
Element IS:800 (Draft) Eurocode 3
Semi-compact Class3
/RQJ/HJGWRUKW
Short leg (b/t) ----
Combination((d+b)/t)
of both ((h+b)/2t)
If therwidth -to thickness ratios exceed above value the
class of element is Slender/Class4
Designation Cross Width to thickness Section Classification Effective c/sdimensions Eff. Cross sectional area Aeff in
ISA(d x b x t) Sect. ratios for as per for Slender /Class 4 axial compression and
ISA(h x b x t) Area Long Short Comb Sections as per UDWLR A = (Aeff/A)
leg leg of both IS:800 EC3 IS:800(Draft) EC3 As per
(d/t) (b/t) (d+b)/t (Draft) deff beff K E IS:800(Draft) Eurocode 3
2 2
cm (h/t) (b/t) (h+b)/t mm mm mm mm Aeff cm A Aeff cm2 A
Unequal Leg Angle Sections

ISA 30x20x3 1.41 10.0 6.7 16.7 Semi-compact Class 3 1.41 1.00 1.41 1.00
ISA 45x30x3 2.18 15.0 10.0 25.0 Semi-compact Class 4 39.9 30 2.18 1.00 2.01 0.92
Swapnil B Kharmale
2 2
ISA 50x30x3 2.34 16.7 10.0 26.7 Slender Class 4 47.1 27.9 42.1 30 2.16 0.92 2.07 0.89
ISA 80x50x5 6.27 16.0 10.0 26.0 Slender Class 4 78.5 46.5 68 50 6.00 0.96 5.65 0.90
Swapnil B Kharmale
2 2
ISA 100x75x6 10.14 16.7 12.5 29.2 Slender Class 4 94.2 55.8 92.3 74.1 8.64 0.85 9.62 0.95
ISA 125x95x8 16.98 15.6 11.9 27.5 Slender Class 4 125 75 108 95 15.36 0.90 15.60 0.92
ISA 150x115x10 25.52 15.0 11.5 26.5 Slender Class 4 135 115 132.9 115 24.00 0.94 23.79 0.93
ISA 200x100x10 29.03 20.0 10.0 30.0 Slender Class 4 157 93 144.8 100 24.00 0.83 23.48 0.81
ISA 200x100x12 34.59 16.7 8.3 25.0 Semi-compact Class 4 166 100 34.59 1.00 30.48 0.88
ISA 200x150x10 34.00 20.0 15.0 35.0 Slender Class 4 157 93 144.8 132.9 24.00 0.71 26.77 0.79
ISA 200x150x12 40.56 16.7 12.5 29.2 Slender Class 4 188.4 111.6 166 148.3 34.56 0.85 36.28 0.89
ISA 200x150x15 50.25 13.3 10.0 23.3 Semi-compact Class 4 194 150 50.25 1.00 49.35 0.98
Swapnil B Kharmale
2 2
Equal Leg Angle Section:-

ISA 20x20x3 1.11 6.7 6.7 13.3 Semi-compact Class3 1.11 1.00 1.11 1.00
ISA 35x35x3 2.01 11.7 11.7 23.3 Semi-compact Class4 33.5 33.5 2.01 1.00 1.92 0.96
ISA 40x40x3 2.31 13.3 13.3 26.7 Slender Class4 37.5 37.5 38 38 2.16 0.94 2.19 0.95
ISA 45x45x3 2.61 15.0 15.0 30.0 Slender Class4 37.5 37.5 39.9 39.9 2.16 0.83 2.30 0.88
Swapnil B Kharmale
2 2
ISA80x80x6 9.24 13.3 13.3 26.7 Slender Class4 75 75 76.1 76.1 8.64 0.94 8.77 0.95
ISA80x80x8 12.16 10.0 10.0 20.0 Semi-compact Class3 12.16 1.00 12.16 1.00
ISA90x90x8 13.76 11.3 11.3 22.5 Semi-compact Class4 89.2 89.2 13.76 1.00 13.63 0.99
Swapnil B Kharmale
2 2
ISA200x200x15 57.75 13.3 13.3 26.7 Slender Class4 187.5 187.5 190.3 190.3 54.00 0.94 54.84 0.95
Remarks:-1)From table it is observed that the angle section of Slender class /Class4 are not fully utilising its gross sectional area
KHQFH A<1) in axial compression. The thickness of such section should be increased to make it semicompact /Class 3
2) IS:800 (Draft) dose not clearly specifies how to calculate the effective dimensions for slender class.In this table
the dimensions are calculated considering the limiting width-to-thickness ratio for semi-compact class On the other hand
Eurocode 3 clearly specifies the procedure for calculating the effective dimensions for Class 4 (See Clause 5.3.5 of EC3)
Swapnil B Kharmale
B.2 Materials
B.2.1 Advantages of Steel as construction material compared to other

construction material.
x Steel is a modern material, produced in large quantity with high and reliable
quality.
x Steel is available in a wide range of hot and cold rolled products, as plates
and profiles.
x Steel is easily manufactured into end products.
x Most of this manufacture takes place in quality controlled workshops.
x Site connections can easily be made and can carry load immediately.
x Given good corrosion protection and maintenance, steel has an indefinite life.
x Erection on site can take place quickly with little risk of delay.
x Steel structures are light and strong and only require simple foundations.
x Existing steel structures can easily be adapted to new demands.
x Quality Control and Quality Assurance will give a further guarantee of the
economic application of steel structures.
Here in this Chapter the properties of steel as construction material are

discussed. It also contains different grades of steel by both codes
B.2.2 Properties of structural steel
x Physical Properties
x Mechanical Properties
Physical properties:-
It include the Density, Modulus of Elasticity, Modulus of Rigidity, Coefficient of

thermal expansion etc Following table give the values of different physical properties
by both codes
Swapnil B.Kharmale 62 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) &EC3

CD-051061
Table B.2.1 Physical properties of structural steel (With reference to
clause 2.2.4.1 of IS: 800 (Draft) and Clause 3.2.5 of Eurocode 3
Physical Properties As per IS:800 (Draft) As per Eurocode 3

Unit mass of steel =7850 kg/m3 =7850 kg/m3
Modulus of elasticity E=2x105N/mm2 E=2.1x105N/mm2
Poisson ratio 0.3 0.3
Modulus of rigidity G=E/[2(1+ )] G=E/[2(1+ )]
=0.769 x105 N/mm2 =0.810 x105 N/mm2
t=12 u 10 / C t=12 u 10 / C
Coefficient of thermal -6 o -6 o
expansion
(For T<100o C)
Mechanical Properties
The principal mechanical properties of the structural steels important in
design, are the yield stress, fy, the tensile or ultimate stress, fu, the maximum percent
elongation on a standard gauge length and notch toughness. Except the notch
toughness others are determined by conducting tensile tests on samples cut from
the plates, sections etc. These properties for the common steel products of different
specifications are summarized in following tables
As per IS: 800 (Draft):-
Table 2.1 of IS: 800 (Draft) give the mechanical properties of structural steel
From which here only those specifications are mentioned which are required for
general structural purpose.
As per Eurocode 3
This standard specifies the requirements for long products (such as sections
and bars) and flat products (such as plate, sheet and strip) of hot-rolled non-alloy
general purpose (base) and quality steels. These steels are intended for use in
welded, bolted and riveted structures for service at ambient temperature.
Designation of the Steels in Eurocode 3
The designation consists of:
x The number of the European standard (EN 10025).

CD-051061
x The symbol FS.
x The indication of the minimum specified yield strength for thicknesses
16mm expressed in N/mm2.
x The quality designation in respect of weldability and resistance to brittle
fracture JR, J0, J2 and K2.
x If applicable, an indication of the deoxidation method (G1 or G2).
x If applicable, the letter symbolic for the suitability for cold flanging, cold rolling
or cold drawing.
x If applicable the indication + N when the products have normalizing rolling.
Table 3.1 of Eurocode 3 specify the nominal values of yield strength fy and
ultimate tensile strength fu for hot rolled steel and Table 3.3 specify the nominal
values of yield strength fy and ultimate tensile strength fu for bolts
Note
As far as the project work is concern the material of comparative study is kept
unique which is defined by the IS 800 Draft code, however one should know the
material basis of European standards, here we have tried to define in short the
material properties as per European standards (Table B.2.5 and B.2.6) .

CD-051061
TABLE B. 2.3 Tensile properties of structural steel by IS: 800 (Draft) for general purpose
(TABLE 2.1 Section 2.2.4.2 of IS: 800 (Draft))
Properties
* Grade /
SR. Specificati Particulars
Classificatio Ultimate Elongation
NO. ons No.
n Yield Stress, MPa (Min) Tensile Stress, Percent
MPa, (Min) (Min)
d or t < 20 20<d or d or t > 40
Specification of steel t<40
IS:2062- A/ Fe410WA 250 240 230 410 23
1 for general structural
1999 B/ Fe410WB 250 240 230 410 23
purposes
C/ Fe410WC 250 240 230 410 23
TABLE B. 2.4 Tensile properties of structural steel by IS: 800 (Draft) for fasteners
Properties
* Grade /
SR. Specificatio Particulars
Classificatio Ultimate Elongation
No. n No.
MPa, (Min) (Min)
3.6 180 300 25
4.6 240 400 22
4.8 320 400 14
Specifications of 5.6 300 500 20
IS: 1367-
fasteners-threaded 5.8 400 500 10
1 1991
steel for technical 6.8 480 600 8
(ISO 898)
supply conditions 8.8 640 800 12
9.8 720 900 10
10.9 900 1000 9
12.9 1080 1200 8
Swapnil B. Kharmale 65 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) &EC3

CD-051061
TABLE B. 2.5 Tensile properties of structural steel by IS: 800 (Draft) for welds
Properties
* Grade /
Specificati Particulars
SR.No. Classificatio Ultimate Elongation
on No.
MPa, (Min) (Min)
Ex40xx 330 410-510 -

Ex41xx 330 410-510 20
Ex42xx 330 410-510 22
Ex43xx 330 410-510 24
Specification for Ex44xx 330 410-510 24
covered electrodes
IS: 814-
1 for manual metal Ex50xx 360 510-610 -
1991
arc welding of Ex51xx 360 510-610 18
carbon and carbon Ex52xx 360 510-610 18
manganese steel Ex53xx 360 510-610 20
Ex54xx 360 510-610 20
Ex55xx 360 510-610 20
Ex56xx 360 510-610 20
Swapnil B. Kharmale 66 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) &EC3

CD-051061
Table B.2.5:-The nominal values of yield strength fy and ultimate tensile stress
fu for hot rolled steel (Table 3.1 of Eurocode 3)
(Continued)

CD-051061
(Continued)
Table B.2.6:-The nominal values of yield strength fy and ultimate tensile

strength fu for bolts (Table 3.3 of Eurocode 3)

CD-051061
B.3 Analysis and Design Requirements
B.3.1 Analysis (Calculation of internal forces, moment or Action effects)

The section 4 of IS: 800 (Draft) and section 5.2 of Eurocode 3 specify the
method analysis. As both codes use LSM approach of design (which utilizes reserve
strength in plastic region) therefore method of analysis mentioned in both codes are
same. Here these methods are discussed in short
B.3.2 Method of analysis
i. The internal forces and moments in a statically determinate structure shall be
obtained using statics.
ii. The internal forces and moments in a statically indeterminate structure may
generally be determined using either:
x Elastic global analysis (as per 4.4 of IS:800 (Draft) &5.2.1.3 of
Eurocode 3)
x Plastic global analysis (as per 4.5 of IS:800 (Draft) &5.2.1.4 of
Eurocode 3)
iii. Elastic global analysis may be used in all cases.
iv. Plastic global analysis may be used only where the member cross-sections
satisfy the requirements (specified in 4.5.2. of IS: 800 (Draft) & 5.2.7 and
5.3.3 of Eurocode 3) and the steel material satisfies the requirements
(specified in 4.5.2. of IS:800 (Draft) & 3.2.2.2of Eurocode 3.
v. When the global analysis is carried out by applying the loads in a series of
increments, it may be assumed to be sufficient, in the case of building
structures, to adopt simultaneous proportional increases of all loads.
Effects of deformations
i. The internal forces and moments may generally be determined using either:
x First order theory, using the initial geometry of the structure.
x Second order theory, taking into account the influence of the
deformation of the structure.
ii. First order theory may be used for the global analysis in the following cases:

CD-051061
x Braced frames (4.1.2 a) of IS:800 (Draft) & 5.2.5.3 of Eurocode 3)
x Non-sway frames (4.1.2 b) of IS:800 (Draft) &5.2.5.2 of Eurocode 3)
iii. Second order theory may be used for the global analysis in all cases.
x Design methods which make indirect allowances for second-order
effects (Appendix C of IS: 800 (Draft) & 5.2.6 of Eurocode 3).
B.3.2 .1 Elastic global analysis

(As per 4.4 of IS: 800 (Draft) &5.2.1.3 of Eurocode 3)
i. Elastic global analysis shall be based on the assumption that the stress-strain
behaviour of the material is linear, whatever the stress level.
ii. This assumption may be maintained for both first-order and second-order
elastic analysis, even where the resistance of a cross-section is based on its
plastic resistance.
iii. Following a first-order elastic analysis, the calculated bending moments may
be modified by redistributing up to 15% of the peak calculated moment in any
member, provided that:
x The internal forces and moments in the frame remain in equilibrium
with the applied loads, and
x All the members in which the moments are reduced have Class 1 or
Class 2 cross-sections.
B.3.2 .2Plastic global analysis

(As per 4.5 of IS: 800 (Draft) &5.2.1.4 of Eurocode 3)
Application
The design action effects throughout or part of a structure may be determined
by a plastic analysis, provided that the following requirements (specified in 4.5.2. of
IS: 800 (Draft) & 5.2.7 and 5.3.3 of Eurocode 3) are met. The distribution of design
action effects shall satisfy equilibrium and the boundary conditions.
Requirements

CD-051061
When a plastic method of analysis is used, all of the following conditions of this
section shall be satisfied, unless adequate ductility of the structure and plastic
rotation capacity of its members and connections are established for the design
loading conditions by other means of evaluation:
a) The yield stress for the grade of the steel used shall not exceed 450 MPa as
per IS:800 (Draft) (Here Eurocode 3 doesnt specify a significant value but
mention that steel grades listed in Table 3.1 may be accepted for plastic
analysis in which maximum Grade had yield stress 460 Mpa.)
b) The stress-strain characteristics of the steel shall not be significantly
different from those obtained from Standard Test Result, and shall be such
as to ensure moment redistribution.
(i) The stress strain diagram has a plateau at the yield stress, extending for
at least six times the yield strain;
(ii) The ratio of the tensile strength to the yield stress specified for the grade
of the steel is not less than 1.2
(iii) The elongation on a gauge length complying with IS: 2062 is not less
than 15%; and
(iv) The steel exhibits strain-hardening capability.
c) The members used shall be hot-rolled or fabricated using hot-rolled plates
and section.
d) The cross section of members not containing plastic hinges should be
compact unless the members meet the strength requirements from elastic
analysis.
e) Where plastic hinges occur in a member, the proportions of its cross section
should not exceed the limiting values for plastic section
f) The cross section should be symmetrical about its axis perpendicular to the
axis of the plastic hinge rotation.
g) The members shall not be subject to impact loading, requiring fracture
assessment or fluctuating loading, requiring a fatigue assessment.

CD-051061
B.3.3 Design requirements
Basic design requirement such as maximum values of effective slenderness
ratios , serviceability requirements by both codes are discussed here.
B.3.3.1 Maximum effective slenderness ratios
As per IS: 800 (Draft) (Clause 3.8 and Table 3.2 of IS: 800 (Draft))
The maximum effective slenderness ratio (KL/r) values of a beam strut,
tension member, and beam shall not exceed those given in following table.
Table B.3.1 Maximum effective slenderness ratios as per IS: 800 (Draft)
Maximum eff.
SI.No. Member slenderness ratio
(KL/r)
A member carrying compressive loads resulting from

1 dead and imposed loads. 180
A tension member in which a reversal of direct stress

2 occur due to loads other than wind and seismic 180
forces.
A member subjected to compression forces resulting

only from combination with wind/earthquake actions,
3 250
provided the deformations of such member dose not
adversely affect the stress in any part of the structure
Compression flange of beam against Lateral

4 300
Torsional Buckling (LTB)
A member normally acting as a tie in a roof truss or a

bracing system but not considered effective when
5 350
subjected to possible reversal of stress resulting from
the action of wind or earthquake force

CD-051061
Maximum eff.
SI.No. Member slenderness
ratio(KL/r)
Member always under tension* (Other than

6 400
pretensioned member)
* Tension member, such as bracings, pretensioned to avoid sag, need not satisfy the maximum
slenderness ratios limit.
As per Eurocode 3
Eurocode 3 doesnt specify such maximum slenderness ratio for structural
member. But United Kingdom National Application Document (NAD)** which used
along with Eurocode 3 gives the guideline about maximum slenderness ratio.
Table B.3.2 Maximum effective slenderness ratios as per NAD (UK) of
Eurocode 3
Maximum eff.
SI.No. Member slenderness ratio
1 For members resisting loads other than wind loads 180
2 For members resisting self weight and wind loads 250
For any member normally acting as a tie but subject

3 350
to reversal stress resulting from the action of wind
** NAD of UK takes the references of BS: 5950:Part1 here the above table is as per reference of BS:
5950:Part1:1990 and BS: 5950:Part1:2000 omitted the maximum slenderness ratio requirements.
About maximum values of effective slenderness ratios of structural member
The restrictions or limitations on maximum effective slenderness ratios are
meant for transportation, erection and fabrication feasibility of structural member.
There is reduction in capacity of compression member with increase in slenderness
also lesser slenderness or limited slenderness result in unnecessary large cross

CD-051061
sectional area. The limits on slenderness are decided as midway among the above
two facts.
When the particular code (Such as Eurocode 3 , BS:5950 :Part 1:2003) not
stringent about maximum slenderness ratio of structural member then for design of
compression member columns with any slenderness can be used, provided that the
second-order effect such as additional deflection due to member self-weight must be
considered. Furthermore, change of member stiffness and additional shortening due
to lateral deflection must also be allowed for in the frame analysis.
B.3.3.2 Serviceability requirements
Serviceability limit state is related to the criteria governing normal use. Serviceability
limit state is limit state beyond which service criteria, specified below, are no longer
met:
i. Deflection
ii. Vibration
iii. Durability
iv. Fire Resistance
Here the criteria for limiting deflection by both code is discussed in details

Deflection The deflection under serviceability loads of a building or a building
component should not impair the strength of the structure or components or cause
damage to finishing. Deflections are to be checked for the most adverse but realistic
combination of service loads and their arrangement, by elastic analysis, using a load
factor of 1.0. Table 5.3 of IS:800 (Draft) gives recommended limits of deflections for
certain structural member systems
Where the deflection due to dead load plus live load combination is likely to
be excessive, consideration should be given to pre-camber the beams, trusses, and
girders. The values of desired camber shall be specified in design drawing.
Generally for spans greater than 25 m camber approximately equal to the deflection
due to dead loads plus half the live load, may be used.

CD-051061
Table B.3.3. Deflection limits other than for pitched roof portal frame (Table 5.3
of IS: 800 (Draft))
Type of Maximum
Deflection Design Load Member Supporting
building Deflection
Live load Purlin Roof cladding Span / 150
Live load Simple span Brittle cladding Span / 240
Live load Cantilever Brittle cladding Span / 120
Elastic
Live load Simple span Span / 180
cladding
Elastic
Live load Cantilever Span / 90
cladding
Live load Simple span Floor Span / 300
Live load Cantilever Floor Span / 150
Vertical
Crane load Gantry Crane Span / 500

(Manual operation)
Crane load
(Electric operation Gantry Crane Span / 750
Industrial building
up to 50 t)
Crane load
(Electric operation Gantry Crane Span / 1000
over 50 t)
Inward 12 mm
Crane (Vertical)
Gantry Crane Outward 25
+ Roof load
mm
Moving load Gantry Crane Span / 600
(Charge cars, etc.)
Elastic
No cranes Column cladding
Height / 150
Lateral Crane + wind
Masonry/brittle
No cranes Column Height / 240
cladding
Span / 400
Crane
Gantry
Crane
(lateral) Relative
between rails
10 mm
Column/frame Gantry (pendent Height / 100
operated)
Crane Gantry (cab
Column/frame Height / 240
operated)
Not susceptible
Other
Vertical
Buildings
Live load Floors & roofs Span / 300

to cracking
Susceptible to
Live load Floor & Roof Span / 360
cracking

CD-051061
Wind Building Height / 300
Lateral
---
Wind Inter storey Storey height /
drift 300
As Eurocode 3 (Clause 4.2.2)

Vertical deflection:-
The limiting values for vertical deflections given below are illustrated by reference to
the simply supported beam shown in Figure: B.4.1 in which:
max 1 2- 0 (EB.3.01)
Where
max= The sagging in the final state relative to the straight line joining the supports.
0= The pre-camber (hogging1 of the beam in the unloaded state, (state 0).
1= The variation of the deflection of the beam due to the permanent loads
immediately after loading, (state 1).
2= The variation of the deflection of the beam due to the variable loading plus
any time dependent deformations due to the permanent load, (state 2).

CD-051061
Table B.3.4. Recommended limiting values of vertical deflections
(Table 4.1 of Eurocode 3)
Limits
Condition
max 2
Roofs generally L/200 L/250

Roofs frequently carrying personnel other than
L/250 L/300
for maintenance
Floors generally L/250 L/300

Floors and roofs supporting plaster or other
L/250 L/350
brittle finish or non-flexible partitions
Floors supporting columns (unless the
deflection has been included in the global L/400 L/500
analysis for the ultimate limit state)
Where max can impair the appearance of the
L/250 ---
building
Comment on the maximum limit of maximum vertical deflection of floor by

both code
Referring to limits on vertical deflections of floor by both code (see underlined
cell in Table B.3.3 and Table B.3.4)) it observed the IS:800 (Draft) code limits are
more stringent than Eurocode 3 this is because Eurocode 3 include provision of pre-
FDPEHU 1 LQ FDOFXODWLRQ RI PD[LPXP YHUWLFDO GHIOHFWLRQ max and also value of
E(Modulus of Elasticity) of steel is higher (i.e. Es=2.1 x105 N/mm2) .The IS:
800(Draft) also have provision for pre-camber but doesnt specify the limit on
maximum vertical deflection considering pre-camber.
Horizontal deflection
For buildings the recommended limits for horizontal deflections at the tops of the
columns are:

CD-051061
x Portal frames without gantry cranes: h/l50
x Other single storey buildings: h/300
x In a multistorey building:
In each storey: h/300
On structure as a whole: ho/300
Where h is the height of the column or of the storey
ho is the overall height of the structure.
Limits on maximum horizontal (Lateral) deflection by both codes are same
Vibration (Clause 5.6.2 of IS:800 (Draft) and Clause 4.3 of Eurocode 3)

Suitable provisions in the design shall be made for the dynamic effects of live
loads, impact loads and vibration due to machinery operating loads. In severe cases
possibility of resonance, fatigue or unacceptable vibrations shall be investigated.
Unusually flexible structures (generally the height to effective width of lateral load
resistance system exceeding 5:1) shall be investigated for lateral vibration under
dynamic wind loads. Structures subjected to large number of cycles of loading shall
be designed against fatigue failure

CD-051061
B.4 Design of Tension Member
B.4.1 General
Steel tension member are probably the most common and efficient member.
These are efficient because the entire cross section is subjected to almost uniform
stress*1 (In other word whole cross sectional area is utilized). Tension members are
linear members in which axial forces act so as to elongate (stretch) the member. A
rope, for example, is a tension member. Unlike compression members, they do not
fail by buckling. Hence their design is not affected by classification of cross section.
The strength of these members is influenced by several factors such as
length of connection, size and spacing of fasteners, net area of cross section, and
type of fabrication, connection eccentricity, and shear lag at the end connection.
B.4.2 Cross section of tension member
1
* It is generally assumed that the distribution of stresses in cross-sections of members subjected to
axial tensile forces is uniform. However, there are some parameters like residual stresses and
connection which result in a non-uniform distribution of stresses
Swapnil B.Kharmale 79 Comparative study of IS:800 (Draft) &EC3

CD-051061
B.4.3 Behaviour of cross-sections in tension
Generally tension members are designed using rolled sections, bars or flats
(see Figure B.4.1). When more area is needed or connection design requires it, it is
possible to combine profiles or to build up a specific section using plates (Figure
B.4.1). Flats are generally not used because of their high flexibility; for good practice
the slenderness should be limited to 300 for principal members or 400 for secondary
members (obviously this rule does not apply to round bars). In general, rolled
sections are preferred and the use of compound sections is reserved for larger loads
or to resist bending moments in addition to tension.
The influence of residual stresses and connection on the behaviour of the cross-
section in tension
B.4.3.1 Residual Stresses
Residual stresses develop when the member is formed and are due to the
production process. Their origin can be thermal, either developed during the
solidification of the steel or during welding parts of the member; or they can be
mechanically induced when trying to produce counter-deflection or when
straightening the member. The induced stresses are self equilibrated and although
they do not affect the ultimate resistance of the member they induce non-linearities
in the strain-stress behaviour as well as greater deformability.
Consider, for example, a rectangular section with residual stresses subjected to an

axial force (Figure B.4.2); although the distribution of stresses due to this force is
uniform, the corresponding distribution of the total stresses is not. When the
combined stresses (Figure B.4.2.c) reach the yield strength fy, yielding of the
relevant fibers commences and the elastic part of the section is continuously
reduced as the external force increases (Figure B.4.2.d); the ultimate limit state is
reached when the entire section has yielded. Although the behaviour of the section
is non-linear (Figure B.4.2.e), the ultimate limit state is identical for both cases with
and without residual stresses.

CD-051061
B.4.3.2 Connections (Effect of holes on tension capacity*2)
Connections are generally made either by bolting or welding. When several

members have to be connected, additional plates must be used which introduce
secondary effects due to the moments developed. Sometimes it is possible to
reduce these local eccentricities by varying the weld lengths or the bolt distribution.
In addition, the holes that are needed to fix the bolt significantly distort the ideal
behaviour of the cross-section. Firstly, there is an area reduction that has to be
taken into account and also a distortion in the stress distribution that induces a non-
uniformity in the strain; the effect of the holes is to increase the stresses locally
around them (Figure B.4.3). For a plate of infinite width the distribution is given by:
For xtR
5 5
> @
[ [

R (B.4.1)
2
* Effect of circular holes on stress distribution in plates from Theory of Elasticity By-
S.P.Timoshenko and J.N.Goodier

CD-051061
Where, R is the hole radius, x is the distance to the point under consideration
when x = R then from equation (B.4.1)
o = max o =3
The above suggests the use of net cross-sections at holes in order to compensate
for the weakening effects.
It should be mentioned that, although not reflected in the Codes, the net area might
allow for a variety of effects influencing the connection efficiency; these include the
ductility of the metal, the care taken when forming the hole (local cracks reduce the
ductility), and the relative proportion between hole-diameters and hole distances
(inducing a confining effect).
B.4.4 Modes of failure of tension member
Following are different modes of failures of tension member

CD-051061
x Gross section yielding
x Net section rupture
x Block shear failure
Gross section yielding
Generally a tension member without bolt hole can resists loads up to the
ultimate load without failure. But such a member will deform in longitudinal direction
considerably (nearly 10%-15% of its original length) before failure. At such a large
deformation a structure will become unserviceable. Hence in limit state design, in
addition to net section failure and block shear failure, yielding of the gross section
must also be considered, so as to prevent excessive deformation of the member.()
Net section rupture
A tension member is often connected to main or other member by bolt or

welds. When connected using bolts, tension members have holes and hence
reduced cross section, being referred to as the net area. Holes in the member
causes stresses concentration (as discussed earlier under effect of hole on tension
capacity)
Block shear failure
Block shear failure commonly refers to the tearing of a block of material, and
it presumes a combination of tension rupture and shears yield or a combination of
shear rupture and tension yield. Although the first failure mode is quite common, the
latter failure mode is uncommon because of the small ductility in tension as
compared with shear. Block shear failure is usually associated with bolted details
because a reduced area is present in that case, but in principle it can also be
present in welded details. Design rules in various codes base block shear failure
calculation on a combination of yield and rupture strength of the net or gross areas
in shear and tension on the potential failure plane

CD-051061
B.4.5 Codal provisions for design of tension member
Factored design tension T,in the Design value of tensile force NSd shall
member shall be :- be:-
T<Td (Clause 6.1) NSd <Nt.Rd (Clause 5.4.3)
where
where Nt.Rd=Design Tension Resistance
Td =Design Tensile strength of member
=Least of Npl.Rd & Nu.Rd
=Least of Tdg ,Tdn & Tdb
where
where Npl.Rd =The design plastic rsistance of
Tdg =Design strength due to yielding of
gross section gross cross section
Tdn= Design strength due to rupture of Nu.Rd =The design ultimate rsistance
critical section
Tdb= Design strength due to block shear of net cross section

CD-051061
Design strength due to yielding of gross Design plastic resistance of gross section
(Npl.Rd):-(Clause 5.4.3.1 (a))
section (Tdg):- (Clause 6.2)
$I
I\ $ J 1
7GJ
\
SO5G
P
P
where where
fy =Yield strength of the material in
fy =Yield strength of the material in
MPa
MPa
A =Gross area of cross section in mm2
Ag =Gross area of cross section in mm2
m0 =Partial safety factor for failure in
m0 =Partial safety factor for failure in
tension by yielding
tension by yielding
Design strength due to rupture of critical Ultimate resistance of net cross section
section (Tdn):- (Clause 6.3.1) (Nu.Rd):- (Clause 5.4.3.1 (a))
For plates
$ I
1
For plates
IX $ Q
QHW X
7GQ
X5G
P
P
where
where An =Net area of section
An =Net effective area of member fu =Ultimate stress of material
fu =Ultimate stress of material m2=Partial safety factor for rsistance of
m1=Partial safety factor for failure in cross section at bolt holes
tension by rupture
About net area :-
According to both codes: "the net area of a cross-section or element section shall be
taken as its gross area less appropriate deductions for all holes and other openings.
Provided that the fastener holes are not staggered the total area to be deducted
shall be the maximum sum of the sectional areas of the holes in any cross-section

CD-051061
perpendicular to the member axis."
When the global behaviour of the tension member has to be taken into account.
Imagine, for example, that the length affected by the connection is about 5% of the
total member length; then assume that the strain at the ultimate load of the
connection is 10 times the yield strain (Figure B.4.7).

CD-051061
When the member reaches the yield condition and the connection the failure
condition, the increases in length would be:

&RQQHFWLRQ]RQH /&RQQHFWLRQ / \/ 7RWDO
\ 7RWDO

0HPEHU]RQH /0HPEHU / \/ 7RWDO
\ 7RWDO
/&RQQHFWLRQ
LH
/0HPEHU
This means that the elongation within the connection zone is much smaller than that
of the entire bar.
This is why both codes (IS:800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3) allows the exceedance of
the yield strength in the connection zone up to the ultimate tensile strength, fu; that
is, it is implicitly assumed that the failure of an member can be described by its
deformation.
Both codes include a reduction coefficient to take account of the unavoidable

eccentricities, stress concentrations, etc. The reduction is taken as 10%, so that the
recommended formula
I $
7HQVLOHVWUHQJWKRUUHVLVWDQFHDWQHWVHFWLRQ X Q
PL

For angles (Clause 6.3.3) For angles
With bolted & welded connection With bolted connection(Clause 6.5.2.3)
[IX [$ QF $ JR [I\ H G W I
7GQ [ 1 X5G
R X
IRUEROW
IX $ I
P P P
RU7GQ $Q [ 1 X5G
QHW X
IRUEROW
$ I
P
P
1 QHW X
IRUEROW
D = 0.6 for one or two bolts, 0.7 for
where, X5G
P

CD-051061
three bolts and 0.8 for four or more where
bolts in the end connection or Reduction Factor 2 & 3
equivalent weld length (As per table 6.5.1 of Eurocode 3)
An = net area of the total cross section Pitch 3 2
Anc= net area of the connected leg p1<2.5do 0.4 0.5
Ago= gross area of the outstanding leg p1>5 do 0.7 0.7
t = thickness of the leg
ZKHUH
Z I\ E
[ [ [ V
W IX /
EV
[
/
in calculation of With welded connection(Clause 6.6.10)

$ I
w and bs are as shown in Fig B.4.7 1
X5G
HII X
P
L = Length of the end connection,

where,
i.e., distance between the
Aeff = Gross cross sectional area A for
outermost bolts in the joint along the equal leg angle and for unequal leg
length direction or length of the weld angle connected by longer leg
along the length direction. Aeff=Gross sectional area A of equivalent
equal leg angle of leg size equal to
that of smaller leg for unequal angle
connected by smaller leg

CD-051061
About angle connected by one leg
In many cases, angles are connected to gusset plate (which in turn connected to
other members of structure) by welding or bolting only through one of the two legs.
This kind of connection results in eccentric loading (Fig B.4.9), causing non-uniform
distribution of stress over the cross section. Further, since the load is applied by
connecting one leg of member there is a shear lag at end connection.
Effect of shear lag:-

The force is transferred to a tension member (angles, channels, or T-section) by a
gusset or the adjacent member connected to one leg either by bolting or by welding.
The force thus transferred to one leg by the end connection locally gets transferred
as tensile stress over the entire cross section by shear. Hence, the tensile stress on
the section from the first bolt up to the last bolt will not be uniform. The connected
leg will have higher stresses at failure even of the order of ultimate stress while the
outstanding leg stresses may be even below yield stress. Thus transfer of force from
connected leg to outstanding leg will be by shear (Figure B.4.10) and because one
part lags behind the other the phenomenon is referred to as Shear Lag However ,
at the section away from the end connection , the stress distribution becomes more
uniform. Hence shear lag effects reduces with increase in connection length
Therefore to account for eccentric loading, effect of shear lag etc the reduction

CD-051061
factor in introduced in both the codes. If we observe the formulas for calculating
the design tensile strength / resistance at net cross section by both code , we can
say that
x IS: 800 (Draft) consider that connected leg of an angle is stressed up to ultimate
stress fu and outstanding leg is stressed up to yield stress fy. The reduction factor
is applied to connected leg strength. The value of increases with length of
connection (it even exceed 0.7which is maximum value of VSHFLILHG E\
Eurocode 3).
x In Eurocode 3 the reduction factor is applied to net area of section and that
reduced area is assumed to be stressed up to ultimate stress fu. The value of
depends upon the number and spacing of fasteners (i.e. indirectly on length of
connection).The maximum value of is s 0.7 (for more than 3 bolt at a spacing
of 5 times dia of rivet or bolt)
x Hence when strength/resistance of tension member (particularly for single angle
connected by one leg) at net section is calculated by both codes the IS: 800
(Draft) code results are on higher side as compare to Eurocode 3 results. This is
due to combined effect of value of DQGassumption of stressing the area up to
either the yield stress fy or ultimate stress fu. Refer the analysis problem on
tension member
Design strength due to block shear Eurocode 3 doesnt specify directly
(Tdb):- calculation of design tensile strength
Block shear strength, Tdb, of connection governed by Block Shear ( As per EC3
shall be taken as the smaller of "Block Shear failures (under connection
$ Y J [ I \ $ WQ [ IX
7G E
section of Eurocode 3) at a group of
[ P P
6 K H D U< LH OG 7 H Q V LR Q ) UD F WX UH
fastener holes near the end of beam web
$ Y Q [ IX $ WJ [ I \
7G E
or bracket or plate shall be prevented by
[ P P
6 K H D U5 X S WX UH 7 H Q V LR Q < LH OG
appropriate hole spacing)
Here we consider the Block shear
where failure under Tension chapter for
Avg, Avn = Minimum gross and net area in

CD-051061
shear along a line of the comparative purpose:-
transmitted force, respectively Design shear rupture resistance Veff.Rd
(1-2 and 4 3 as shown in Fig (Block Shear failure):-
$ [I
9
(B.4.3) and 1-2 as shown in
[
Y H II \
HII 5 G
Fig (B.4.4)
ZKHUH $ / [W
P
/ / / / EXW/ /
Atg, Atn = Minimum gross and net area in Y HII Y HII
/ D EXW/ G
Y H II Y Y H II
tension from the hole to the toe

I

/ D N[G [
of the angle or next last row of
I
X
R W
bolt in plates, perpendicular to
/ / D D
\
the line of force, respectively (2-

I
Y
EXW/ / D D Q[G [
I
3) as shown in Fig (B.4.3) and Y R Y
X
Fig (B.4.4)
fu, fy = Ultimate and Yield stress of the
where
material respectively
Av.eff = Effective shear area.
Lv.eff =Effective length of
connection in shear.
Lv, a1, a2, a3 =Indicated in figure. (B.4.12)
do.v and do.t =Hole size for shear face
and tension face
respectively normally it is
doh
n =Number of fastener holes
on the shear face
t =Thickness of section

CD-051061
B.4.6 Design process by both codes
Stiffness requirement:-
Although stiffness is not required for the strength of a tension member, a
member is stipulated by limiting the maximum slenderness ratio of the tension
member. The slenderness ratio of a member is defined as the ratio of its
unsupported length (L) to its least radius gyration. Hence IS: 800 (Draft) mention
maximum slenderness ratio for tension member. On the other hand Eurocode 3
doesnt mention such limit on slenderness ratio neither for Tension member nor for
other member
Design Procedure:-
Design of tension member by both codes is an iterative process involving a
choice of section and analysis of its capacity (for evaluating the capacity we require
the connection details to calculate Tdn(Nu.Rd) and Tdb (Veff.Rd) hence connection is
designed in such manner that Tdg (Npl.Rd) is preferably lesser than Tdn(Nu.Rd) and Tdb
(Veff.Rd).
B.4.7 Worked example for Tension member
The worked example contain Analysis and Design problem for Tension
member by IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3

CD-051061
PROBLEMS ON TENSION MEMBER BY IS:800 (DRAFT)
A. Analysis Problem
A single unequal angle 125 mm x 75 mm x 8mm is connected to 12 mm thick

gusset plate at ends with 6 no 16 mm diameter rivets of Grade 4.6 to transfer
tension as shown in figure below. Determine the Tension capacity of an angle
section if a) If longler leg is connected to gusset plate.
b) If shorter leg is connected to gusset plate
Use f y=250 MPa
ANALYSIS STEPS REFERENCES
Sectional Properties
A= 1538 mm2
b= 125mm
d= 75mm
t= 8mm
g= 75mm
Nominal Dia of rivet= d n=16mm

Effective Dia of rivet = d = 16 +2 =18 mm
Swapnil B.Kharmale
CD-051061 93 Comparative study of IS:800 (Draft) and EC 3
a) When longer leg (125 mm) is connected to gusset plate
2
Anc= Net area of connected leg= (125-(8/2)-18) x 8 :=824 mm
Ago= Gross area of outstanding leg=(75-(8/2)) x 8 :=568 mm2
2
Ag= Gross area of whole setion :=1538 mm
i)Design strength due to Yielding of Gross Section T dg Clause 6.2

$ J [I\ [
7GJ N1
P
ii) Design strength due to Rupture of Critical Section T dn Clause 6.3.3
[IX [$ QF $ JR [I\ IX IRURQH

7GQ [ ! RU ! 7GQ $ Q[ or two rivets
P P P
=0.7 for three
ZKHUH
rivets
Z I\ E V EV =0.8 for four
[ [ [ [
W IX / / or more rivets
For our case

w= (75-4) =71 mm
w1= 75 mm
bs=71+75 m= 146mm
L=5x50 =250 mm

fy=250MPa
fu=410 MPa
m0=1.10
m1=1.25
Now

[ [ [ [

Considering lower value of LH
[[ [
7GQ [

7GQ N1
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Alternatively
7GQ [ N1

Hence take T dn lower of 382.66 kN and 365.26 kN

Therefore T dn =365.26kN
iii) Design strength due to Block Shear T db Clause 6.4.2
$ YJ [I\ $ WQ [IX $ WJ [I\

7GE
[
"RU " $[[I
YQ X

P P P P
where
Avg &Avn :=Minimum gross and net area in shear along a line of
transmitted force respectively
Atg & Atn :=Minimum gross and net area in tension from hole to toe of
an angle or next last row of bolts in plate
Here
Avg= Lvgxt
2
Avg= (5 x 50 + 50 ) x 8 :=2400 mm
2
Avn= ( 5 x 50 + 50 - 5.5 x 18 ) x 8 :=1608 mm
Atg = Ltgxt
Atg = ( 50 x 8 ) :=400 mm2
2
Atn= (50 - 0.5 x 18 ) x 8 :=328 mm
Therefore
[ [ [ [
7GE

"RU "

[ [
" "
7GE N1 RU N1
Considering lower value for T db i.e. T db = 395.42 kN
Design Tensile strength of ISA125x75x8 if longer leg connected Clause 6.1

to gusset plate
Td= Least of T dg ,Tdn, Tdb

:= 349.5 kN
Swapnil B.Kharmale
b) When shorter leg (75 mm) is connected to gusset plate
g= 40mm
2
2
Ago= Gross area of outstanding leg=(125-(8/2)) x 8 :=968 mm
Ag= Gross area of whole setion :=1538 mm2
$ J [I\ [
7GJ N1
P

P P P
=0.7 for three
ZKHUH
rivets
[ [ [ [ or more rivets
W IX / /
Here w=(125-4 )= 121mm,w1=40mm ,bs=161 mm, L= 250 mm,

fy=250MPa,fu=410 Mpa, =0.8, m0 m1=1.25

[ [ [ [

Considering lower value of LH
[[ [
7GQ [

7GQ N1
Alternatively

7GQ [ N1



$ YJ [I\ $ WQ [IX $ WJ [I\
7GE
[
"RU " $[[IYQ X

P P P P
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Here
Avg= Lvgxt
Avg= (5 x 50 + 50 ) x 8 :=2400 mm2
2
Avn= ( 5 x 50 + 50 - 5.5 x 18 ) x 8 :=1608 mm
Atg = Ltgxt
Atg = ( 35 x 8 ) :=280 mm2
2
Atn= (35 - 0.5 x 18 ) x 8 :=208 mm
Therefore [ [ [ [
7GE
[

RU " "[

" "
7GE N1 RU N1
Considering lower value for T db i.e. T db = 383.14 kN
Design Tensile strength of ISA125x75x8 if shorter leg connected Clause 6.1

to gusset plate

:= 329.77 kN
Conclusion from problem

The Design Tensile strength capacity of an unequal angle section will
be more if longer leg is connected to gusset plate than if shorter leg
connected to gusset plate
Swapnil B.Kharmale
PROBLEMS ON TENSION MEMBER BY EUROCODE 3
A. Analysis Problem
A single unequal angle 125 mm x 75 mm x 8mm is connected to 12 mm thick

gusset plate at ends with 6 no 16 mm diameter rivets of Grade 4.6 to transfer
tension as shown in figure below. Determine the Tension capacity of an angle
section if a) If longler leg is connected to gusset plate.
b) If shorter leg is connected to gusset plate
Use f y=250 Mpa (Refer same figure of same problem by IS:800 (Draft))
2
A= 1538 mm
b= 125mm
d= 75mm
t= 8mm
g = 75mm
Nominal Dia of rivet= d n=16mm
Effective Dia of rivet = d o = 16 +2 =18 mm
i) Design Plastic resistance of gross cross section N pl.Rd Clause 5.4.3 (1).a
$[I\ [
1SO5G N1
P

ii)Design ultimate resistance of the net cross section at holes for Clause 5.4.3
fasteners Nu.Rd
For angle connected through one leg Clause 6.5.2.3 (2)
Connection with 3 or more rivets [$ [I

1
X5G
QHW X
P
2
Here Anet= A - Area due to hole =1538 -18x8=1394 mm
3= 0.5 (as 5xdo<pitch =50mm >2.5 x do ) Table 6.5.1 of
Therefore, [[
EC 3
1 N1
X5G

Swapnil B.Kharmale
Note:-Eurocode 3 dosent specify directly calculation of design tensile
strength governed by Block Shear ( As per EC3 "Block Shear faliure
at a group of fasterner holes near the end of beam web or bracket or
plate shall be prevented by appropriate hole spacing)
Therefore for given problem we have to check given connecton for
Block Shear
iii) Design shear rupture resistance Veff.Rd (Block Shear faliure) Clause 6.5.2.2
$ [I
9
YHII \
HII 5G
[ P
$ / [W
" "
YHII YHII
where
/ / / / EXW / /
" "
YHII Y YHII
/ D EXW / G

I
/ D N[G [ X

I RW
I
/
/ D D
Y
"EXW"/
/ D D Q[G
Y RY
[ X
I
\
here Lv , a1, a2 , a3,are indicated in figure

d is nominal diameter
do.v and do.t are hole size for shear face and tension face
respectively normally it is d oh.
n is number of fastener holes on the shear face
t is thickness of section
Swapnil B.Kharmale
For our case
Lv= 5x 50=250mm
L1= 50 mm< 5 x 16mm
L2 = (50-0.5x18) x(410/250)=80.52 mm
k= 0.5 for single row of rivet
L3= 250 + 50 + 50 =350mm < (250+50+50-6x18)x(410/250)
Therefore L 3= 350 mm
Therefore
Lv.eff=250+50 +80.52 =380 mm > L3
Hence Lv.eff = 350mm
Therefore $
YHII
[ PP

[
9HII 5G N1
[
Design Tension Resistance of ISA125x75x8 if longer leg connected

to gusset plate Clause 5.4.3 (1)
Nt.Rd= Least of N pl.Rd ,Nu.Rd and Veff.Rd

Hence Nt.Rd= 228.62 kN
b) When shorter leg (75 mm) is connected to gusset plate
i) Design Plastic resistance of gross cross section N pl.Rd Clause 5.4.3 (1).a
$ [I [
\
1 N 1
S O 5 G

P
fasteners Nu.Rd

1X5G
QHW X
P
Here Anet= for an unequal-leg angle connected by its shorter leg , A net Clause 6.5.2.3(2)
should be taken as equal to the net sectional area of an equivalent
equal-leg angle of leg size equal to that of smaller size
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Therefore equivalent equal -leg angle section = ISA 75x75 x8
A=1058 mm2
Therefore A net:= A- Area due to hole
:=1058 - 18 x8=914 mm2
3= 0.5 (as 5xdo<pitch =50mm >2.5 x do ) Table 6.5.1 of
Therefore,
[ [
1 N1
X5G

$ [I
Y H I I \
9
H I I 5 G
[
P
For our case

Lv= 5x 50=250mm
L1= 50 mm< 5 x 16mm
L2 = (35-0.5x18) x(410/250)=42.64 mm
L3= 250 + 50 + 50 =350mm < (250+50+50-6x18)x(410/250)
Therefore L 3= 350 mm
Therefore
Lv.eff=250+50 +42.64 =342.64 mm < L3
Hence Lv.eff = 342.64mm

$ [ PP
YHII
[
9 N1
HII 5G
[
Design Tension Resistance of ISA125x75x8 if longer leg connected

to gusset plate Clause 5.4.3 (1)

Hence Nt.Rd= 149.90 kN
Swapnil B.Kharmale
PROBLEMS ON TENSION MEMBER BY IS:800 (DRAFT)
B.Design Problem
Design a single angle tie member to carry the design axial tension of 375 kN.
With rivetted connections . Use f y =250 Mpa (Provide rivet prefebarly in single row)
DESIGN STEPS REFERENCES
1.Data
P = 375 kN
Rivetted connections
2. Trial section

3[ [ [
P
$ PP
J UHT
I
\
2
Increase it by 5 % so that (A g) req =1733 mm
Let us try ISA 150 x 75 x 8 @ 0.134 kN/m with longer leg connected to
12 mm thick gusset plate
A=1742 mm2 ,b=150mm,d=75mm,t=8mm,g=75 mm
Design of tension member by both code is an iterative process

involving a choice of section and analysis of its capacity (for evaluating
the capacity we require the connection details to calculate T dn and Tdb
hence connection is designed in such manner that T dg is preferably
lesser than T dn and Tdb
Swapnil B.Kharmale
3.Connection design
Diameter of rivet G [ W (To avoid faliure of rivet

in bearing)
G [ PP PP
Nominal dia = d= 18 mm , Effective dia = 19.5mm

Rivet value = Shear capacity of rivet in sigle shear =

Clause 10.2.3.2
9 [ [ N1
QV
[

Therefore number of rivet required = Q

Provide edge distance = 40 mm > 30 mm for 18 mm dia rivet Table 10.10 of IS:
Pitch (p) :- 800 (Draft)
For tension member max. pitch =16 x t or 200 mm whichever is less Clause 10.2.2
minimum pitch = 2.5 x d Clause 10.2.1
Hence ,provide p= 60 mm Therefore length of end connection
L = 360 mm
4. Tension capacity of section(Check forTension capacity)
2
Ago= Gross area of outstanding leg=(75-(8/2)) x 8 :=568 mm2
Ag= Gross area of whole setion :=1742 mm2
An= Net area of total cross section = A nc + Ago :=1576 mm3
$ [I [
J \
7 N1
GJ

P

P P P
=0.7 for three
ZKHUH
rivets
[ [ [ [
W IX / / or more rivets
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Here w=(150-4 )= 146mm,w1=50mm ,bs=196 mm, L= 360 mm,
fy=250MPa,fu=410 Mpa, =0.8, m0 m1=1.25
[[
7GQ

[
[

"'
7GQ N1

Alternatively, 7GQ [ N1


$ YJ [I\ $ WQ [IX $ WJ [I\

7GE
[
"RU " $[[I
YQ X

P P P P
Here
Avg= (6 x 60 + 40 ) x 8 :=3200 mm2
2
Avn= ( 6 x 60 + 40 - 6.5 x 20 ) x 8 :=2160mm
Atg = ( 75 x 8 ) :=600 mm2
2
Atn= (75 - 0.5 x 20 ) x 8 :=520 mm
[ [
Therefore , 7GE

RU " " [ [

[ [
7GE N1 RU N1 " "
Considering lower value for T db i.e. T db =545.40 kN
Design Tensile strength of ISA150x75x8 Clause 6.1

:= 395.90 kN > T= 375 kN
Hence safe
Swapnil B.Kharmale
PROBLEMS ON TENSION MEMBER BY Eurocode 3
B.Design Problem
Design a single angle tie member to carry the design axial tension of 375 kN.
With rivetted connections . Use f y =250 Mpa (Provide rivet prefebarly in single row)
1.Data
P = 375 kN
Rivetted connections
2. Trial section

3 [ [ [
P
$ P P
J UHT
I
\
Here if we use same section (ISA 150 x 75 x 8 ) as used in design by

IS:800 (Draft) with same connection details it found to be failed by
Eurocode
Therefore let us try ISA 150 x 115 x 8 @0.159kN/m with longer leg
connected to 12mm thick gusset plate
A=2058 mm2 ,b=150mm,d=115mm,t=8mm,g=75 mm
3.Connection design
Let us provide 7no 18 mm dia.rivet of 4.6 Grade(d=18 mm,d o =20mm)
Provide edge distance = 40 mm > 1.5xdo i.e. 30 mm Clause 6.5.1.3 (1)
Pitch (p) :-
For tension member max. pitch =14 x t or 200 mm whichever is less Clause 6.5.1.7 (1)
minimum pitch = 2.2 x do Clause 6.5.1.5 (1)
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Provide pitch p= 90mm = 5 x d
(so that length of shear connection Lv = 540mm see figure above
because as per Eurocode critical faliure mode in case of single
angle tension member connected with single row of rivet is Rupture of
net section at hole for fastener which should be avoided with sufficient
connection length L v)
4. Tension capacity of section(Check forTension capacity)
i) Design Plastic resistance of gross cross section N pl.Rd Clause 5.4.3 (1) .a
$[I [
\
1 N1
SO5G

P
fasteners Nu.Rd

1 X5G
QHW X
P
Here Anet= A - Area due to hole =2058 -20x8=1898 mm2

3= 0.7 (as pitch =50mm = 5xdo ) Table 6.5.1 of
Eurocode 3
Therefore, [[
1 N1
X5G

$ [I
9
YHII \
HII 5G
[ P
For our case

Lv= 6x 90=540mm
L1= 40 mm< 5 x 16mm
L2 = (75-0.5x20) x(410/250)=106.6 mm
L3=540 + 40 +40 =620mm < (540+40+40-7x20)x(410/250)
Therefore L 3=620 mm
Therefore
Lv.eff=540+40 +106.6 =686.6 mm > L3
Hence Lv.eff = 620mm
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Therefore,

$ [ PP
YHII
[
9 N1
HII 5G
[
Design Tension Resistance of ISA150x115x8

Clause 5.4.3 (1)

Hence Nt.Rd= 435 kN > 375 kN
Hence safe
"Design of single angle tension member connected by single row of rivets

by both code"
Points IS :800 (Draft) Eurocode 3
Section for tensile ISA 125 x 75 x 8 ISA 150 x 75 x 8

forceP=375 kN at 0.134 kN/m at 0.153 kN/m
Length of end 7 no 18 mm dia 7 no 18 mm dia

connection of rivets @ p=60 of rivets @ p=90
mm c/c mm c/c
Hence L= 360 mm Hence L=540 mm
Faliure mode Yielding of gross Rupture of net

section cross section at
holes for fastner
i.e. T= T dg i.e. Nt.Rd = Nu.Rd
Swapnil B.Kharmale
B.5 Design of Compression Member
B.5.1 Introduction
The term compression member is generally used to describe structural
components subjected to axial compression loads. Column, top chords of trusses,
diagonals and bracing members are all examples of compression members.
Columns are usually thought of as straight compression members whose lengths are
considerably greater than their cross-sectional dimensions.
B.5.2 Cross sections of compression members
For optimum performance compression members need to have a high radius
of gyration in the direction where buckling can occur; circular hollow sections should,
therefore, be most suitable in this respect as they maximise this parameter in all
directions. The connections to these sections are, however, expensive and difficult
to design.
It is also possible to use square or rectangular hollow sections whose
geometrical properties are good (the square hollow sections being the better); the
connections are easier to design than those of the previous shape, but again rather
expensive.
Hot-rolled sections are, in fact, the most common cross-sections used for
compression members. Most of them have large flanges designed to be suitable for
compression loads. Their general square shape gives a relatively high transverse
radius of gyration and the thickness of their flanges avoids the effect of local
buckling.
Welded box or welded I-sections are suitable if care is taken to avoid local
flange buckling. They can be designed for the required load and are easy to connect
to other members; it is also possible to reinforce these shapes with welded cover
plates.
Built-up columns are fabricated from various different elements; they consist
of two or more main components, connected together at intervals to form a single
compound member (Figure B.5.1). Channel sections and angles are often used as

CD-051061
the main components but it is also possible to use I -sections; they are laced or
battened together with simple elements (bars or angles or smaller channel sections)
Figure B.5.1 illustrates all the shapes mentioned above
It should be noted that:
x The type of connection is important in the design of simple compression

members because it defines the effective length to be taken into account in
the evaluation of buckling. Circular sections do not represent the optimum
solution if the effective length is not the same in the two principal directions; in
this case, non symmetrical shapes are preferable.
x Members are frequently subjected to bending moments in addition to axial
load; in these conditions ISMB-sections can be preferable to ISWB-sections

CD-051061
B.5.3 Behaviour of Compression member:-
Compression members are sometimes classified as being long, short and
intermediate. A brief discussion about this classification along with the behaviour is
as follow
x Short compression member (Stub or stocky columns)
Short compression member (Stub or stocky columns) are characterised by

very low slenderness, are not effected by buckling and can be designed to the yield
stress fy.
If local buckling does not affect the compression resistance (as can be
assumed for Plastic (Class 1), Compact (Class 2), and Semi-compact (Class 3)
cross-sections), the mode of failure of such members corresponds to perfect plastic
behaviour of the whole cross-section, which theoretically occurs when each fiber of
the cross-section reaches fy. It is to be noted that residual stresses and geometric
imperfections are practically without influence on the ultimate strength of this kind of
column and that most experimental stub columns fail above the yield stress because
of strain-hardening. The maximum compression resistance Pmax (Nmax) is, therefore,
equal to the plastic resistance of the cross-section:
Pmax (Nmax) = Aeff fy
where, Aeff = The effective area of the cross-section
fy = Yield stress
IS: 800 (Draft) had adopted same multiple column curves (modified ECCS
curves developed by European countries) The ECCS curve considers that columns
are stocky when their effective slenderness ratio ) is such WKDW ) They
are represented by a plateau on the ECCS curves (See Fig B.5.5)
x Long compression member (High slenderness)

CD-051061
For these compression member the Euler formula, predicts the strength of
long compression member very well, where the axial buckling stress remain below
the proportional limit. Such compression member buckles elastically.
x Intermediate length compression member (Medium slenderness)
For intermediate length compression member, some fibers would have

yielded and some fiber will still be elastic. These compression members will fail both
by yielding and buckling and their behaviour is said to be inelastic
The detailed behaviour of long and medium length compression member is

discussed in next article Stability of slender steel column
B.5.4 Stability of slender steel columns
Depending on their slenderness, columns exhibit two different types of behaviour:

those with high slenderness present a quasi elastic buckling behaviour whereas
those of medium slenderness are very sensitive to the effects of imperfections.
x Euler Critical Stress
If leff is the effective length (critical length), the Euler critical load Pcr (Ncr) is equal to:
(,
3FU 1FU

O (B.5.1)
HII
and it is possible to define the Euler critical stress cr as:
3FU 1FU (,
$ O HII $
FU (B.5.2)
,
, and the slenderness ./URU = leff/i,
$
By introducing the radius of gyration r (i) =
for the relevant buckling mode, Equation (B.5.2) becomes

CD-051061
(

(
FU
O

./ U
O
$VSHU,6 'UDIW $VSHU(XURFRGH

HII HII
Plotting the curve of Euler critical stress cr as a function of slenderness(KL/r

RU on a graph (FigureB.5.2), with the line representing perfect plasticity, s = fy,
shown, it is interesting to note the idealised zones representing failure by buckling,
failure by yielding and safety.
The intersection point P, of the two curves represents the maximum

theoretical value of slenderness of a column compressed to the yield strength. This
maximum slenderness (sometimes called Euler slenderness), called 1 in Eurocode
3, is equal to:
1 >(Iy]1/2=93.9 ZKHUH <LHOGVWUHVVUDWLR Iy)
A non-GLPHQVLRQDOUHSUHVHQWDWLRQRIWKLVGLDJUDPLVREWDLQHGE\SORWWLQJ Iy
DV D IXQFWLRQ RI 1 (Figure); this is the form used for the ECCS curves
(FigureB.5.5). The coordinates of the point P are, therefore, (1, 1).

CD-051061
x Buckling of Real Columns
The real behaviour of steel columns is rather different from that described in
the previous section and columns generally fail by inelastic buckling before reaching
the Euler buckling load. The difference in real and theoretical behaviour is due to
various imperfections in the "real" element: initial out-of-straightness, residual
stresses, eccentricity of axial applied loads and strain-hardening. The imperfections
all affect buckling and will; therefore, all influence the ultimate strength of the
column. Experimental studies of real columns give results as shown in Figure B.5.4.

CD-051061
Here following observations are made from figure
Compared to the theoretical curves; the real behaviour shows greater

differences in the range of medium slenderness than in the range of large
slenderness.
In the zone of the medium values of (representing most practical
columns), the effect of structural imperfections is significant and must be
carefully considered. The greatest reduction in the theoretical value is in the
region of Euler slenderness 1.
The lower bound curve is obtained from a statistical analysis and represents
the safe limit for loading.
B.5.5 The European buckling curves
IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3 uses multiple column curves (Modified ECCS
buckling curves) which are based on Perry-Robertson approach. The following terms
are defined in accordance with these curves.
Non dimensional slenderness ratio (The reference slenderness)
As per IS: 800 (Draft): The non dimensional slenderness ratio LV
I\ I\ ./U
IRUDOOFURVVVHFWLRQV
IFF
(
where, fcc= Eulers critical stress and
(KL/r)= Slenderness of compression member
As per Eurocode 3:- The references slenderness is
IRU&ODVV&ODVVDQG&ODVVVHFWLRQV $ IRU&ODVVVHFWLRQ


CD-051061
ZKHUH 6OHQGHUQHVVRIFRPSUHVVLRQPHPEHU
1=Eulers slenderness
A=(A/Aeff) =Ratio of effective area in compression to gross area
B.5.5.1 Basis of the ECCS Buckling Curves
From 1960 onwards, an international experimental programme was carried

out by the ECCS to study the behaviour of standard columns. More than 1000
buckling tests, on various types of members (I, H, T, U, circular and square hollow
sections), with different values of slenderness (between 55 and 160) were studied. A
probabilistic approach, using the experimental strength, associated with a theoretical
analysis, showed that it was possible to draw some curves describing column
strength as a function of the QRQ GLPHQVLRQDO VOHQGHUQHVV reference
slenderness ). The imperfections which have been taken into account are: a half
sine-wave geometric imperfection of magnitude equal to 1/1000 of the length of the
column; and the effect of residual stresses relative to each kind of cross-section. The
European buckling curves (a, b, c or d) are shown in Figure B.5.5

CD-051061
These give the value for the reduction factor of the resistance of the column
as a function of the reference slenderness for different kinds of cross-sections
(referred to different values of the imperfection factor ).
The mathematical expression for (Stress reduction factor)is:
$VSHU,6 'UDIW $VSHU(XURFRGH

> @

>

@

> @ > @

The imperfection factor D depends on the shape of the column cross-section

considered, the direction in which buckling can occur (y axis or z axis) and the
fabrication process used on the compression member (hot-rolled, welded or cold-
formed); values for D, which increase with the imperfections, are given in Table B.5.1
As stated earlier the imperfection factors take in to account the initial out-of-
straightness, residual stresses, eccentricity of axial applied loads and strain-
hardening.
Table B.5.1:-,PSHUIHFWLRQIDFWRU
(From Table 7.1 of IS: 800 (Draft) and 5.5.1 of Eurocode 3)
Buckling Imperfection Factor
D
Imperfections
Curve
a Quasi perfect shapes 0.21
b Shapes with medium imperfections 0.34
c Shapes with a lot of imperfections 0.49
d Shapes with maximum imperfections 0.76

CD-051061
Table B.5.2* Buckling curves for a cross section
(From Table 7.2 of IS: 800 (Draft))
Buckling Buckling
Cross Section Limits about Curve
axis
Rolled I-Sections h/b > 1.2 : tf d 40 mm z-z a
y-y b
40 mm<tf d 100 mm
y tf
z-z b
h tw y-y c
h/b < 1.2 : tf d 100 mm
z d z
z-z b
y-y c
b
y
tf >100 mm z-z d
y-y d
Welded I-Section
y tft y tft z-z b
tf <40 mm y-y c
tw tw
hz hz z
z tf <40 mm z-z c
y-y d
y y
b b
Hollow Section Hot rolled Any a
Cold formed Any b
Welded Box Section Generally

y tf Any b
(Except as below)
Thick welds and
tw b/tf < 30 z-z c
h z
z
d/tw < 30 y-y c
b
y
Channel, Angle, T and Solid Sections
y
z Any c
z

CD-051061
Built-up Member y
Any c
z z
*The same table is given in Eurocode 3 Table: 5.5.3 of Eurocode 3 and only difference is of buckling
about axis (Since conventions for member axis as per Eurocode 3 are exactly reverse that of IS: 800
(Draft))
B.5.6 Codal provisions for designing the compression member
IS: 800 (Draft) Eurocode 3
The design compression strength of a Design buckling resistance of a

member is given by (Clause 7.1.2) compression member shall be taken as
Pd=Ae fcd Nb.Rd = A y
f/ M1 (Clause 5.1.1)
where where
Ae=Effective area in compression A
=(Aeff/A)
fcd=Design stress in compression Aeff= Effective area in compression
= (fy m0) Iy m0) A =Gross area of cross section
=Stress Reduction Factor =Stress Reduction Factor

>
@

>

@
LQZKLFK > @

LQZKLFK > @

=Imperfection factor
=Imperfection factor
=Non-dimensional effective slenderness
=Reference slenderness and
ratio
I\ I\ ./U $
IFF (

= Effective slenderness ratio ratio of
fcc = Euler buckling stress buckling length l ,to appropriate
2 2
= E/(KL/r) radius of gyration i
KL/r =Effective slenderness ratio ratio of 1 >(Iy]1/2=93.9 = Iy)

CD-051061
effective length KL ,to appropriate Partial safety factor for material
M1=
radius of gyration r strength
m0= Partial safety factor for material
strength
Section Classification for axial Section Classification for axial

compression:- compression:-
For members in axial compression the For member in axial compression Euro
limiting width to thickness ratios for Code3 specifies the Limiting width to
Plastic and Compact class is not thickness ratios for Class 1, Class 2
applicable. Here we have to just check Class 3 & Class 4 cross sections.
that the section dose not fall in Slender
class' so that whole cross sectional area Effective Area Aeff:-
is effective in compression. $V A=Aeff/A
Effective Area Ae:- For Class 1,Class 2 & Class 3 section

For Semi-compact section A
= (Aeff/A)=1
Ae=Gross Area Ag For Class 4 section
For Slender Class Aeff = Calculated on the basis of effective
Ae = Based on effective c/s c/s dimension
dimension A
= (Aeff/A)<1
IS code doesn't give procedure how to Euro code 3 gives procedure to calculate
calculate the effective dimensions of the effective c/s dimension of Class 4
Slender section section (see Chapter B.1 of Dissertation)
B.5.7 Single angle discontinuous strut

In roof trusses ,the single angle web members are often connected by one leg
(thus introducing eccentricity with respect to the centroid of the cross sections) on
one side of chords (Fig B.5.6) and sometimes alternatively on opposite side of T-

CD-051061
section. Due to the asymmetry of the angle cross section, the determination of the
compression capacity under eccentric loading along with end restraints is complex.
Evaluation of compression capacity of single angle strut by both codes:-
IS: 800 (Draft) Eurocode 3
Effective slenderness e (Clause 7.5.1.2) Effective slenderness HII
The flexural torsional buckling strength of (Clause 5.8.3)

single angle loaded in compression Provided that the chords or gusset plate
through one of its legs may be evaluated supply appropriate end restraint to the
using the equivalent slenderness ratio, web members and the end connections
e, as given below of the web members supply appropriate
fixity (at least two bolts if bolted), the
H N N YY N
eccentricities may be neglected and end
where fixities allowed for in the design of angles
k1, k2, k3 = Constants depending upon used as web members in compression,
the end condition by using an effective slenderness
/
UYY E E
ratio HII , obtained as follow
DQG
( (
YY For buckling about minor axis i.e. v-v
[W

axis

CD-051061
[ ZKHUH [
where Y
L = Laterally unsupported length of HIIY Y Y $
)RUEXFNOLQJDERXW]]D[LV

the member
[ ZKHUH [
rvv =Radius of gyration about the
]
HII] ] ] $
minor axis
)RUEXFNOLQJDERXW\\D[LV

b1, b2 =Width of the two legs of the angle
[ ZKHUH [
t = thickness of the leg \
HII\ \ \ $
0.5
= yield stress ratio ( 250/fy)
where
= >(Iy]1/2=93.9 Iy)
Table B.5.3 Constant k1,k2,k3

1
(As per Table 7.6 of IS:800 (Draft)) v z y= Effective slenderness ratios
Gusset or ratios of buckling length l ,to
No of the
connecting
bolt at end k1 k2 k3 appropriate radius of gyration i
member
connection
fixity *
Fixed 0.20 0.35 20
>2
Hinged 0.70 0.60 5
Fixed 0.75 0.35 20
1
Hinged 1.25 0.50 60
*
Stiffness of in-plane rotational restraint provided to the
JXVVHWFRQQHFWLQJPHPEHU)RUSDUWLDOUHVWUDLQWWKH e
FDQEHLQWHUSRODWHGEHWZHHQWKH e results for fixed and

hinged cases
Buckling curve to be used =c curve
Buckling curve to be used= c curve
Imperfection factor = 0.49for curve c
Imperfection factor = 0.49for curve c
Knowing the non dimensional effective slenderness ratio e( HII ) and imperfection
factor WKH VWUHVV UHGXFWLRQ IDFWRU DQG VXEVHTXHQWO\ WKH VWUHQJWK RI VLQJOH DQJOH
strut can be evaluated as equation given in article Codal provisions for designing
compression member
Refer the worked example solved by both code.

CD-051061
B.5.7 Effective length KL (Buckling length l) of compression member
As per IS: 800 (Draft) (Clause 7.2)
The effective length, KL, is calculated from the actual length, L, of the
member, considering the rotational and relative translational boundary conditions at
the ends. The actual length shall be taken as the length from center to center of its
intersections with the supporting members in the plane of the buckling deformation,
or in the case of a member with a free end, the free standing length from the center
of the intersecting member at the supported end.
Where the boundary conditions in the plane of buckling can be assessed, the
effective length, KL, can be calculated from the actual length L on the basis of Table
7.5 of IS: 800 (Draft) code
Table B.5.4 Effective length of prismatic compression member
(As per Table 7.5 of IS: 800 (Draft))
Boundary Conditions
Schematic Effective
At one end At the other end
representation Length
Translation Rotation Translation Rotation
Restrained Restrained Free Free

2.0L
Free Restrained Restrained Free
Restrained Free Restrained Free 1.0L
Restrained Restrained Free Restrained 1.2L
Restrained Restrained Restrained Free 0.8L
Restrained Restrained Restrained Restrained 0.65 L

As per Eurocode 3(Annex E)
x The buckling length l of a compression member is the length of an otherwise
similar member with "pinned ends" (ends restrained against lateral movement but
free to rotate in the plane of buckling) which has the same buckling resistance.
x In the absence of better information, the theoretical buckling length for elastic
critical buckling may conservatively be adopted.
CD-051061
Here Eurocode 3 doesnt not give any guidance about the effective length (buckling
length) factor K for different end conditions in plane buckling which required to be
multiplied to system length L to calculate the effective length KL (buckling length l)..
B.5.7 Built-up compression member
For large loads and for effective use of material, built-up columns are often
used. They are generally made up of two or more individual sections such as
angles, channels or I-section properly connected along their length by lacing or
battening so that they act together as a single unit.
Here the design provisions and construction details of laced and battened
compression member by both codes is discussed.
o Laced column
As per IS: 800 (Draft) (Clause 7.6)
a) Spacing between column section members comprising two main components

laced S:- The spacing S should be such that the built-up beam as a whole as

CD-051061
same buckling resistance about both axis buckling For that
,
]] EXLOWXSFROXPQ
,
\\ EXLOW XSFROXPQ
from which calculate S
b) The effective slenderness ratio, (KL/r)e, of the laced column shall be taken as
1.05 times the (KL/r)0 the actual maximum slenderness ratio in order to
account for shear deformation effects.
c) Single laced systems, on opposite faces of the components being laced
together shall preferably be in the same direction so that one is the shadow of
the other, instead of being mutually opposed in direction
d) Angle of Inclination: Lacing bars, whether in double or single systems, shall
be inclined at an angle not less than 40 degrees nor more than 70 degrees to
the axis of the built-up member
e) Spacing of lacing:- The maximum spacing of lacing bars, whether connected
by bolting, riveting or welding, shall also be such that the maximum
slenderness ratio of the components of the member (a1/r1), between
consecutive lacing connections is not greater than 50 or 0.7 times the most
unfavourable slenderness ratio of the member as a whole, whichever is less,
where a1 is the unsupported length of the individual member between lacing
points, and r1 is the minimum radius of gyration of the individual elements
being laced together.
f) Slenderness ratio of lacing: - The slenderness ratio, KL/r, of the lacing bars
shall not exceed 145. In bolted/riveted construction, the effective length of
lacing bars for the determination of the design strength shall be taken as the
length between the inner end fastener of the bars for single lacing, and as 0.7
of this length for double lacings effectively connected at intersections. In
welded construction, the effective lengths shall be taken as 0.7 times the
distance between the inner ends of welds connecting the single lacing bars to
the members
g) Width of lacing bar: - In bolted/riveted construction, the minimum width of
lacing bars shall be as follows: Table B.5.5

CD-051061
Table B.5.5:-Width of lacing bars
Minimum Width of Lacing
Nominal bolt/rivet dia (mm)
Bars (mm)
22 65
20 60
18 55
16 50
h) Thickness of lacing bar:-The thickness of flat lacing bars shall not be less
than one-fortieth of its effective length for single lacings and one-sixtieth of
the effective length for double lacings.
i) End Tie Plates Laced compression members shall be provided with tie
plates at the ends of lacing systems, at intersection with other members and
at points where the lacing systems are interrupted
j) Lacing forces:-The lacing shall be proportioned to resist a total transverse
shear, Vt, at any point in the member, equal to at least 2.5 percent of the axial
force in the member and shall be divided equally among all transverse lacing
systems in parallel planes.
As per Eurocode 3 (Clause 5.9)
a) Basis
x Built-up compression members consisting of two or more main components
connected together at intervals to form a single compound member shall be
designed incorporating an equivalent geometric imperfection comprising an initial
bow eo, of not less than l/500.
x The deformation of the compound member shall be taken into account in
determining the internal forces and moments in the main components, internal
connections and any subsidiary components such as lacings or battens.

CD-051061
b) Construction details
x Where possible, single lacing systems on opposite sides of the main components
shall be arranged in such a way that one is in the shadow of the other.
x Single lacing systems on opposite sides of the main components shall not be
mutually opposed in direction, unless the resulting torsional deformation of the
main components can be accepted.
x Tie panels shall be provided at the ends of lacing systems, at points where the
lacing is interrupted and at connections with other members.
x Tie panels may take the form of battens conforming to 5.9.3.2 of Eurocode 3;
alternatively cross braced panels of similar rigidity may be used.
c) Design

CD-051061
x The design procedure given here is for a design compressive force NSd applied
to a built-up member consisting of two similar parallel chords of uniform cross
section, with a fully triangulated system of lacing which is uniform throughout the
length of the member.
x Second moment of area of laced column

The effective second moment of area lo* of a laced compression member with two
main components should be taken as:
Ieff = 0.5 ho2Af
where Af = The cross-sectional area of one chord
ho = The distance between centroid of chords.
x Chord forces at mid length of laced compression member
0
1 [1
K
V
I 6G 6G
16G [H R O (,HII
where 0V H R 1FU

16G 16G O

> @
1FU 6 Y
and Sv =The shear stiffness of the laced compression member
The dimension of lacing element and spacing of lacing should be so
Selected the shear stiffness is large enough to nullify the effect of Ms (in
other word the shear deformations should be small).
The values of Sv for various lacing system are given in Table B.5.8
x Buckling resistance of chords (Nb.Rd).
The buckling length of a chord in the plane of a lacing system should be taken as the
system length a between lacing connections.
x Lacing forces
The lacing forces adjacent to the ends of the member should be derived from the
internal shear force Vs, taken as

CD-051061
0V
9V
O
The force Nd in a diagonal lacing is given by:
9V [G
1G
Q[KR
Table B.5.8 Shear stiffness for various lacing system
(As per Fig 5.9.2 of Eurocode 3)
o Battened column
As per IS:800 (Draft) (Clause 7.7)
a) General
x Spacing between column section members comprising two main components
battened S: - The spacing S should be such that the built-up beam as a whole as
same buckling resistance about both axis buckling
x The effective slenderness ratio of battened column, shall be taken as 1.1 times
the (KL/r)0, where (KL/r)0 is the maximum actual slenderness ratio of the column,
to account for shear deformation effects

CD-051061
x The number of battens shall be such that the member is divided into not less
than three bays within its actual length from centre to centre of end connections.
b) Design
x Spacing of Battens:- The spacing of battens centre-to-centre of its end fastenings
shall be such that the slenderness ratio (KL/r) of any component over that distance
shall be not greater than 50 or greater than 0.7 time the slenderness ratio of the
member as a whole about its z-z (axis parallel to the battens).
x Size: Refer figure B.5.9
For end batten d end batten t (S+ 2Cyy)
For intermediate batten dint batten t(3/4) th of (S+ 2Cyy) or
t 2Bf
The thickness of batten or the tie plates shall be not less than one fiftieth of the
distance between the innermost connecting lines of rivets or welds, perpendicular
to the main member i.e. t t(1/50)th of a
x Batten forces
Battens shall be designed to carry the bending moments and shear forces arising
from transverse shear force Vt
Vt= 2.5 % Total axial force on column
9W &
Shear force in batten 9E
16
9W &
Bending moment in batten 0
1
where
Vt = The transverse shear force as defined above
C = The distance between centre-to-centre of battens, longitudinally
N = The number of parallel planes of battens
S =The minimum transverse distance between the centroids of the rivet
group/welding connecting the batten to the main member

CD-051061
As per Eurocode 3 (Clause 5.9.3)
a) General and constructional details
x Battens shall be supplied at each end of the member.
x Battens should also be supplied at intermediate points where loads are applied
or lateral restraint is supplied.
x Intermediate battens should be supplied to divide the length of the member into
at least 3 panels. There should be at least 3 panels between points which are

CD-051061
taken as laterally restrained in the plane of the battens. As far as possible, the
intermediate battens should be spaced and proportioned uniformly throughout
the length of the member.
b) Design
x The design procedure given here is for a design compressive force NSd applied
to a built-up member consisting of two similar parallel chords of uniform cross-
section, spaced apart and inter-connected by means of battens, which are
rigidly connected to the chords and uniformly spaced throughout the length of
the member.
x When Sv, is evaluated disregarding the flexibility of the batten plates
For end batten D end batten tho
For intermediate batten Dint batten t0.5 ho
where ho is the distance between the centroids of the chords.
When Sv, is evaluated considering the flexibility of the batten plates the batten
should satisfy
Q,E ,I

KR D
where,
Ib =The in-plane second moment of area of one batten
I =The in-plane second moment of area of one chord
ho =The distance between centroids of chords
a =The system length between centerlines of battens
n =The number of planes of battens.
The batten size should so adjusted that above conditions should satisfied
x Second moment of area
The effective in-plane second moment of area leff of a battened compression

member with two main components should be taken as:
,HII KR $ I ,I

CD-051061
with obtained from the following:
75 ;
: -
t150
75< <150
: =0
LQ ZKLFK = l / i o
where
A= The cross-sectional area of one chord
If = The second moment of area of one chord
ho =The distance between centroids of chords
io = [0.5 If/Af]0.5
If, =The value of lf with = 1
x Chord forces at mid-length
The chord force Nf.Sd at mid-length should be determined from:
0K $
1 >1 @
,
V R I
I 6G 6G
HII
16G [H R O (,HII
ZKHUH0V H R 1FU

1 1 O
> 6G 6G @
1FU 6Y
and Sv =The shear stiffness of the battened compression member
(,I
Considering flexibility of battened plate 6 Y

D
Disregarding flexibility of battened plate

(,I (,I
6Y EXW6Y

,I KR D
D> @

Q,E D
x Shear force and Moment in battens
The battens, their connections to the chords and the chords themselves should
be checked for the moments and forces in the end panel indicated in figure B.5.9,
in which the internal shear force Vs, is taken as:
CD-051061
Vs= 0s/l
For the purpose of this check, the axial force in each chord may be taken as
0.5Nsd even when there are only three panels in the length of the member.
x The bearing capacity of built-up columns is largely affected by the shear

Comment on designing of laced and battened column by both codes
deformations. Because of shear deformations the initial lack of straightness of

column is strongly amplified. The design by Eurocode 3 is based on above
approach. On the other hand in design process by IS: 800 (Draft) doesnt directly
consider shear deformation of laced or battened compression member (The
shear deformations are indirectly accounted by increasing the effective length by
5% for laced column and 10% for battened column.)
x Eurocode 3 doesnt give formulation for fixing the size of lacing or battens (as IS:
800 (Draft) gives). The size of lacings or battens are decided such the shear
stiffness are large to nullify the effect of Ms.
B.5.8 Worked examples for Compression member
The worked example contain Analysis problem on single angle strut and
design problem on built-up column by IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3

CD-051061
SINGLE ANGLE DISCONTINUOUS STRUT BY IS:800 (Draft)
A. Analysis Problem
Calculate load carrying capacity of single angle discontinuous strut of length 2.7m
connected by two or more rivets in line along the angle at each end (imparting partial
restraints against in plane rotation) if a) ISA 125 x 95 x 6
b) ISA 100 x 65 x 8 are used Use fy=250 Mpa
Data
Unsupported length of strut = L=2.7 m
No of rivets used at each end =2 or more
a) When ISA 125 x 95 x 6 is used

Sectional Properties A= 1286 mm2
b= 125mm
d= 95mm
t= 6mm
rvv = 20.3mm
For Single angle strut

Equivalent VOHQGHUQHVVUDWLR e Clause 7.5.1.2
H N N
YY N
where
k1,k2,k3= Constant depending upon end
condition
/ and E E
UYY
YY

(
(
[W

L = Laterally unsupported length of the member =2.7m

rvv = Radius of gyration about the minor axis=20.3mm
b1, b2 = Width of the two legs of the angle = 125mm & 95mm
t = Thickness of the leg=6mm
0.5
\LHOGVWUHVVUDWLRIy) =1
Swapnil B.Kharmale
CD-051061 134 Compartive study of IS:800 (Draft) and EC3
For our case
Assuming the fixity as partial, hence taking the value k1,k2 and k3 Table 7.6 of IS:800
as average of same mentioned for fixed and hinged connection (Draft)
Therefore k1=0.45
k2=0.475
k3=12.5
Also [

YY

[[
[[
[ [ [[

Therefore H [ [
Now > @ Clause 7.1.2.1
+HUH e& for angle section buckling curve c is used irrespective

RID[LVEHQGLQJKHQFH ,PSHUIHFWLRQIDFWRU
=1.82
Stress reduction factor

> @ > @

Design compressive stress I I

\ \
I
FG
P P

I [ 1 PP
FG

Design Compressive Strength 3G $ H [IFG Clause 7.1.2
ZKHUH )=1 Iy
E
! Hence Slender class Table 3.1 of IS:800-
W (Draft)
G
!
W Hence Slender class
E G
! Hence Slender class
W
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Hence whole section is of Slender class and gross area will not be
effective in compression
Effective area Ae of section

Effective dimensions of angle section
E [W [[ PP

G [W E [[ PP
W W
$H E [W G [W [ [ PP

Capacity of ISA 125 x 95 x 6
3 [ N1
G
b) When ISA 100 x 65 x 8 is used
A= 1257mm2
b= 100mm
d= 65mm
t= 8mm
rvv = 13.9mm
Equivalent VOHQGHUQHVVUDWLR e Clause 7.5.1.2
H N N
YY N
where
k1,k2,k3= Constant depending upon end
condition
Here
[
k1=0.45

k2=0.475 YY

[[
[[
k3=12.5 [ [ [[

Therefore, Clause 7.1.2.1

H [ [
> @

Swapnil B.Kharmale
Stress reduction factor

> @ > @

Design compressive stress I\ I\

IFG
P P

IFG [ 1 PP

Design Compressive Strength 3G $ H [IFG

Table 3.1 of IS:800-
Section Classification (Draft)
E Hence not Slender class

W
G
Hence not Slender class
W
E G
Hence not Slender class
W
Hence whole section is of Non Slender class and gross cross

sectional area is effective in compression
Therefore Ag=Ae=1257mm2
Capacity of ISA 100 x 65 x 8

3 [ N1
G
Conclusion from problem :- While designing the compression

member avoid to design the slender cross section because whole
cross section area (A g ) will not be effective in compression and it
will lead wastage of material
Swapnil B.Kharmale
SINGLE ANGLE DISCONTINUOUS STRUT BY EUROCODE3
A.Analysis Problem
Calculate load carrying capacity of single angle discontinuous strut of length 2.7m
connected by two or more rivets in line along the angle at each end (imparting partial
restraints against in plane rotation) if a) ISA 125 x 95 x 6
b) ISA 100 x 65 x 8 are usedUse fy=250 Mpa
Data
Unsupported length of strut = L= 2.7 m
No of rivets used at each end = 2 or more
a) When ISA 125 x 95 x 6 is used
A= 1286 mm2
h= 125mm
b= 95mm
t= 6mm
izz= 28.2mm
iyy= 39.7mm
ivv= 20.3mm
Here

I
\
For single angle section Table 5.3.1 of

Eurocode3
K Hence Class 4 section
!
W
KE Hence Class 4 section
!
W [
Hence whole cross section is of Class 4 section
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Calculation of effective section properties and effective area Clause 5.3.3 and
Table 5.3.3 of
KHII S IRUK [K Eurocode3
E HII S IRUE [E
S IRUK
S IRUK
' S IRUK ! " S IRUK
K W
[ [ N
S IRUK
S IRUE
S IRUE
' S IRUE ! " S IRUE
EW
[ [ N
S IRUE
N " IRU "'

ZKHUH 1DQG 2 stresses at tip of outstanding element

)RUXQLIRUPFRPSUHVVLRQ 2 1KHQFH DQGN
For our case

Effective section properties

S IRUK
[[
S IRUK

' S IRUK !

S IRUE
[[
S IRUE

' S IRUE !
KHII [ PP
E HII [ PP
Effective area of cross section
W W
$ HII KHII [W EHII [W [ [ PP

And $ HII
$
$
(IIHFWLYH6OHQGHUQHVV5DWLR eff Clause 5.8.3
For single angle strut the effective slenderness ratio are as follows
For buckling @ v-v axis:= HII Y [ Y

where Y
Y
[ $

For buckling@ z-z axis:= HII] [ ]

where ]
]
[ $

Swapnil B.Kharmale
For buckling @ y-y axis:= HII \ [ \
where \
\
[ $

Now Taking l=
L=2.7m Annex E , E.1

Therefore
(
[

I\
Y [

O
Y

LY
] [

O
]

L]
\ [

O
\

L\
Effective slenderness ratios:- HII Y [

HII ] [
HII \ [
6HOHFWLRQRIFXUYHDQGLPSHUIHFWLRQIDFWRU Table 5.5.3 of

For single angle section buckling curve c is used irrespective of axis Eurocode3
of buckling Table 5.5.1 of
,PSHUIHFWLRQIDFWRUIRUEXFNOLQJFXUYH
F
LV Eurocode3
Buckling strength of ISA 125 x 95 x 6 Clause 5.5.1.2

In general
> @
where
> @
6WUHVVUHGXFWLRQIDFWRU
ZHKDYHWRXVHKHUHHIIHFWLYHVOHQGHUQHVVUDWLRV HIILQSODFHRI
Therefore Y
> @

Y
> @
]
> @

]
> @
\
> @

\
> @
PLQ Y

Swapnil B.Kharmale
Buckling strength (Capacity) of ISA 125 x 95 x 6 Clause 5.5.1.1
I\
1E5G PLQ
[ $
[$[
P

1E5G [[[

1E5G N1
b) When ISA 100 x 65 x 8 is used

A= 1257 mm2
h= 100mm
b= 65mm
t= 8mm
izz= 18.3mm
iyy= 31.6mm
ivv= 13.9mm
Section Classification Table 5.3.1 of

Eurocode3

I\
K
Hence Class 3 section
W
KE
Hence Class 3 section
W [
Hence whole section is of Class 3 and Aeff=A and $
(IIHFWLYH6OHQGHUQHVV5DWLR eff Clause 5.8.3

For single angle strut the effective slenderness ratio are as follows
Now Taking l=
L=2.7m Annex E , E.1
And

Y [

] [

\ [

Swapnil B.Kharmale
Effective slenderness ratios:- HII Y [
HII ] [
HII \ [
6HOHFWLRQRIFXUYHDQGLPSHUIHFWLRQIDFWRU Table 5.5.3 of

For single angle section buckling curve c is used irrespective of axis Eurocode3
of buckling Table 5.5.1 of
,PSHUIHFWLRQIDFWRUIRUEXFNOLQJFXUYH
F
LV Eurocode3
Buckling strength of ISA 100 x 65 x 8

In general Clause 5.5.1.2
> @

where
> @

ZHKDYHWRXVHKHUHHIIHFWLYHVOHQGHUQHVVUDWLRV HIILQSODFHRI
Therefore Y
> @

Y
> @
]
> @

]
> @
\
> @

\
> @
PLQ

Y
Buckling strength (Capacity) of ISA 100 x 65 x 8 Clause 5.5.1.1

I\
1E5G PLQ
[ $
[$[
P

1E5G [[[

1E5G N1
Swapnil B.Kharmale
"Analysis of single angle discontinuous strut by by both code"
Points IS :800 (Draft) Eurocode 3
Effective non dimensional H PLQ
Slenderness ratio for strut

of ISA 125x95x6 (L= 2.7 m)
Capacity of ISA 125x95x6 Pd=66.67 kN N b.Rd=89.75 kN
(Slender Class)
Effective non dimensional H PLQ
Slenderness ratio for strut

of ISA 100x65x8 (L=2.7m)
Capacity of ISA100 x65x8 Pd=73.42 kN N b.Rd=67.4 kN
(Non-slender class)
Swapnil B.Kharmale
DESIGN OF BUILT-UP COLUMN BY IS:800 (DRAFT)
B. Design Problem
Design a built-up column to carry an axial load of 1200 kN (working).The length of column
is 6.0m.The column is effectively held in positon at both ends and restrained against
rotation at one end.Use preferably channel sections. Design appropriate lacing
system and connections. Use fy= 250
1. Loading
Working Load P =1200 kN

Factored Load P d =1.5x1200:= 1800kN
2.Effective length of column
Length Of Column6.0 m
Effective length KL=0.8x(1.05xL) (One end is restrained against Table 7.5 of IS:800-
KL:=0.8x(1.05x6000) both translation and rotation & (Draft)
KL :=5040mm other end is restrained against
translation only.)
1.05 factor is used as column Clause 7.6.1.5
laced
Now assume fcd(Design stress in compression) =150 N/mm2
1800 x103 Where, Clause 7.1.2

Ae = Ae:=Effective sectional area
150
Ae = 12 x103 mm 2 :=A g for plastic,compact &
semi-compact class of section
A e=12 x103 mm2
3.Trial Section
Let us try 2 ISMC 350@0.413 kN placed back to back
Swapnil B.Kharmale
A= 5366mm2
h= 350mm
b= 100mm
tf = 13.5mm
tw= 8.1mm
cyy= 24.4mm
4 4
Izz= 10008x10 mm
4 4
Iyy= 430.6x10 mm
rxx= 136.6mm
ryy= 28.3mm
h2= 30.9mm
g= 60mm
d= h-2h2 = 288.2mm
4.To find S (spacing between channels placed back to back)
Spacing between the channel section should be such that built -up
column as a whole have nearly same strength against both axis
buckling For that
( I zz )builtup column = ( I yy )built upcolumn
Also (ryy) built-up column >(rzz)built-up column Clause7.6.1.1
S
2(10008x104 )=2[430.6x104 +5366( +24.4) 2 ]
2
Therefore
S= 218.4mm
say 220mm so that ryy>rzz
r min= (rzz) built-up column =136.6mm
5.Capacity of Section
Now Minimum slenderness ratio
KL 5040
=
r 136.6
:=36.9 say 37
Swapnil B.Kharmale
For built-up column bucking curve 'c, is used for any axis buckling Table 7.2 of IS:800-
(Draft)
For fy=250 and (KL/r) =37 we have
fcd=211-((37-30) x(211-198)/(40-30)) (KL/r) fbd(N/mm2) Table 7.4c of IS:800-
2
fcd=201.9 N/mm 30 211 (Draft)
40 198
6.Section Classification
For members in axial compression the 'limiting width to thickness Table 3.1 of IS:800-
ratios' for Plastic and Compact class are not applicable. Here we (Draft)
have to just check that the section dose not fall in 'Slender class' so
that whole cross sectional area is effective in compression
Flange (Of Individual Channel section)
b 100 Hence not slender class

= =7.41<9.4
t f 13.5
Web (Of Individual channel section)

d 288.2 Hence not slender class
=
tw 8.1 =35.59<42
For built-up column

Hence not slender class
be 40
= =2.97<15.7
t f 13.5
and
bi 340 Hence not slender class
= =25.19<42
t f 13.5
bi=S+2xg=220+2x60=340mm
Hence whole section is effective in compression

Therefore, A e=Ag=2x5366
:= 10732 mm2
7.Design Strength
Pd = Ae xfcd Clause 7.1.2
Pd = 10732 x 201.9 = 2166.79 x103 N
As P d=2166.79 kN>1800 kN Hence safe
Swapnil B.Kharmale
8.Design Of Lacing :-
Single Lacing System
8.1Angle of inclination of Lacing bar Clause7.6.5

Let angle of inclination of lacing bar =45o
8.2 Spacing of lacing bar a1

a1=2xaxCot Where a =S+2g=220+2x60=340mm
o
a1=2x340xCot(45 )
a1=680 mm
Checks for a1:- Clause 7.6.6.1

a1 KL
50or 0.7 whichever small
r1 r
where, r1=min.radius of gyration of

individual elements
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Here r1=28.3mm , (KL/r)=37
0.7x37x28.3=732.97 mm and 50x28.3=1415mm
As a1=680 mm<732.97 mm hence safe
Provide spacing of lacing bar as a1=680 mm
8.3 Length of Lacing bar
l =a x Cosec
l =340 x Cosec (45o)
= 480.8mm
8.4 Effective Length of Lacing bar Clause 7.6.2.3

For single lacing system
(KL)lacing= l=480.8mm
8.5 Thickness of lacing bar 1 Clause 7.6

t ( KL )lacing
For single lacing system 40
1
t (480.8) = 12.03mm
40
Provide 15 mm thick lacing bar
Check for thickness

12
t> x(KL)lacing
(
KL
)lacing < 145
145
r KL (KL)lacing (KL)lacing
i.e Q( )lacing = =
r (Imin )lacing 1
t>
12
( KL )lacing xbxt3
145 (A)lacing 12
bxt
12
t> 480.8 = 11.5mm
145
As t=15mm>11.55mm Hence safe
8.6 Width Of Lacing bar

Assume 20 mm diameter rivets of Grade 4.6 are used (dn=20mm)
Minimum width of lacing bar for 20 mm nominal diameter of rivet Clause 7.6.3
b=60mm
Provide 70 mm width of lacing bar
Swapnil B.Kharmale
8.7 Design force on Lacing bar
Transverse shear at any point in member = VT= 2.5% of P d

2.5
VT = (1800) = 45kN
100
Therefore,Transverse shear in each panel= (VT/2)=22.5 kN
Design Compressive force Cd/Tensile force Td in lacing bar
VT 45
Cd =Td = = =31.82kN
2Sin 2Sin45o
8.8 Capacity of Lacing bar
For Compression
KL 480.8
( )lacing = =111<145
r 15
12
As lacing is solid flat plate therefore we have to use buckling curve 'c' Table 7.2 of IS:800-
(Draft)
For fy=250 and (KL/r)lacing =111 we have Table 7.4c of IS:800
fbd=94.6-((111-110) x(94.6-83.7)/(120 (KL/r) fbd(N/mm2) (Draft)

2
fcd=93.51 N/mm 110 94.6
120 83.7
As KL 480.8 Hence not slender class

( )lacing = =32.05<42
t 15
Therefore, Ae=Ag=b x t = 70x15 =1050 mm2
Compression capacity of lacing C= Ae x fcd

:= 1050 x 93.51
:=98.185 x103 N
:=98.185 kN>31.82kN
Hence safe
For Tension
Tension capacity of lacing T= [(b-d) x t x fu] / m1 Clause 6.3
(Considering rupture of net c/s)
Swapnil B.Kharmale
T= [(70-23.5) x 15 x 410]/1.25=228.78 kN>31.82 kN
Also T= Ag x fy/m0 (Considering yielding of gross section) Clause 6.2
T= (70 x 15) x250 /1.10 =238.63 kN> 31.82kN
Hence safe
8.9 Connection for Lacing bar

Assume 20 mm diameter rivets of Grade 4.6 are used
(dn=20mm&d= 21.5mm
f
Srength of rivet in double shear = 2 (d ) 2 u Clause 10.3.2
4 3 m1
400
= 2 (21.5)2 = 152.44kN
4 31.25
Strength of rivet in bearing fu Clause 10.3.3

=2.5xdxt min x
m1
400
=2.5x21.5x13.5x =232.2kN
1.25
Therefore rivet value =Rv =152.44 kN

Therefore number of rivet =(Cd /Rv)=(31.82/152.44) = 0.21say 1 rivet
9.Design of End Tie plates

Laced compression member shall be provided with tie plates at end
9.1 Effective depth of end tie plates= S + 2 x c yy > 2 x bf

:= 220 + 2 x 24.4 > 2 x 100 mm
:= 268.8mm say 270 mm
9.2 Overall depth of end tie plates = Effective depth + 2 x E.D.

:= 270 + 2 x 30 =330 mm say 335 mm
E.D.= Edge Distance
Provide over all depth =335 mm 30 mm for 20 mm riv
9.3 Length of end tie plates =S + 2 x bf = 220 + 2 x 100 =440 mm
9.4Thickness of end tie plates=(1/50)x(Distance between innermost

connecting line of rivets)
:= (1/50) x ( S + 2 x g ) := (1/50) x ( 220 + 2 x 60)
:=6.8 mm say 8mm
Provide an end tie plate of size 440mm x 335mm x8mm
Swapnil B.Kharmale
9.5 Design force on End Tie plate
Longitudinal shear where,

Vt = Transverse shear =45kN
Vb =
VT C C = The distance between c/c of batten
NS Take it same as spacing of lacing=680mm
Moment
M =
VT C N = The no of parallel planes on which
2N End-Tie plates are provided =2
S =The minimum transverse distance
between the centroids of rivet groups
S = 220 + 2 x 60 =340 mm
45x103 x680
Vb= =45x103 N
2x340
45x103 x680
M= =7.65x106 Nmm
2x2
9.6 Capacity of End Tie Plate
Shear
Vd= Avx(fy/3 xm0)=(335 x 8) x(250 /3 xm0)=351.65 kN> 45 kN
Hence safe
Moment
Considering end tie plate of semi -compact section
Md = bZp x(fy/m0) where b=(Ze/Zp) for semi-compact section

Md = Ze x(fy/m0)
Md=(8 x 3352/6) x(250/1.1)=34 kNm>7.65kNm Hence safe
9.7 Connection for End Tie plates
The connection should be designed to transmit both shear and

bending moment
Assume 20 mm diameter rivets of Grade 4.6 are used

(dn=20mm & d= 21.5mm)
Therefore , Rivet Value Rv =Strength of rivet in single shear

= (152.44/2) = 76.22 kN
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Number of rivets required to transmit the shear and moment are
calculated by following emperical formula
6xM where,
n= m =Number of rivet rows
mxpxR v
p = Pitch of rivet = 4d to 7d
6
6x7.65x10
n= =2.11;3
1x135x76.22x103
Check for connection
V 45x103
Fd = = =15x103 N
mxn 1x3
M
(Fb )max= xrmax

r2
r =(135 +135 )=36450mm ,r

2 2 2 2
max =135mm
7.65x106
(Fb )max = x135=28.33x103 N
36450
\FR = (Fd ) 2 +(Fb ) 2max = 152 +28.332 =32.05kN<76.22kN
Hence safe
Swapnil B.Kharmale
DESIGN OF BUILT-UP COLUMN BY Eurocode 3
B. Design Problem
Design a built-up column to carry an axial load of 1200 kN (working).The length of
column is 6.0m.The column is effectively held in positon at both ends and restrained
against rotation at one end.Use preferably channel sections. Design appropriate
lacing system and connections. Use Fy= 250
1.Data
Axial Load = 1200 kN
Length of column= 6 m
End condition = Fixed at one end and other end is pinned
2.Loading
Considering partial safety factors corresponding to leading action
as F.sup=1.5 under unfavourable effects
Therefore
NSd= Design value of compression force= 1.5 x 1200=1800kN
3.Buckling length of column (l)
Length Of Column L= 6m
Buckling length of built -up compression member shall be taken Clause 5.8.2 (1)
as equal to system length L unless a smaller value justified by
analysis
Therefore l = 6m
4.Trial Section
For comparasion point of view let us try same section with same
lacing connection detail as we have used in design as per IS : 800
( Draft)
Let us try 2 ISMC 350 placed back to back
at a spacing of 220 mm between them
Sectional Properties of Single ISMC 350

Af=5366mm2 tw= 8.1mm
h=350mm czz= 24.4mm
4 4
c=100mm Iyy= 10008x10 mm
4 4
tf=13.5mm Izz= 430.6x10 mm
Swapnil B.Kharmale
iyy=136.6mm h2= 30.9mm d= h-2h2 = 288.2mm
izz=28.3mm g= 60mm
5.Section Classification
Stress ratio 235 235
= = =0.97
fy 250
For Individual Channel section

c 100
Flange = =7.40<10 Hence Class 1
t f 13.5
Web d 288.2 Hence Class 2
= =35.58<38
t w 8.1
Hence channel section is of Class 2
Swapnil B.Kharmale
6. Design compression resistance of individual channel N fc.Rd
For Class 2 section =N fc.Rd= Af x fy /mo
Nfc.Rd = 5366 x250/1.1
Nfc.Rd = 1219.5 kN
7.Lacing Details
Let us try 70 mm x 15 mm solid plate lacing bar with an angle of
inclination =45o
Therefore A d=1050mm2, a= 2 x cot 45o x (S+2g)=680mm
o
d =(a/2) x sec 45 =480.83 mm
Therefore , Shear stifness of lacing S v

nEAd axh o2 Clause 5.9.2.4
Sv = where n = no of plane containing lacing & figure 5.9.3
2d 3
2x2x105 x1050x680x268.82
Sv = =92813.70kN
2x480.833
8. Second Moment Of area(For laced compression member) Clause 5.9.2.3

The effective second moment of area Ieff of a laced compression & eqn (5.85)
member should be taken as
2 2
Ieff= 0.5 x Af x ho = 0.5 x 5366 x 268.8
4 4
Ieff= 19385.59 x 10 mm
9.Chord forces at mid-length N f.Sd (Check for capacity of the Clause 5.9.2.4
section in axial compression) & eqn (5.86)
Ms
N f.Sd =0.5NSd +
ho
NSd eo l 2 EI eff
where M s = , eo = ,N cr =
N N 500 l2
[1- Sd - Sd ]
Ncr Sv
6
For our case, eo = =0.012m,
500
2 x2x105 x19385.59x104
N cr = =10629.34kN
60002
Sv =92813.70kN
N Sd =1800kN
1800x0.012
Ms = =26.63kNm
1800 1800
[1n n ]
10629.34 92813.7
26.63
N f.Sd =0.5x1800+ =999.07kN
0.2688
Swapnil B.Kharmale
As Nf.Sd = 990.07 kN <Nfc.Rd=1219.5 kN the section is safe in
axial compression
10.Buckling resistance of chords(Check for capacity of the Clause 5.9.2.5

section in buckling)
The buckling length of a chord in the plane of a lacing system sho
uld be taken as system length 'a' between the lacing connection
Therefore l =a=680 mm,i min =izz=28.3 mm,=(l/i zz)=(680/28.3)=24
1=93.9(A)0.5=93.9 x 0.97x1 =91.08 and 24
= = =0.263
1 91.08
For channel section buckling curve 'c' is used hence =0.49 Table.5.5.1
Stress reduction factor =0.9977 Table 5.5.2 of
Eurocode 3
Therefore N fb.Rd=Design buckling resistance of a chord
= x A x Af x fy/m0
= 0.9977x1x5366x250/1.1
= 1216.74 kN > Nf.Sd=999.07 kN
Hence section safe in buckling
11.Lacing Forces Clause 5.9.2.6 &

The lacing forces adjacent to the ends of the member should be eqn (5.87 )&(5.88)
derived from internal shear force V s taken as
Vs = xMs/l = x 26.63 / 6 =13.95 kN

The axial force N d in diagonal lacing is given by
Vs d 13.95x0.480
Nd = = =12.5kN
nh o 2x0.268
12.Capacity of lacing bar
The lacing bar 70mm x 15 mm is having sufficient capacity in
Compression as well as in Tension ( as capacity is calculated
IS:800 (Draft) and it is nearly same by Eurocode 3 also)
13.Connection of lacing bar

Provide 1no 20 mm dia 4.6 Grade rivet
14. End Tie Panels

Tie panels shall be provided at the ends of lacing systems Clause 5.9.2.2 (3)
Provide an end tie panel of size 440mm x 335mm x8mm(same as

used in IS:800 (Draft) design
Swapnil B.Kharmale
15. Shear Stifness Sv of End Tie Panel Clause 5.9.3.2
Sv is evaluated disregarding the flexbility of batten plates themsel-
ves
For that
a) Width of batten plate > h o here 335 mm >268.8 mm hence o.k.
10I f h o a =System length between centrelines
b)a of batten i.e. Spacing of batten
nI b
If=In-plane moment of inertia of one chord
Ib=In-plane moment of inertia of one batten
n= No of planes on which battens are provided
Here taking a = 680 mm (same as that of lacing)
10x10008x10 x268.8
(680)3
1
2x( x440x3353 )
12
97.575mm
As a=680mm > 97.575 mm , Sv is calculated disregarding the
effect of flexibility of battens
Therefore
2 2 EIf 2x 2 x2x105 x10008x104 Clause 5.9.3.4
Sv = 2 = =854455kN eqn (5.92)
a 6802
16.Second Moment Of area(For battened compression member)
Ieff= 0.5 x ho2 x Af +2xxIf

Taking = 1
Ieff= 0.5 x 268.82 x 5366 +2x1x10008x104
Ieff= 39401x104 mm4
17.Chord forces at mid-length N f.Sd (Check for capacity of the Clause 5.9.3.4
section in axial compression) eqn (5.91)
Ms h o A f
N f.Sd =0.5(NSd + )
I eff
N Sd xeo l 2 EIeff
where M s = , eo = ,N cr =
N N 500 l2
[1- Sd - Sd ]
N cr Sv
6
For our case, eo = =0.012m,
500
2 x2x105 x39401x104
N cr = =21604kN
60002
Sv =854455kN
NSd =1800kN
Swapnil B.Kharmale
1800x0.012
Ms = =23.18kNm
1800 1800
[1- - ]
21604 854455
23.18x0.2688x5366x10-6
Nf.Sd =0.5x(1800+ )=1067kN
1.0008x10-4
As Nf.Sd =1067 kN < Nf.cd =1219.5 kN hence section is safe in
axial compression
Also section is safe in buckling as we had checked it for lacing
case (For both lacing and battening a = 680 mm)
18.Moments and Shear due to battening
The End tie plane, their connection to the chords and chord Clause 5.9.3.6 (1)
themselevs should be checked for the moments and forces & eqn 5.94
Shear force Vs = x Ms /l
Moment Ms as obtained above
Here Ms=23.18kNm as obtained above
Vs = x 23.18 /6 =12.14 kN
Here checking of capacities of battens in bending and shear and
also connection for battens is same as that in IS:800 (Draft )
hence it is not repeated
19 Checking the chord for bending and axial force

Moment
In Chord =My.sd
= Vs xa/4
= 2.06 kNm
Axial Force
In Chord =0.5 N Sd Clause 5.9.3.6.(2)
= 900 kN
Member with Class 1 and Class 2 subjected to combined bending Clause 5.5.4 and
and axial compression shall satisfy eqn (5.51)
N Sd k y M y.Sd
+ 1
fy fy
min A Wpl.y
m1 m1
Swapnil B.Kharmale
y xN sd
where k y =10 but k y 1.5
y xAxf y
Wpl.y -Wel.y
y = y (2 My -4)+ [ ] but y 0.90
Wel.y
For our case for one chord N Sd = 900 kN , min =0.9977

A =Af=5366 mm2 ,W pl.y =640.12x104 mm4, W el.y =571.9 x104mm4
y = (a/i yy)=(680/136.6)=4.97 , y =1 ,
Also My =1.8 Figure 5.5.3
Hece y=4.97 x (2 x1.8 -4) +((640.12-571.9)/571.9) =-1.867
And ky =1- (( -1.867 x 900 x10 3)/(1 x 5366 x 250) =2.25 >1.5
Therefore take k y =1.5
Hence 900x103 1.5x2.06x106
+
250 250
0.9977x5366x 640.12x10 4 x
1.10 1.10
=0.74+0.002
=0.742<1
Hence safe
"Design Problem on built-up column"by IS:800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3
Points IS:800 (Draft) Euro Code 3
1.Design Approach As per IS:800 (Draft) the The bearing capacity of built-up
built-up columns are design- columns is largely affected by
ed and proportioned accor- the shear deformations.Beca-
ding to emperical formula use of shear deformations the
most of which are releated to initial lack of straightness of
local buckling requirements column is strongly amplified
The design by Eurocode 3 is
based on above approach.
1.Effective/Buckling length Effective Length =KL Buckling Length =I =L
= 1.05 (k1L)
where k1 depends on end No increase in buckling length
conditions &1.05 indicate for laced column
the eff.length is increased
by 5% for laced column to
account shear deformations
2.Trial section's capacity (P/Pd)=(1800/2166.79) (N/Nd)= (2xNf.Sd)/(2xNb.Rd)
ratio :- = 0.83 =(2x999.07/2x1216.740
i.e(Design Action/Strength) =0.82
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Section B: - Study Of Both Code
B.6 Design of Member Subjected To Bending
B.6.1 Introduction:-
A flexural member is a general term to describe a member subjected primarily
to bending moment. Beams under a floor, a gantry girder or a plate girder are
flexural members. It is obvious, of course, that a beam is a combination of a tension
member and a compression member. The concepts of tension members and
compression member are combined in the treatment of a beam. Probably the most
basic structural component is the beam, spanning between two supports, and
transmitting loads principally by bending action. Steel beams, which may be drawn
from a wide variety of structural types and shapes, can often be designed using little
more than the simple theory of bending. However, situations will arise in which the
beams response to its loading will be more complex, with the result that other forms
of behaviour must also be considered.
B.6.2 Classification of beams on the basis of lateral restraints provided
Depending upon the lateral restraints provided along the compression element
(one of the flange) the beams can be categorized in to
x Laterally supported beams (Restrained beams)
x Laterally unsupported beams (Unrestrained beams)
Here a brief general introduction of classification of beam is given
x Laterally supported beams (Restrained beams)
Laterally supported beam is one which-
i. unable to move laterally
ii. unaffected by Out-Of-Plane of buckling (Lateral Torsional Instability)
Lateral-torsional instability will not occur if any of the following conditions
apply
i. The section is bent about its minor axis.
ii. Full lateral restraint is provided, e.g. by positive attachment of the top
flange of a simply supported beam to a concrete slab (See Fig B.6.1).
Swapnil B.Kharmale 160 Comparative study of IS: 800 & EC3
CD-051061
iii. Closely spaced, discrete bracing is provided so that the weak axis
slenderness (KL/r)y [(l/i)z] of the beams is low.
x Laterally unsupported beams (Unrestrained beams)

The beam is considered laterally unsupported when
i) Compression flange of beam is not restrained laterally against the
lateral buckling
ii) Bending take place in weaker direction
For hot rolled beams and channel section which have very small moment of
inertia about minor axis as compared to that about major axis, this make section
relatively weak against torsion and bending about weaker axis, and if not held or
supported in the direction normal to weak axis, it will bend in the weaker direction
even if the load is normal to axis, it will be weakened further if a horizontal load
were to be applied normal to y-y axis. This bending is usually accompanied by
twisting. This phenomenon of bending in the weaker direction and twisting may be
called as Lateral Torsional Instability
Refer following Fig B.6.2 for Lateral Torsional Buckling
Figure B.6.2 shows the response of a slender cantilever beam to a vertical
end load

CD-051061
B.6.3 Design theory for beams
IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3 both uses Limit State Method (LSM) design
approach. The clear benefits of Limit State Method (LSM) verses Allowable Stress
Design methods (ASD) are observed in the design of flexure member. The limit state
design of beam is discussed below
Limit state design of beams
When a restrained steel beam of "compact (Class 2)" proportions is subjected
to loads producing vertical bending, its response will consist of a number of stages.
Initially it will behave elastically, with vertical deflections being related linearly to the
applied load. As the loading is increased, the most highly stressed regions will
develop strains in excess of yield, resulting in a local loss of stiffness. For the beam
as a whole, deflections will now start to increase rather more rapidly. Additional load
will cause this process to continue until complete plasticity is reached at one cross-
section. For a simply supported beam, this point will correspond to the maximum
load that can be carried without strain hardening and will also be the point at which
deflections become very large. On the other hand, for continuous structures, further
increases of load are possible as redistribution of moments takes place.
Behaviour of steel beams in bending

CD-051061
x Statically Determinate Beams
Figure B.6.3 presents the relationship between applied load and central
deflection that would be obtained from a test on a simply supported steel beam of
Compact (Class 2) proportions. Three distinct phases may be identified:

CD-051061
x Statically Indeterminate Beams
If the steel beam is continuous and Plastic class (Class 1), then the formation
of the first plastic hinge at the point of maximum moment, previously obtained from
an elastic analysis, will not mark the limit of its load-carrying resistance (see Figure
6). Rather, it signifies a change in the way in which the beam responds to further
loads. For the two-span beam of Figure B.5.5 the insertion of a real hinge at the
central support (B) would cause each span to behave as if it were simply supported.
Thus both would be capable of sustaining load, and would not collapse until this load
caused a plastic hinge to form at mid-span. The formation of a plastic hinge at B
produces qualitatively similar behaviour. Thus continuous structures do not collapse
until sufficient plastic hinges have formed to convert them into a mechanism. At
collapse, the beam will appear as shown in Figure B.5.5
Thus; Table B.6.1:- Moment capacity as per LSM approach by both codes
Moment capacity as per LSM approach

Stages
As per IS: 800(Draft) As per Eurocode 3
Yield stage My = Zefy/ m0 My = W elfy m0
Elastic - Plastic stage Mp=Zpfy m0 Mp= W plfy m0
Plastic stage Mp=Zpfy m0

*
Mp= W plfy m0
*
*correspond to moment redistribution

CD-051061
B.6.4 Shape factor S
The ratio of fully plastic moment capacity Mp to yield moment My is called as shape
factor
0 = I = :I :
6 LH6 6
0 = I = : I :
S S \ S SO \ SO
$VSHU,6 FRGH$VSHU (XURFRGH

\ H \ H HO \ HO
B.6.5 Codal provision for design of laterally supported and laterally
unsupported beam
The factored design moment, M at any The design value of the bending moment
section, in a beam due to external MSd at each cross-section shall satisfy
actions shall satisfy (Clause 8.2) (Clause 5.4.5.1)
M 0d MSd 0c.Rd
A)Laterally Supported Beam- A)Laterally Supported Beam-
(Clause 8.2.1) WhenVSd9pl.Rd
WhenV9d Class 1 or 2 cross-sections:
Md = Eb Z p fy d 1.2 Ze fy
Mc.Rd = W plfy/ M0
m0 m0
Class 3 cross-sections:
where Mc.Rd = W elfy/ M0
Class 4 cross-sections:
Eb
Mc.Rd = W efffy/ M1
=1.0 for plastic and compact section where
Eb = Ze/ Zp for semi-compact section Wpl = Plastic section modulus
Zp = Plastic section modulus Wel = Elastic section modulus
Ze =Elastic section modulus Weff= Eff. section modulus for Class 4
fy = Yield stress of the material section as per effective dimensions
m0 = Partial safety factor fy = Yield stress of the material
m1 = Partial safety factor

CD-051061
Here IS:800 (Draft) doesnt specify the moment capacity of Slender (Class 4)class
where as Eurocode 3 specify the moment capacity of Class 4 section through the
effective section modulus W eff.
When V>0.6Vd When VSd>0.5Vpl.Rd
Md = Mdv When Vsd exceeds 50% of Vpl.Rd the
(Clause 9.2) design resistance moment of the cross

where section should be reduced to Mv.Rd the
Mdv =Design bending strength under reduced design plastic resistance
high shear moment allowing for the shear force,
=Md- (Md-Mfd) for plastic and obtained as follows:

(Clause 5.4.7)
compact section
i)For cross section with equal flanges ,
=Zefy/ m0
for semi-compact
bending about major axis:
$ I
section
0 >: @> @

W
Y \
=[(2V/Vd)-1]2 Y5G SO
Z P
V =Factored applied shear force. As

governed by web yielding or But Mv.Rd Mc.Rd
web buckling. where,
Vd=Design shear strength as
=[(2VSd/Vpl)-1]2
governed by web yielding or
web buckling ii)For other cases:
Mfd = Plastic design strength of the Mv.Rd should be taken as the plastic
area of the cross section resistance moment of cross section
excluding the shear area, calculated using reduced strength (1- I\
for the shear area Av but not more than
considering partial safety factor
Mc.Rd.
m0
About effect of shear force on Mp (Capacity of section under high shear)

If the design value of shear force greater than 50% of the plastic design shear
resistance in shear, a member subject to co-existing bending and shear has to use

CD-051061
its web to resists the shear force as well as to assists the flanges in resisting
moment. Thus a cross-section subject to co-existing bending and high shear has a
reduced moment resistance in presence of high shear. The interaction between
moment and shear is shown
Holes in tension zone (Clause8.2.4.1) Holes for fasteners (Clause 5.4.5.3)

a) The effect of holes in the tension a) Fastener holes in the tension flange
flange, on the design bending strength need not be allowed for, provided that for
need not be considered if the tension
(Anf / Agf) t (fy/fu) ( m1 / m0 ) / 0.9 0.9 (Af.net / Af) t (fy/fu) ( m2 / m0 )
where where
Anf /Agf =Ratio of net to gross area of Af.net /Af =Ratio of net to gross area of
the flange the flange
fy/fu =Ratio of yield and ultimate fy/fu =Ratio of yield and ultimate
strength of the material strength of the material
m1/ m0= Ratio of partial safety factors m2/ m0= Ratio of partial safety factors
against ultimate to yield stress against ultimate to yield stress
b) When the Anf /Agf does not satisfy the b) When Af,net/Af is less than this limit, a
above requirement, the reduced flange reduced flange area may be assumed
area Anf satisfying the above equation which satisfies the limit.

CD-051061
may be taken as the effective flange area c) Fastener holes in the tension zone of
in tension the web need not be allowed for,
provided that the limit given above is
satisfied for the complete tension zone
comprising the tension flange plus the
tension zone of the web.
About holes in tension zone

A reduction in the moment carrying capacity on account of holes in tension flange is
justifiable. The plastic moment capacity is computed using yield stress acting over
the net area. For cases where ultimate capacity in bending is My, or less negligence
of holes in tension flange gives no more change in factor of safety, stress
concentration adjacent to holes provide carrying capacity to replace that lost by
making holes. If the ultimate capacity is Mp, the holes will reduce the factor of safety
because Mp will reduce almost in proportion to the area of holes.
Shear Lag Effects (Clause 8.2.1.5) Shear Lag Effects (Clause5.4.2.3)

The shear lag effects in flanges may be Shear lag effects in flanges may be
disregarded provided: neglected provided that:
i)For outstand elements (supported i) For outstand elements:
along one edge), c Lo /20
bo Lo / 20 ii) For internal elements:
ii) For internal elements (supported b L o/10
along two edges), where
bi Lo / 10 Lo=Length between points of zero
where moment.
Lo = Length between points of zero b =The breadth and
moment (inflection) in the span, c= The outstand
bo = Outstand width When these limits are exceeded an
bi = Internal element width effective breadth of flange should be
W hen these limits are exceeded, the taken.

CD-051061
effective width of flange for design The calculation of effective breadths of
strength m ay be calculated using flanges is covered in ENV 1993-1-3
specialist literature, or conservatively Eurocode 3:Part 1.3) and ENV 1993-2
taken as the value satisfying the limit Eurocode 3: Part 2)
given above.
B)Laterally Unsupported Beam- B)Laterally Unsupported Beam-
Effect of Lateral Torsional Buckling (LTB) The design buckling resistance moment
on flexural strength need not be of a laterally unrestrained beam shall be
FRQVLGHUHGLI LT
d 0.4 (Clause 8.2.2) WDNHQDV LT
d 0.4) (Clause 5.5.2)
where, Mb.Rd = LT w W pl.y fy/ M1

LT=Non-dimensional slenderness ratio where
w
=1 for Class 1 or Class 2
for lateral torsional buckling cross-sections
Then w
=W el.y
/W Pl.y for Class 3 cross
Md = Eb Zp fbd
section
w
=W eff.y /W pl.y for Class 4 cross
fbd = Design bending compressive stress, section
= The reduction factor for lateral-
obtained as follow LT
I
torsional buckling.

I [
> @
\
EG /7 /7

ZKHUH
PR /7
> @
/7 /7
6WUHVVUHGXFWLRQIDFWRUIRU/7% ,P SHUIHFWLRQIDFWRUV
/7 /7 /7 /7
IRU UROOHG VHF WLRQ

/7
/7

/7
> @
IRUZHOGHGVHFWLRQ
> @
/7 /7 /7
[ = [I

,PSHUIHFWLRQIDFWRUV 0
/7 /7 /7 /7
E S \
/7
IRUUROOHG VHF WLRQ ZKHUH0 (ODVWLF FULWLFDOPRPHQW

/7 FU
IRUZHOGHGVHFWLRQ WREHFDOFXODWHGIURPIRPXODHJLYHQ
FU
[ = [I LQLQIRUPDWLYH$QQH[)
0
E S \
RU DOWHUQDWLYHO\
/7
/7
ZKHUH0 (ODVWLFFULWLFDOPRPHQW
FU
/7 :
O

(I
FU
(, (, L
/W
0 > @>*, @

./ ./
\ /7
\ Z

]
FU W
<LHOGVWUHVVUDWLR
I \

CD-051061
The following simplified conservative The equation given in Annex F of
equation may be used in the case of Eurocode 3 contain the basic equation
prismatic members made of standard for Lateral Torsional buckling of uniform
rolled I-sections and welded doubly symmetric cross section with equal
symmetric I-sections, for calculating the flanges , under standard conditions of
elastic lateral buckling moment, Mcr. restraint at each end loaded through it
(,\\ K ./ U\\
shear center and subject to uniform
0FU [ > [ @

./ K WI
/7
moment.
That basic equation is
(I.B.6.1)
(, , / *,
0 > @

/ , (,
where = Z W
FU
] =
It = torsional constant
Iw = warping constant (E.B.6.1)
Iy = moment of inertia about the weaker

axis Note that equations (I.B.6.1) & (E.B.6.1)
ry= radius of gyration of the section about are one and same and applicable for
the weak axis such loading that cause uniform moment
KL=effective laterally unsupported length For different loading cases and end
of the member restraints condition the Eurocode 3 gives
h = depth of the section so long equations with so many constant
tf = thickness of the flange to evaluate Mcr .Therefore it is desirable
LT=1.20 for plastic and compact to calculate /7 alternatively on

sections with tf / tw d 2.0 /7
conservative sides i.e. /7 :
LT = 1.00 semi-compact sections or
sections with tf / tw>2.0

Method of calculating Mcr for
different beam sections, considering
loading, and a support condition as well
as for non-prismatic member is given in
Appendix F of IS: 800 (Draft)
x By both codes For LT

0.4 effect of LTB is not considered

CD-051061
x Here by considering LT
= 0.4 we can find the laterally unsupported length up
to which LTB is not governing mode.Refer Table B.6.2 which give the
unsupported length corresponding to LT
=0.4 for Indian Standard I-section
by both codes
About Lateral Torsional Buckling
Beams experiencing the bending about the major axis and not restrained
against the lateral buckling of compression flange may fail by lateral torsional
buckling before material fails
Consider a simply supported beam with a uniform bending moment M as shown in
figure B.6.6
Notations used in derivation

x Iz=Second moment of area @ major axis (X-axis)
x Iy=Second moment of area @ minor axis (Y-axis)
x It=St. Venants constant = >bt3]/3
x E=Youngs modulus
x =Poissons ratio
x G=Shear modulus E/(2*(1+ ))
x =Angle of twist
x u ,v=Displacement along X-axis and Y-axis respectively
x Mz=Bending moment @z-axis (Major axis)
CD-051061
Table B.6.2:- Calculation of Moment capacity (Plastic moment capacity Mp / Yield Moment capacity My for laterally
UHVWUDLQHGFDVH &DOFXODWLRQRIODWHUDOO\XQVXSSRUWHGOHQJWK./FRUHVVSRQGLQJWR LT = 0.4
Design- Section Classification Sect. Modulii Moment KL

Section Vs Laterally Unsupported Length
ation Elastic Plastic Capacity
ISLB 600
As per As per (@ major (@ major By IS:800 By EC3
ISLB 550
IS:800 (Draft) Eurocode3 axis) axis) ( Mpor My) (Draft)
3
cm cm3 x106Nmm mm mm
ISLB 500
ISLB 450
ISJB 150 Plastic Class1 42.9 48.3 11.0 476.8 367.8 ISLB 400
ISJB 225 Plastic Class1 116.3 130.8 29.7 736.0 575.4
ISLB 300
ISLB 275
ISLB 75 Plastic Class1 19.4 21.4 4.9 576.4 415.1
ISLB 100 Plastic Class1 33.6 37.6 8.5 561.4 407.9 ISLB 250
Section
ISLB 150
ISLB 125
ISLB 325 Plastic Class1 607.7 672.9 152.9 1398.3 1110.7 ISJB 225
ISLB 350 Plastic Class1 751.9 835.0 189.8 1454.2 1154.4 ISJB 200
ISJB 175
ISJB 150
ISLB 550 Plastic Class1 1933.2 2194.0 498.6 1623.2 1267.3 0 500 1000 1500 2000
As per Eurocode 3 As perKL(mm)
IS :800 (Draft)
(Continued)
Swapnil B.Kharmale
CD-051061 172 Comparative stud of IS:800 (Draft) and EC3
(Continued)
ation Elastic Plastic Capacity Section Vs Laterally Unsupported
Length
3
cm cm3 x106Nmm mm mm ISWB 600
ISWB 600
ISWB 550
ISMB 100 Plastic Class1 51.5 57.4 13.1 830.0 601.8 ISWB 500
ISWB 200
ISMB 300 Plastic Class1 573.6 641.3 145.7 1323.1 1034.2
ISWB 175
ISWB 150
Section
ISMB 600
ISMB 450 Plastic Class1 1350.7 1534.2 348.7 1414.0 1096.1 ISMB 550
ISMB 350
ISWB 150 Plastic Class1 111.9 125.1 28.4 978.9 761.1 ISMB 300
ISMB 175
ISWB 250 Semicompact Class3 475.4 108.0 1734.7 1408.3
ISMB 150
ISWB 300 Compact Class2 654.8 725.0 164.8 1808.9 1463.9
ISMB 125
ISWB 350 Plastic Class1 887 986.1 224.1 1824.2 1467.6 ISMB 100
ISWB 400 Plastic Class1 1171.3 1306.9 297.0 1840.8 1471.2
ISWB 450 Plastic Class1 1558.1 1742.7 396.1 1880.3 1496.7 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
ISWB 500 Plastic Class1 2091.6 2331.6 529.9 2250.1 1806.2 KL

ISWB 550 Plastic Class1 2723.9 3038.2 690.5 2322.0 1860.9
As per Eurocode 3 As per IS:800 (Draft)
ISWB 600 Plastic Class1 3540 3951.5 898.1 2398.2 1911.8
ISWB 600 Plastic Class1 3854.2 4302.2 977.8 2456.5 1948.3 (Continued)
Swapnil B.Kharmale
(Continued)

ation Elastic Plastic Capacity Section Vs Laterally Unsupported
Length
3 ISHB 450
cm cm3 x106Nmm mm mm ISHB 450
ISHB 400
ISHB 150 Plastic Class1 194.1 213.9 48.6 1643.5 1289.1 ISHB 400
ISHB 350
ISHB 150 Plastic Class1 205.3 226.9 51.6 1656.1 1252.7
ISHB 350
ISHB 300
ISHB 200 Semicompact Class3 360.8 82.0 1918.2 1571.0 ISHB 300
Section
ISHB 225 Semicompact Class3 487 110.7 2090.8 1683.2 ISHB 225
ISHB 150
ISHB 300 Semicompact Class3 863.3 196.2 2281.4 1836.8
ISHB 150
ISHB 150
ISHB 400 Compact Class2 1404.2 1548.9 352.0 2366.6 1915.5 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
ISHB 400 Compact Class2 1444.2 1601.5 364.0 2352.0 1879.1 KL
ISHB 450 Plastic Class1 1742.7 1931.9 439.1 2347.4 1886.3 As Per Eurocode 3 As Per IS:800 (Draft)
Remarks from Table B.6.2 :-
1)The section classification as per both code is same hence moment capacity considering laterally restrained case is same by both code
2)The graphs show the laterally unsupported length of sections for which the effect of Lateral Torsional Buckling can be ignored (for which
LT =0.4) It is observed that Eurocode results are more on conservative side as compare to IS:800(Draft) That means Eurocode suggest
to provide the lateral restriant to particular section at closer spacing than the IS:800 (Draft) to avoid LTB
Swapnil B.Kharmale
x My=Bending moment @y-axis (Minor axis)
x KL= Effective length for a s/s beam =L
With the angle of twist ; the lateral displacement u and vertical displacement we
can say that
Mz=Bending moment @ major axis
My=Bending moment @ minor axis is M
Then Moment Curvature Relation
G Y
(,] 0
G]
(B.6.1)
G X
(,\ 0
G]
(B.6.2)
As the section is non circular this torsion arising from angle of twist is
accompanied by warping Therefore equation of non-uniform torsion is given by,
G G
*,W (,Z 7
G] G]
(B.6.3)
where T= Induced torque from external loading =-M(du/dz)
Iw=Warping constant= (Iyh2/4) for a I-section; h= Overall depth of I-section.
Now putting for T in equation (B.6.3) we get
G G GX
*,W (,Z 0
G] G]
G]
G G GX
*,W (,Z 0

G] G] G]
'LII ZUW]ZHJHW
G G GX
*,W (,Z 0 %
G] G] G]
GX
But from equation (B.6.2), (,\ 0
G]
Thus we get governing differential equation as follow

CD-051061
G G 0
(,Z *,W
G] G] (,\
(B.6.5)
This governing differential equation (V) has two solutions,

i) = 0, (ii) =A sin ( x/L);A=is the amplitude of twisting
Substituting the second solution in governing differential equation, we get
(,\ (,Z
0FU > @>*,W @

./ ./
(B.6.6)
This equation (B.6.6) is used in IS: 800(Draft) code and also in Eurocode 3 (see
equation 8.2.2.1 in IS: 800(Draft) also F.1.1 in appendix F of Eurocode 3)
Effective length of compression flanges
As per IS:800 (Draft)
For simply supported beams and girders of span length, L, where no lateral
restraint of the compression flanges is provided, but where each end of the beam is
restrained against torsion, the effective length KL of the compression flanges to be
used in evaluating Mcr shall be taken as follows:
a) With ends of compression flanges unrestrained against lateral KL = L
bending (that is, free to rotate in plan)at the bearings
b) With ends of compression flanges partially restrained KL = 0.85 u L
against lateral bending (that is, not free
to rotate in plan at the bearings)
c) With ends of compression flanges fully restrained KL = 0.7 u L
against lateral bending (that is, not free
to rotate in plan at the bearings)
Restraint against torsion can be provided by:
i) Web or flange cleats, or
ii) Bearing stiffeners acting in conjunction with the bearing of the beam, or
iii)Lateral end frames or to the external supports to the ends of the
compression flanges, or
i) Their being built into walls

CD-051061
Where the ends of the beam are not restrained against torsion, or where the
load is applied to the compression flange and both the load and flange are free to
move laterally, the above values of the effective length shall be increased by 20
percent.
Table B.6.3:- Effective length KL for cantilever of length L
(As per Table 8.1of IS:800 (Draft)
Note: If there is a degree of fixity at the fee end, the effective length shall be multiplied by (0.50/0.85)
in (b) and (c), and by (0.75/0.85) in (d), (e) and (f) above.
As per Eurocode 3
x The effective length factors k vary from 0.5 for full fixity to 1.0 for no fixity,
with 0.7 for one end fixed and one end free.
CD-051061
x The factor k refers to end rotation on plan. It is analogous to the ratio l/L
for a compression member.
x Unless special provision for warping fixity is made k should be taken as
1.0
Shear and shear buckling (Clause 8.4) Shear and shear buckling (Clause 5.4.6)
The design value of the shear force VSd
The factored design shear force, V, in a at each cross-section shall satisfy:
beam due to external actions shall satisfy
V d Vd 9 9 IRU&ODVV&ODVV&ODVVZHEV
9 9 IRU&ODVVZHE 6KHDUEXFNOLQJ
6G SO5G
where 6G E5G
Vd = design strength calculated as given

below where
Vpl.Rd=The design plastic shear
Vd = Vn / m0
resistance
The nominal shear strength of a cross
Vb.Rd=The design shear buckling
section, Vn, may be governed by plastic
resistance
shear resistance (8.4.1) or strength of
The design plastic shear resistance
the web in the post-buckling range
Vpl.Rd :-
$ I
(8.4.2).
9

Y \
The nominal plastic shear resistance Vn SO5G
0
under pure shear or for non slender web

(i.e. d/tw67 ) is given by
where
Av = Shear area (Refer Table B.6.4)
Vn = Vp fy = Yield strength of the web
where
M0= Partial safety factor against shear
$ Y I\Z
9S

failure
Av = Shear area (Refer Table B.6.4)

fyw = Yield strength of the web
m0 = Partial safety factor against

CD-051061
shear failure
Table B.6.4 Shear area Av

(As per Clause 8.4.1.1 of IS:800 (Draft) and Clause 5.4.6 of Eurocode 3)
Shear buckling (Clause 8.4.2) Shear buckling (Clause 5.6)

Resistance to shear buckling of web Shear buckling resistance of web
Resistance to shear buckling of web Web shall be checked for the shear
shall be considered if following situation buckling if following conditions exists.
exists
G G
x ! for an unstiffened webs x ! for an unstiffened webs
WZ WZ
G G
x ! N Y for stiffened webs x ! N 7 for stiffened webs
WZ WZ
where where
kv=Shear buckling coefficient kT=Buckling factor for shear
Iy) Iy)
Shear buckling design methods Shear buckling design methods
The nominal shear strength, Vn, of webs For webs without intermediate transverse
with or without intermediate stiffeners as stiffeners and for webs with transverse
governed by buckling may be evaluated stiffeners only, the shear buckling

CD-051061
using one of the following methods resistance may be verified using either:
x The simple post-critical method. x The simple post-critical method
x The tension field method. x The tension field method
B.6.6 Worked examples for member subjected to bending

The worked example contain design problems on laterally supported and
laterally unsupported beam by IS: 800 (Draft) and Eurocode 3

CD-051061
DESIGN PROBLEM ON BEAMS BY IS:800 (DRAFT)
Problem 1.Laterally supported beam

The secondary beam B1 of a floor beam system is shown in figure below & is
simply supported at both ends.The beam carries working dead load =12 kN/m and
working live load =12.5 kN/m from slab.The compression flange of beam is fully
embedded in R.C.C.slab. Design the floor beam and apply usual checks.
Take f y=250 MPa
1. Loading on Beam B1
Permanent Action (Q p) or D.L.

From Slab = 12 kN/m
Self weight of beam = 1 kN/m
Total Permanent Action Q p = 13 kN/m
Variable Action (Qv) or L.L.

From Slab = 12.5 kN/m
Total Variable Action Q v = 12.5 kN/m
2. Partial Safety Factors Table 5.1of IS:800

For D.L. (i.e. Permanent Action ) fp = 1.5 (Draft)
For L.L. (i.e. Variable Action ) fv = 1.5
Swapnil B. Kharmale
3.Design Values
Design Actions
Qd := fk x Qck Clause 5.3.3
Qd := 1.5 x13 +1.5 x 12.5
:=38.25 kN/m
Design Moment
M := Qd x L2
8
:= 38.25 x (7.5)2
8
M := 268.95 kNm
:= 269 kNm(say)
Design Shear Force
V := Qd x L
2
:= 38.25 x 7.5
2
:=143.45 kN
4. Trial section
Let us try ISMB 450@0.710 kN/m.(See table B.6.3 the capacity
of ISMB 400 is 264kNm hence the next section is used)
Sectional Properties A :=9227 mm2

h :=450 mm
B :=150 mm
b :=75 mm
tw :=9.4 mm
tf :=17.4 mm
h2 :=35.40 mm
Izz :=30390.8x104 mm4
Iyy :=834.0x104 mm4
Zez :=1350.7x103 mm3
Zpz :=1553.36x103mm3
5.Classification ofSection Table 3.1 of IS:800

Iy)=1
Flange :- (Draft)
b/tf
Hence flange is plastic
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Web :-
d/tw
where
d:=Distance between
Hence web is plastic fillet
:= h-2h2 := 450-2x35.40
:= 379.2 mm
As both flange and web are plastic hence whole section is plastic
6.Shear Capacity Clause 8.4
Design Shear Strength of cross section V d=Vp
As (d/tw IRUXQVWLIIHQHG
Where
Vp = Plastic shear resistance Clause 8.2.1.2
= A v x fy
[ mo
= (hxtw) x fy
[ mo
= ( 450 x 9.4) x 250
[
= 555 x 103 N
= 555 kN
As V (Design shear force ) < 0.6 V d , the effect of shear force
on Plastic moment capacity M p.
7. Moment Capacity Clause 8.2.1

Since the section is plastic and there is no effect of shear force
on plastic moment capacity
Threrfore, design bending strength of cross section
Md = b x Zp x (fy mo )
= 1 x 1553.36x103 x (250/1.10)
= 348.5 x106 N.mm
= 348.5 kNm > 269 kNm (M= Design B.M. )
Hence safe
8.Checks
8.1. Deflection Check:- Deflections are to be checked for most Clause 5.6.1 and
adverse but realistic combination of service load and their Table 5.3 of
arrangements by elastic analysis using load factor 1. IS: 800 (Draft)
Now max = 5 x w x L4
384 E xIzz
Here w := 1.0 x13 +1.0 x 12.5
Swapnil B. Kharmale
:= 25.5 kN/m
:= 2 x 105 N/mm2
E
Izz :=30390.8x104 mm4
4
max := 5 x 25.5 x (7500)
384 (2 x105) x (30390.8 x104)
max := 17.28 mm < (L/300)----( Not susceptible to cracking)
< (L/350)----( Susceptible to cracking )
Hence safe
8.2 Web Buckling Check :-

The buckling resistance of web is given by Clause 8.7.3.1
Pw = [ (b1+ n1) x tw ] x fcd
Where,
b1:= Width of stiff bearing plate
o
n1:= Dispersion of load through the web @ 45 to the level
of half the depth of cross section
fcd:= Design compressive stress calculated as per 7.1.2.1
Let 75 mm stiff bearing plate

Therefore b 1 = 75 mm
n1 = 225 mm
To find f cd

fcd := x (fy mo)
KHUH = Stress reduction factor
>
@

Swapnil B. Kharmale
And > @
= Imperfection factor corresponding to buckling curve
= Non dimensional effective slenderness ratio
= I\ I\ ./ U
IFF
(
KL= Effective length of web

=
0.7 x d
=
0.7 x 379.2
=
265.44 mm

,]] G WZ
U]] W [
$ GW Z Z
rzz= 2.71mm
[

Therefore ,

[[
For solid web section we have to use buckling curve c

irrespective of axis of bendng
Therefore
= 0.49
Therefore
> @

> @

IFG [ N1 PP

Hence ,the buckling resistance of web

3Z > [@[
N1!N1
Hence safe
8.3 Web Bearing Or Web Crippling Checks :- Clause 8.7.4

The crippling resistance of web is given by
I\Z
)Z E Q [W Z [
PR
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Where,
b1= Stiff bearing length
n2= Length obtained by dispersion through the flange to
web junction at a slope of 1:25 to the plane of flange
fyw= Yield stress of web
Let 75 mm Stiff bearing length

E PP
n2 = 2.5 x h2
= 2.5 x 35.40
= 88.5 mm
tw = 9.4 mm
2
fyw = 250 N/mm
mo = 1.1

Therefore web crippling resistance
) [[
Z

)Z N1 ! N1
Hence Safe
Swapnil B. Kharmale
DESIGN PROBLEM ON BEAMS BY EUROCODE 3
Problem 1.Laterally supported beam
The secondary beam B1 of a floor beam system is shown in figure below & is
simply supported at both ends.The beam carries working dead load =12 kN/m and
working live load =12.5 kN/m from slab.The compression flange of beam is fully
embedded in R.C.C.slab. Design the floor beam and apply usual checks.
Take f y=250 Mpa
Permanent Action (G k) or D.L.

From Slab = 12 kN/m
Total Permanent Action G k = 13 kN/m
Variable Action (Qk) or L.L.

From Slab = 12.5 kN/m
Total Variable Action Q k = 12.5 kN/m
2. Partial Safety Factors Table 2.2 of Euro

For D.L. (i.e. Permanent Action ) G.sup = 1.35 code 3
For L.L. (i.e. Variable Action ) Q = 1.5
Swapnil B. Kharmale
3.Design Values
Design Actions
Fd := G.supGk+ QQk Clause 2.3.2.2
Fd := 1.35 x13 +1.5 x 12.5
:=36.3kN/m
Design Moment
MSd := Fd x L2
8
:= 36.3 x (7.5)2
8
MSd := 255.25 kNm
:= 256 kNm(say)
Design Shear Force
VSd := Fd x L
2
:= 36.3 x 7.5
2
VSd :=136.13 kN
4. Trial section
Let us try ISMB 400@0.604 kN/m.
A :=7846 mm2
h :=400 mm
B :=140 mm
c :=70 mm
tw :=8.9 mm
tf :=16 mm
h2 :=32.80 mm
Iyy :=20458.4x104 mm4
Izz :=622.1x104 mm4
W ely :=1022.9x103 mm3
W ply :=1161.48x103mm3
5.Classification ofSection Table5. 3.1 of

Eurocode 3
Iy)=0.97
Flange :-
c/tf
Hence flange is of Class 1
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Web :-
d/tw
where
d:=Distance between
Hence web is of Class 1 fillet
:= h-2h2 := 400-2x32.80
:= 334.4 mm
As both flange and web are of Class 1 hence whole section
is of Class 1.
6.Shear Capacity Clause 5.4.6

Design Shear Strength of cross section =V pl.Rd
Where
Vpl.Rd = Plastic shear resistance
= A v x fy
[ mo
= (hxtw) x fy
[ mo
= ( 400 x 8.9) x 250
[
= 467.13 x 10 3 N
=467.13 kN
As VSd (Design shear force ) < 0.5 V pl.Rd,the effect of shear force
7. Moment Capacity Clause 5.4.5.1

Since the section is plastic and there is no effect of shear force
on plastic moment capacity
Threrfore, design bending strength of cross section of class 1
Mc.Rd= W plzfy/ M0
= 1161.48x103x250/1.10
= 264 x106 Nmm
Mc.Rd= 264 kNm >256 kNm (M Sd)
Hence safe
8.Checks
8.1. Deflection Check:- Eurocode requires that the deflections Clause 4.2.2
of the beam to be checked under following seviceability loading
conditions :-
i)Variable action
ii)Permanent action
Swapnil B. Kharmale
max 1 2 0
0= Precamber (For our case it is 0)

1= Deflection due to permanent action
2= Deflection due to variable action
max= Deflection due to combined permanent and
variable action minus pre camber
Now ) /
[ N
(,\
For uniform load
where Fk= Uniformly distributed load = Q k or (Qk+Gk)

L= Span of beam
E= Modulus of Elasticity (Taking it as per IS :800
(Draft) provision
Iy= Second moment of area about major axis.
)RUXQLWORDGLH)N N1P
[
[
[ [[
PP
Calculation and limiting deflection
Table 4.1 of
Calculated deflection (mm) Deflection limits (mm) Eurocode 3
1 for permanent action=1x13 =13 ----
2 for variable action =1x12.5=12 L/350=21.42
max =25.5 L/250=30
Hence safe
Swapnil B. Kharmale
8.2 Web Buckling Check :- Clause 5.7.5
The buckling resistance is determined by taking a length of web
as a strut.
V
The length of web is taken as per Eurocode 3 which in this case
gives E K V D

HII
For our case a =0

s= Width of stiff bearing plate=Let us take it 75 mm
h= Depth of web =400 mm

E

HII
PP
The height of web for buckling should be taken as

l = 0.7 x Distance between fillet
= 0.7 xd =0.7 x334.4= 234mm
Radius of gyration of web i= t w/12= 8.9/12 =2.6 mm
Therefore slenderness =(l/i)=90
1RZ $

[

DVZHELVRI&ODVV

$

1RZ
> @

> @

7DNLQJEXFNOLQJFXUYHF DVIRUVROLGZHE
WKHUHIRUH
> @

> @
%XFNOLQJUHVLVWDQFH1E5G $I\ 0
1E5G [[ [ [
$
1E5G N1 ! N1 96G
Hence safe
Swapnil B. Kharmale
8.3 Web Bearing Or Web Crippling Checks :- Clause 5.7.4.(1)
The crippling resistance is given by
W (I > W W W W [ V G @ Here d=h

5

Z \Z I Z Z I V
D5G
0
ss is limited to 0.2 d therefore s s=0.2x400 =80 mm
[ [ [ [ > [ @

5

5 N1 !!N1
D5G
D5G
Hence safe
Design of laterally supported beam by both codes
Points IS:800 (Draft) Eurocode 3
Design moment 269kNm 256kNm
Section ISMB 450 ISMB 400
Section capacity 348.5kNm 264kNm
Interaction Ratio* 0.77=(269/348.5) 0.97(256/264)
* Interaction ratio is a ratio of action to strength
Swapnil B. Kharmale
DESIGN PROBLEM ON BEAMS BY IS:800 (DRAFT)
Problem 2.Laterally unsupported beam

The primary beam B4 of a floor beam system is shown in figure below & is
simply supported at both ends.The beam carries wall of 230 mm thick and 3.55 m
clear height and in additon to this it support the secondary beam B1 as shown in
figure.The beam is restrained only at ends and at point load Design the floor beam
and apply usual checks Take f y=250 Mpa
Permanent Action (Q p) or D.L.

Wall load := 0.230x (4-0.450)x20 = 16.33 kN/m
Total Permanent Action Q p = 17.33 kN/m
And two point loads (working) of 191.33 kN as reactions from

B1 acts on beam.
Variable Action (Qv) or L.L. = 0kN/m
2. Partial Safety Factors Table 5.1of IS:800

For D.L. (i.e. Permanent Action ) fp = 1.5 (Draft)
For L.L. (i.e. Variable Action ) fv = 1.5
Swapnil B. Kharmale
3.Design Values
Design Actions
Qd := fk x Qck Clause 5.3.3
Qd := 1.5 x17.33 +1.5 x 0
:=26 kN/m
And, Factored Point Load = 1.5x191.33
= 286.995287 kN
Design Moment
2
M at midspan =Mmax= 384.5 x3.75-26 x (3.75 /2)-287 x (3.75-2.5)
= 900.3125 kNm
2
Munder point load = 384.5 x 2.5 -26 x (2.5 /2)
= 880 kNm
287
Design Shear Force Qd xL
V
2
287
26x7.5
V
? V 384.5kN
2
4. Trial section
As design moment M=900.3125 kNm is large and beam is

laterally supported only at ends and under point loads , single
rolled section is not sufficient. Therefore try a built-up beam
Let us assume built- up beam is plastic

Mmax
J mo xfy
(Zp )required
? (Zp )required
900.3125x106
1.1x250
? (Zp )required 3273.86x103 mm3
As beam is laterally unsupported hence increase above value

of (Zp) req by say 40%
? (Zp )required 4583.40x103 mm3
Let us select an ISMB 550@1.0173 kN/m with cover plates 280

mm wide on either sides of flange of rolled beam.
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Sectional properties
A= 13211 mm2
h= 550 mm
B= 190 mm
b= 95 mm
tw= 11.2 mm
tf = 19.3 mm
d= 467.5 mm
Izz= 64893.6x104 mm4
4 4
Iyy= 1833.8x10 mm
ryy= 37.3 mm
3 3
Zez= 2359.8x10 mm
3 3
Zpz = 2678.36x10 mm
Bp= 280 mm
5. To find tp:-
(Zp )cov erplate (Zp )cov erplate (Zp )required (Zp )ISMB500
(Zp )cov erplate 4583.4x103 2678.36x103
(Zp )cov erplate 1905.04x103 mm3
But , h tp
(Zp )cov erplate 2xBp xtp x( )
550 tp
2
1905.04x103 2x280xtp x( )
? tp
2
12.2mm
But provide tp =22 mm so that check for plastic section will be

satisfied
6.Check for Section:- Clause 3.7.3

Iy)=1
Flange Cover Plate
E
3ODVWLF
WS
Flange of Rolled Beam

E
3ODVWLF
WI
%
3ODVWLF
And
WS
G
3ODVWLF
WZ
Web
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Therefore, whole built-up section is plastic
7. Shear Capacity Clause 8.4

Design Shear Strength of cross section V d=Vp Clause 8.4.2.1
As (d/tw) <67 IRUXQVWLIIHQHG
web
Where Clause 8.4.1
Vp = Plastic shear resistance
= A v x fy
[mo
= (hxtw) x fy
[mo
= ( 550 x 11.2) x 250

[
= 808.30 x 10 3 N
= 808.30 kN
Therefore Vd =808.30 kN
And 0.6Vd = 485kN
As V (Design shear force ) < 0.6 V d , the effect of shear force on
Plastic moment capacity M p shall be ignored.
8.Moment Capacity Clause 8.2.2

As beam is laterally unsupported hence
Md Eb xZp xfbd
Where,
fbd= Design bending compressive strength
FLT x
fy
J mo
fbd
LT= Reduction factor to account for lateral

torsional buckling
FLT d1
1
[ILT (I2LT O 2LT )0.5 ]
ILT 0.5[1 DLT (OLT 0.2) O2LT ]
Swapnil B. Kharmale
T= Imperfection factor =0.21 for rolled section
=0.49 for welded section
Eb xZp Xfy
OLT
Mcr
If LT < 0.4 then effect of lateral

torsional buckling is ignored.
ELT xS2 xEXIyy xh

x [1 x
2
1 (KL / ryy )
Mcr ]
2x(KL)2 20 (h / t f )2
LT :=1.2 for plastic and compact section

:=1 for semi-compact section
KL :=Effective laterally unsupported length of member
h :=Over all depth of section
Iyy :=Moment of inertia @ minor axis
ryy :=Radius of gyration of@minor axis
tf :=Thickness of flange of section
While calculating M cr the sectional properties (h,I yy,ryy, tf etc)
of rolled section are considered though it is built-up as this lead
to conservative design.
For our case
[ [[ ;[ [

0FU [ > [ @
[
0FU [ N1P
=3 =S =S

SURYLGHG ,60% FRY HUSODWH
=3 [ [[[
SURYLGHG

=3 SURYLGHG [ PP
[[ ;
/7
[
/7
As LT =0.847>0.4 the effect of lateral torsional buckling is

considerd
Swapnil B. Kharmale
> @

/7

/7

/7
>
@

/7
IEG [

IEG 1 PP
Then design bending strength
0G [[ [
0G [ 1PP N1P ! 0 N1P
9.Checks
Deflection Check:- Deflections are to be checked for most Clause 5.6.1 and
adverse but realistic combination of service load and their Table 5.3 of
arrangements by elastic analysis using load factor 1. IS: 800 (Draft)
As beam B4 is symmetrically loaded therefore the maximum

deflection will be at midspan and it will be
:[D Z[/
[ / D [
PD[
[(, ]] (,]]
HereW=191.33kN
w=17.33kN/m
a= 2500mm
L= 7500mm
Izz=[ [ [ [ = [ PP

[ [ [

[ [ [ [
[[ [[ [ [[

PD[
PD[
PP PP PP <L/300-(Not susceptible to cracking)
< L/350---(Susceptible to cracking)
Hence safe
10. Connection between coverplate and flange plate

Shear stress at the junction of cover plate and flange of rolled
beam. 9[$ S ;\
%S ;,]]

[ [ [ [

[[
1 PP
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Now
[% S [ D E 6WUHQJWK RI ZHOG
IXZ
[% S [ D E [ [6[ [D
PR [
Where,
th
S= Weld size and S< (3/4) of tmin or tmin-1.5 whichever Clause 10.5.8.1
is minimum. and 10.5.8.2
a= Effective length of intermittent fillet weld
a> 4xtp or 40 mm whichever is more
b= Clear spacing between effective length of weld
< 12t or 200mm whichever less
mo= 1.25 for shop weld
fuw= Ultimate stress of parent material or weld material

whichever less
For our case
Take a= 4x22mm or 40 mm whichever is more say 90 mm
b= 12x17.92 mm or 200 mm whichever is less say 200mm
mo= 1.25
2
fuw= 410 N/mm

[[ [ [6[ [
[

6 PP [PPRU PP

Therefore provide intermittent fillet weld of size 8mm on either

side @ a pitch p=290 mm c/c
Swapnil B. Kharmale
DESIGN PROBLEM ON BEAMS BY EUROCODE 3
Problem 2.Laterally unsupported beam

The primary beam B4 of a floor beam system is shown in figure below & is
simply supported at both ends.The beam carries wall of 230 mm thick and 3.55 m
clear height and in additon to this it support the secondary beam B1 as shown in
figure.The beam is restrained only at ends and at point load Design the floor beam
and apply usual checks Take f y=250 Mpa

Permanent Action (G k) or D.L.

Wall load := 0.230x (4-0.450)x20 = 16.33 kN/m
Total Permanent Action G k = 17.33 kN/m
And two point loads (working) of 191.33 kN as reactions from

B1 acts on beam.
Variable Action (Qk) or L.L. = 0kN/m
2. Partial Safety Factors Table 2.2 of Euro

For D.L. (i.e. Permanent Action ) G.sup = 1.35 code 3
For L.L. (i.e. Variable Action ) Q = 1.5
3.Design Values
Design Actions
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Design Actions
Fd := G.supGk+ QQk Clause 2.3.2.2
Fd := 1.35 x17.33 +1.5 x 0
:=23.5kN/m
And, Factored Point Load = 1.35x97.5+1.5X93.75
= 272.25272.5 kN
Design Moment
2
M at midspan =Mmax= 360.6 x3.75-23.5 x (3.75 /2)-272.5 x (3.75-2.5)
MSdmax = 846.5 kNm
2
Munder point load = 360.6 x 2.5 -23.5 x (2.5 /2)
= 828 kNm
Design Shear Force

4 G [/
96G

[
96G

96G N1
4. Trial section
As design moment M Sdmax=846.5 kNm is large and beam is

laterally supported only at ends and under point loads , single
rolled section is not sufficient. Therefore try a built-up beam
Let us assume built- up beam is of Class 1
06GPD[
:S
PR [I\
UHTXLUHG
[
:S UHTXLUHG
[
:S UHTXLUHG [ PP
As beam is laterally unsupported hence increase above value

of (Wp ) req by say 45%
? (Wp )required 4583.40x103 mm3
Let us select an ISMB 550@1.0173 kN/m with cover plates 280

mm wide on either sides of flange of rolled beam.
Swapnil B. Kharmale
A= 13211 mm2
h= 550 mm
B= 190 mm
b= 95 mm
tw= 11.2 mm
tf = 19.3 mm
d= 467.5 mm
Iyy= 64893.6x104 mm4
4 4
Izz= 1833.8x10 mm
izz= 37.3 mm
3 3
W ely= 2359.8x10 mm
3 3
W ply = 2678.36x10 mm
Bp= 280 mm
5. To find tp:-
(Wp )cov erplate (Wp )cov erplate (Wp )required (Wp )ISMB500
(Wp )cov erplate 4583.4x103 2678.36x103
(Wp )cov erplate 1905.04x103 mm3
But , h tp
(Wp )cov erplate 2xBp xtp x( )
550 tp
2
1905.04x103 2x280xtp x( )
? tp
2
12.2mm
But provide tp =22 mm so that check for plastic section will be

satisfied
6.Check for Section:- (As such Eurocode 3 dosent specify the
limiting width to thickness ratio for built-up section thus section
classification here is in same manner as per IS:800 (Draft)
Iy)=0.97
E
&ODVV
Flange Cover Plate
WS
Flange of Rolled Beam E

&ODVV
WI
%
&ODVV
And
WS
G
&ODVV
Web
W Z
Therefore, whole built-up section is of Class 1.
Swapnil B. Kharmale
7.Shear Capacity Clause 5.4.6
Design Shear Strength of cross section =V pl.Rd
Where
Vpl.Rd = Plastic shear resistance
= A v x fy
[ mo
= (hxtw) x fy
[ mo
= ( 550 x 11.2) x 250
[
= 808.29 x 10 3 N
=808.29 kN
As VSd (Design shear force ) < 0.5 V pl.Rd,the effect of shear force
8.Moment Capacity Clause 5.5.2

Mb.Rd LT w W pl.y fy M1
where
w=1 for Class 1 or Class 2 cross-sections
w=W el.y /W Pl.y for Class 3 cross-section

w=W eff.y /W pl.y for Class 4 cross-section
LT= The reduction factor for lateral-torsional buckling.

> @
/7

/7
> @

/7 /7
,P SH UIHFWLRQ IDFWRUV
/7 /7 /7 /7
IRU UROOHG VHF WLRQ

/7
IRUZ HOGH GVHFWLRQ

[ = [I
0
E S \
/7
Z KHUH 0 ( ODVWLF FU LWLFDOP RP HQ W

FU
WRE HFDOFXODWHGIURP IRP XOD HJLYH Q

FU
LQLQIRUP DWLYH$ QQH[)
RU DOWHUQDWLYH O\ /7
/7
:

O

(I
L
/W
\ /7

]
<LH OG VWUHVV UD WLR

I \
Swapnil B. Kharmale
For our case
:3 :S :S

SURYLGHG ,60% FRY HUSODWH
:3 [ [[[
SURYLGHG

:3 SURYLGHG [ PP
(izz)built-up=Radius of gyration of built-up beam about

minor axis
= ,zz)built-up /A built-up)
: : :

3 SURYLGHG S ,60% S FRY HUSODWH
: [ [[[

3 SURYLGHG
: 3 SURYLGHG
[ PP
[[ ;
/7
[

, , ,
/7
, [ >[ @

]] EXLOW XS ]] ,60% ]] FRY HU SODWH

, [ PP
]] EXLOW XS

$ [ [ PP

]] EXLOW XS

EXLOW XS
,
L PP
$
]] EXLOW XS
]] EXLOW XS
O
EXLOW XS
' O PDQGL L

L
/7
/7 /7 ]] EXLOW XS
[

IRU &ODVV

/7
/7 : :

> @

/7 /7
> @

/7 /7

/7

/7
>
@
0 : I
0 [[[ [
E5G /7 : SO\ \ 0
0 N1P !
E5G
+HQFHVDIH
E5G
9.Checks
Deflection Check:- For given beam with the uniformly distributed
load and two symmetric point load Clause 4.2.2
Swapnil B. Kharmale
:[D Z[/
[ / D [
[(,\\ (,\\
[
Iyy= [ [ [

=
[ PP

L= 7.5m
a= 2.5m
For permanent action W= 97.5 kN
w= 17.33kN/m
1= 4.40+2.15=6.55mm
For variable action W= 93.75 kN/m
w= 0kN/m
2= 4.22mm <L/350 Hence safe
Also max= 1 2= 10.77mm <L/250 Hence safe
10. Connection between coverplate and flange plate
Shear stress at the junction of cover plate and flange of rolled

beam. 9[$ S ;\
%S ;,]]

[ [ [ [

[[
1 PP
[%S [ / / 6WUHQJWKRIZHOG
Now
I
'HVLJQVKHDUVWUHQJWKRI ZHOG I \ZG
X
Clause 6.6.5.3.(4)
ZKHUHI 1R PLQ DOXOWLPDWHVWUHVV
0 0Z
RI ZHD NHU SDUWRI FRQQHFWLRQ

X
03D
3DUWLDOVDIHW\IDFWRUIRUZHOG

0Z
Swapnil B. Kharmale
[%S [ / / [ [6[[/
Where,
th
S= Weld size and S< (3/4) of tmin or tmin-1.5 whichever
is minimum.
L0= Effective length of intermittent fillet weld
L0> 0.75xB or 0.75 Bp whichever is smaller
L1= Clear spacing between effective length of weld
< 12t or 200mm whichever less
For our case

L0= 0.75x280 or 0.75 x190 whichever is more say 140 mm
L1= 12x17.92 mm or 200 mm whichever is less say 200mm
[[ [ [6[[

6 PP [PPRU PP

Therefore provide intermittent fillet weld of size 6mm on either
side @ a pitch p=340 mm c/c
Design of laterally unsupported beam by both codes
Points IS:800(Draft) Eurocode 3
Design moment 900.31kNm 846.5kNm
Section ISMB 550 +2 CP (280x22) ISMB 550 +2 CP (280x22)
Section capacity 1081kNm 1330kNm
Interaction Ratio* 0.83(900.31/1081) 0.64(846.5/1330)
* Interaction ratio is a ratio of action to strength
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Section B:- Study Of Both Code
B.7 Design of Member Subjected To Combine Forces
B.7.1 Introduction
Generally, in frame structures the particular cases of beams (F = 0) and
columns (M = 0) simply being the two extremes. In practice the structural members
are generally subjected to various type of combination of forces.
Depending upon the external actions over the members in structural framing
system, the combined forces may be broadly categorized as
i. Combined shear and bending,
ii. Combined axial load and bending
a) Combined axial tension and bending and
b) Combined axial compression and bending i.e. Beam-Column*
The Combined shear and bending case is discussed in chapter B.6. Here
more emphasis is given on Combined axial load and bending
B.7.2 Cross-sectional behaviour for combined axial load and bending
Figure B.7.1 shows a point somewhere along the length of an I-section column
where the applied compression and moment about the z-axis produce the uniform
and varying stress distributions
*Beam-columns are defined as members subject to combined bending and compression. In principle,
all members in frame structures are actually beam-columns.
Swapnil B. Kharmale 207 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC3
CD-051061
If full plasticity is allowed to occur, then the failure condition for combined
axial load (Compression) and bending will be as shown in Figure B.7.2
Where,
NM=Reduced plastic resistance of gross section allowing moment.
MN=Reduced plastic resistance moment of cross section.
Now if full plasticity is allowed to occur, then the failure condition will be
KW I
)RU\ Q 1HXWUDOD[LVOLHVLQZHE

10 I\ W Z \ Q (B.7.1)
K W I
01 I\EW I K W I I\ >> @ \Q @

CD-051061
KW
)RU\ ! 1HXWUDOD[LVOLHVLQIODQJHV

I
K
10 I\ >W Z K W I E>W I \ Q @

K
(B.7.2)
01 I\E> \ Q @>K \ Q @

Figure B.7.3 compares Equations (B.7.2) and (B.7.33) with the approximation used
in Eurocode 3 as well as in IS: 800 (Draft) which is as follow
> Q@ > Q@
0 0 0 0
1\5G
> D@
SO5G
> D@
QG] G]
$V SHU(XURFRGH$VSHU,6 'UDIW

ZKHUHQ 5DWLRRI D[LDOORDGWRVTXDVKORDG
1 1
$VSHU(XURFRGH $VSHU,6 'UDIW
1 1G
6G
$EW
SO5G
D
$
I
Figure B.7.3 shows the theoretical interaction curve and design interaction curve by
formulae mentioned by both codes for a ISHB 450 section. The design interaction
curve is lower bound when plastic netural axis lies in flange (i.e. when the applied
moment is large as compare to applied axial force) and is upper bound when plastic
netural axis lies in web (i.e. when the applied moment is smaller as compare to
applied axial force)
CD-051061
B.7.3 Codal provisions for design of member subjected to Combined axial
load and bending
Combined axial force and bending Combined axial force and bending moment
moment (Clause 9.3) (Clause 5.4.8)
1)Section strength 1)Section strength
1.a) For plastic and compact section 1.a) For Class 1 and Class 2 section
(Clause 9.3.1.1) (Clause 5.4.8.1)
Following relationship should be satisfy Following relationship should be satisfy
0\ 0] 0 0
> @ > @ > @ > @
0QG\ 0QG] 0 0
\6G ]6G

RUFRQVHUYDWLYHO\ RUFRQVHUYDWLYHO\
1\5G 1]5G
1 0\ 0] 1 0 0

1G 0G\ 0G] 1 0 0
6G \6G ]6G
SO5G SO\5G SO]5G
Where,
My, Mz =Factored applied moments Where,
Mz.Sd,My.Sd =Factored applied moments
about the minor and major
about the minor and major
axis of the cross section,
axis of the cross section,
respectively
respectively
Mndy,Mndz =Design reduced flexural
MNy.Rd,MNz.Rd=Design reduced flexural
strength under combined
strength under combined
axial force and the respective
axial force and the
uni-axial moment acting
respective uni-axial
alone.
moment acting alone.
N =Factored applied axial force
NSd =Factored applied axial force
(Tension or Compression)
Npl.Rd =Design strength in tension
Nd =Design strength in tension o
or in compression.
in compression.
Mpl.yRd,Mpl.z.Rd=Design strength under
Mdy, Mdz = Design strength under
corresponding moment
corresponding moment acting
acting alone
alone.
CD-051061
D1, D2 = Constants as given in D, = Constants as given in
Table B.7.1 below. Table B.7.1 below.
n = N / Nd n = N / Nd
Table B.7.1 :-Constant 1( ) and 2 As per

Table 9.1 of IS:800 (Draft) and Clause 5.4.8.(11) of Eurocode3
Section D1 ( )* D2( )*
I and Channel 5n t 1 2
Circular tubes 2 2
Rectangular 1.66/(1-1.13n2)< 6 1.66/(1-1.13n2) < 6
tubes
Solid rectangles 1.73+1.8n3 1.73+1.8n3
Table B.7.2:- Design reduced flexural strength for plastic and compact class
without bolt hole (Approximate formulae as per IS code)*
Section Mnd Mndz Mndy
Plates Md(1-n2) -- --
> Q@ QD
0G] Mdz 0G\ > @ 0G\
Welded I or H-
section > D@ D
-- where where
$EW I $EW I
D D
$ $
For standard I- 1.11Mdz(1-n) Mdz For n2,
section and H- Mdy
--
section For n>2,
1.56(1-n)(n+0.6)
Circular hollow 1.04Md (1-n1.7)
d Md
-- --
tubes
x Same table is applicable for Eurocode with corresponding symbols
CD-051061
1.b) For semi-compact section 1.b) For Class 3 section
(Clause9.3.1.3) (Clause5.4.8.2)
In the absence of high shear force semi- In the absence of shear force, Class 3
compact section design is satisfactory cross-sections will be satisfactory if the
under combined axial force and bending, maximum longitudinal stress x.Ed satisfies
if the maximum longitudinal stress under the criterion:

combined axial force and bending, fx, x.Ed Iydfy/ m0
satisfies the following criteria. where fyd= fy/ m0
fxfy/ m0 For the cross section without holes for

For the cross section without holes fasteners above criteria reduced to
1 0 0

above criteria reduced to
1 0\ 0] $I : I : I
6G \6G ]6G

1G 0G\ 0G]
\G HO\ \G HO] \G
1.c) For slender sections 1.c) For Class 4 sections

In the absence of shear force, Class 3
cross-sections will be satisfactory if the
maximum longitudinal stress x.Ed satisfies
the criterion:
x.Ed Iydfy/ m1
No guidelines given by IS:800 (Draft) where fyd= fy/ m1
For the cross section without holes for

fasteners above criteria reduced to
1 0 1 H 0 1 H

$ I : I : I
6G \6G 6G 1\ ]6G 6G 1]
HII \G HII\ \G HII] \G
where
eN = Shift of the relevant centroidal axis
when the cross-section is subject to
uniform compression.
2) Overall member strength (Clause 9.3) 2) Overall member strength (Clause 5.5.3)
a)Bending and axial tension a) Bending and axial tension
(Clause 9.3.2.1) (Clause 5.5.3.1)
CD-051061
Member shall be checked for lateral Member shall be checked for lateral
torsional buckling under reduced torsional buckling under reduced moment
moment Meff due to tension and bending Meff.Sd due to tension and bending
Meff=[M- TZec/A]Md Meff.Sd=W com com.Ed
where where
M, T = Factored applied moment and
com.Ed = MSd/ W com - vec Nt.Sd/ A
tension, respectively
Wcom =Elastic section modulus for extreme
A = Area of cross section
fiber in compression
Zec = Elastic section modulus of the
Nt.Rd =Design value of axial tension
section with respect to extreme
vec = Reduction factor for vectorial effect
compression fiber
=0.8 if T and M can vary
= 0.8 if T and M can vary
independently
independently
= 1.0 otherwise
= 1.0 otherwise.
b)Bending and axial compression b)Bending and axial compression

(Clause 9.3.2.2) (Clause 5.5.3.2)
Members subjected to combined axial b.1)Members with Class 1 and Class 2
compression and biaxial bending shall cross-sections subject to combined bending
satisfy the following interaction and axial compression shall satisfy:
1 N0 N0

relationship
3 . \0\ . ]0] I I I
6G \ \6G ] ]6G
$ : :
\ \ \
3G 0G\ 0G]
PLQ SO\ SO]
0 0 0
Ky, Kz = Moment amplification factor in which

\16G
N\
\ $I\
about minor and major axis
:SO\ :OH\
respectively
\ 0\ > @
:HO\
P = Factored applied axial \
,QFDVHRIODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJ
compression
1
My, Mz =Maximum factored applied
N \ N/7 /7 6G
/7 $I\
bending moments about y and
z axis of the member,
CD-051061
respectively. ] 0/7 EXW
]16G
/7 /7
N]
Pd, Mdy, Mdz= Design strength under
axial compression, bending ] $I\
:SO] :HO]

:HO]
about y and z axis respectively, as ]
] 0]
governed by overall buckling
Moment amplification factor Kz and Ky b.2) Members with Class 3 cross-sections
about major and minor axis respectively subject to combined bending and axial
About major axis:- compression shall satisfy

1 N0 N0
]3
.] 1.5 I I I
\ \6G
3G]
6G ] ]6G
$ : :
\ \ \
PLQ HO\ HO]
N N DUHVDPHDVPHQWLRQHGLQ E
0 0 0
\ 0/7

z is larger of LT and fz as given below:
\ ]

/7
=S] =H]

: :
\
=H]
\ 0\

I] ] 0]
:
SO] HO]
] ] 0]
ZKHQODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJLVSRWHQWLDO
About major axis:- HO]
\3 IDOLXUHPRGH
.\
3G\
1 N 0 N0
ZKHUH
I I I
6G /7 \6G ] ]6G
=S\ =H\ $ : :
\ \ \
\ 0\ > =H\
@
] /7 HO\ HO]
\ 0 0 0
EMy, EMz, EMLT= Equivalent uniform b.3) Members with Class 4 cross-sections
moment factor obtained subject to combined bending and axial
from Table B.7.3, compression shall satisfy
1 N0 1 H N 0 1 H

Pdy, Pdz = Design compressive
I I I
6G \ \6G \6G 1\ ] ]6G ]6G 1]
strength about respective $ : :

\ \ \
PLQ HII HII\ HII]
N N DUHVDPHDVPHQWLRQHGLQ E
0 0 0
axis
DUHVDPHDVPHQWLRQHGLQ E
\ ]
z, y =The non dimensional
ZKHQODWHUDOWRUVLRQDOEXFNOLQJLVSRWHQWLDO
\ ]
slenderness ratio about

respective axis IDOLXUHPRGH
1 N 0 1 H N 0 1 H

I I I
6G /7 \6G \6G 1\ ] ]6G ]6G 1]
$ : :
Design bending strength about major \ \ \
] HII /7 HII\ HII]
0 0 0
CD-051061
EMy, EMz, EMLT= Equivalent uniform
axis and minor axis For all above case
About major axis
0G] 0G moment factor obtained
from Table B.7.3,
Md =Design flexural strength about z axis
EMy
Factor: Moment about axis:
given by Section 8.2.1of IS:800 y-y
EMz
(Draft) when lateral torsional
z-z
buckling is prevented and by Section
8.2.2, of IS:800 (Draft) where lateral EMLT y-y
torsional buckling governs
About minor axis
0G\ 0G
Md = Design flexural strength about y

axis calculated using plastic section
modulus for plastic and compact
sections and elastic section
modulus for semi-compact sections
Comment :-
x Eurocode 3 give separate interaction formulae for each class of section and for
different mode of failure (i.e. flexural buckling and lateral torsional buckling ) On the
other hand the IS :800 (Draft) mention one interaction formula and it covers Plastic
Compact and Semi-compact class and both failure mode (i.e. flexural buckling and
lateral torsional buckling )
x For Class 4 (Slender) section, Eurocode 3 considers the Lateral Torsional Buckling
as a mode of failure and gives the interaction equation (b.3) is something strange
because Class 4 section shall be avoided as far as possible in design of member
subjected to axial compression and bending. As such design of compression
member and flexural member is based on section classification
CD-051061
Table B.7.3:-Equivalent uniform moment factor
(As per Table9.2 of IS: 800 (Draft) and Figure 5.5.3 of Eurocode 3)
Particulars BMD EM
\M1
Due to end moments M1 1.8-0.7\
1.3
Moment due to lateral
loads
1.4
MQ
'M M1
1.8 0.7\ 0.7\ 0.5

<M1 MQ
'M
M1
Moment due to lateral 'M MQ
MQ \M1
loads and end MQ= M max due to lateral
moments
load alone
0= M max (same
M1
'M \M1
curvature)
MQ
MQ
0= M max + M min
M1 (reverse curvature)
'M
\M1
B.7.4 Worked example on member subjected to combined forces

The example covers the design of beam-column in a non-sway building frame by
both codes
CD-051061
CD-051061
DESIGN OF MEMBER SUBJECTED TO COMBINED FORCE (BEAM-COLUMN)
BY IS:800 (Draft)
A non sway intermediate column in a building frame with flexible joints is 4.0 m high
The column is subjected to following load:
Factored axial load = 500 kN and Mz My
Bottom 0 kNm 0kNm
Top 15kNm 0.75 kNm
Take Fe 250 grade of steel
Assume effective length of the column as 3.4 m along both the axes.
1.Data
N= Factored applied axial force =500 kN
Mz=Factored applied moment @ major axis of c/s=15 kNm at top
My=Factored applied moment @ minor axis of c/s=0.75 kNm at top
Length of column L= 4m
Effective length along both axis (KL) z = (KL)y=3.74m
2.Trial Section
As predominant force is axial force hence let us chosse the section
on the basis of axial force (say compressive nature)
Assume fcd = 80MPa
Therefore 1G [
$ UHT PP
IFG
Let us try ISWB 300 @ 0.471 kN/m

A=6133mm2 Zez=654.8x103mm3
b=200mm Zey=99.0x103mm3
h=300mm Zpz=725x103mm3
h2=24.95mm Zpy=103.8x103mm3
tf=10mm d= h-2h2=250.1mm
tw=7.4mm
Izz=9821.6x104 mm4
Iyy=990.1x104mm4
rzz=126.6mm
ryy=40.2mm
Swapnil B.Kharmale
3.Section Classification Table 3.1 IS:800
Stress ratio =(250/fy)=1 (Draft)
For bending compression E
KHQFHFRPSDFW
WI
G
KHQFH SODVWLF
W
Z
Therefore whole c/s is compact from bending point of view

For axial compression E
KHQFHQRQVOHQGHUFODVV
W
I
G
KHQFHQRQVOHQGHUFODVV
W
Z
Therefore whole c/s is non slender from axial compression

point of view and A eff=Ag
4.Check for resistance of cross section to combined effects for Clause 9.3.1
yielding.
For Plastic and Compact Section
1 0\ 0]

1G 0G\ 0G]
)RU RXUFDVH
$ J [I\ [
1 N11G N1
P

I\

Clause 8.2.1
0\ N1P 0G\ E
[=S\ [ [[ [
P

N1P
0] N1P
7RILQG0G] $V/DWHUDO7RUVLRQDO%XFNOLQJFDVHJRYHUQV

Clause 8.2.2
/7
(,\ K ./ U\

0FU
> > @ @ N1P
./ K WI

E
[=S] [I\ [[ [
/7

0FU [

/7
> /7 /7
/7
@

/7

/7
> /7
/7
@
I\

IEG /7
[ 1 PP
P
0G] E
[=S] [IEG N1P
1 0\ 0]

1G 0G\ 0G]
+HQFHVDIH
Swapnil B.Kharmale
5.Check for resistance of cross section to combined effects for Clause 9.3.2.2
buckling .0 3 \ \ .0
] ]
3G 0G\ 0G]
For our case , P =500 kN Clause 7.1.2
To find P d:-
(KL/r)z=(3740/126.6)=29.54 , z=fy(KL/rz)2/ 2
E=0.33
(KL/r)y=(3740/40.2)=93 , y=fy(KL/ry) / E=1.05
2 2
For buckling about major axis (z-z) buckling curve a and for
minor axis (y-y) buckling curve b is used
(fcd)y=129.15N/mm2
Pdy=Aeff x(fcd)y=6133x129.15=792 kN
2
(fcd)z=220N/mm
Pdz=Aeff x(fcd)z=6133x220=1349.3kN
My=0.75 kNm Mz=15 kNm
Mdy=23.59kNm Mdz=132.56kNm
Table 9.2 IS:800-
(Draft)
]3
.] DQG ] / DUJ HU RI /7 DQG I]
3G]
/7 \ 0/7
[[
=S] =H]
I] ] 0]
=H]

[ [
[
[
+HQFH ] DQG. ]
\3
.\
3G\
=S\ =H\
\ \ 0\
= H\

[ [
[
[
\3
.\
3G\
[ [

Hence safe
Swapnil B.Kharmale
DESIGN OF MEMBER SUBJECTED TO COMBINED FORCE (BEAM-COLUMN)
BY EURO CODE 3
A non sway intermediate column in a building frame with flexible joints is 4.0 m high
The column is subjected to following load:
Factored axial load = 500 kN and My Mz
Bottom 0 kNm 0kNm
Top 15kNm 0.75 kNm
Take Fe 250 grade of steel
Assume effective length of the column as 3.4 m along both the axes.
1.Data
NSd= Factored applied axial force =500 kN
My.Sd=Factored applied moment @ major axis of c/s=15 kNm at top
Mz.Sd=Factored applied moment @ minor axis of c/s=0.75 kNm at top
Length of column L= 4m
Effective length along both axis (KL) z = (KL)y=3.74m
2.Trial Section
As predominant force is axial force hence let us chosse the section
on the basis of axial force (say compressive nature)
Assume fcd = 80MPa
Therefore 1G [
$ UHT PP
IFG
Let us try ISWB 300 @ 0.471 kN/m

A=6133mm2 3
W el.y=654.8x10 mm
3
b=200mm W el.z=99.0x103mm3
3 3
h=300mm W pl.y=725x10 mm
h2=24.95mm W pl.z=103.8x103mm3
tf=10mm d= h-2h2=250.1mm
tw=7.4mm
4 4
Iyy=9821.6x10 mm
Izz=990.1x104mm4
iyy=126.6mm
izz=40.2mm
Swapnil B.Kharmale
3.Section Classification Table 5.3.1 of
Stress ratio =(235/fy)=0.97 Eurocode 3
For bending compression F
KHQFH&ODVV
W
I
G
KHQFH &ODVV
W
Z
Therefore whole c/s is of Class2 from bending point of view

For axial compression F
KHQFH&ODVV
W
I
G
KHQFH &ODVV
W
Z
Therefore whole c/s is of Class 2 and A=(Aeff/A)=1
4.Check for resistance of cross section to axial force & bi-axial Clause 5.4.8 (11)
bending 1 0 0
Eqn 5.36
6G \6G ]6G

1 0 0
SO5G SO\5G SO]5G
)RU RXUFDVH1 N10 N1P0 N1P

6G \6G ]6G
$[I [
\
1 N1
SO5G

P

: [I [ [
SO\ \
0 N1P
SO\5G

P

: [I [ [
SO] \
0 N1P
SO]5G

P

+HQFH VDIH
4.Check for resistance of cross section to axial compression Clause 5.5.4 (2)
& bi-axial bending
Member with Class 1 and Class 2 cross section for which Lateral
Torsional Buckling is a potential faliure mode should satisfy
1 N 0 N0
I I
6G /7 \6G ] ]6G
I
]
$ \
/7
: SO\
\
: SO]
\
0 0 0
]
16G
N EXWN
] ]
$I
] \
: :
SO] HO]
ZKHUH ] ] 0]
> @EXW ]

:HO]
Swapnil B.Kharmale
/716G
N /7 EXWN/7
] $I\
/7 ] 0/7 EXW /7
)RU RXU FDVH
O] ] ]

]

L]
[
%XFNOLQJFXUYH
E
LVXVHGIRU]]D[LVEXFNOLQJRI,VHFWLRQ

'
]
0]

[ [
]
[ >
@
[

[[
N]
[[
/7
O]
L]

/7
/7

[ :

' :
IRU&ODVV
%XFNOLQJFXUYH
E
LVXVHGIRUUROOHGVHFWLRQLQFDVHRI/7%

'
/7
0/7

/7
[[

[[
N /7
[[

[ [[ [[

[[ [[ [ [ [

+HQFHVDIH
Swapnil B.Kharmale
Swapnil B.Kharmale
B.8 Connections
B.8.1 Introduction
Steel frame buildings consist of a number of different types of structural

elements, each of which has to be properly attached to the neighbouring parts of the
structure. This will involve the use of several forms of connection. The main classes
of connection are:
i) Where a change of direction occurs, e.g. beam-to-column connections, beam-to-

beam connections and connections between different members in trusses.
ii) To ensure manageable sizes of steelwork for transportation and erection e.g.
columns are normally spliced every two or three storeys.
iii) Where a change of component occurs, including connection of the steelwork to

other parts of the building, e.g. column bases, connections to concrete cores and
connections with walls, floors and roofs.
Connections are important parts of every steel structure. The mechanical properties
of the connections are of great influence on the strength, stiffness and stability of the
whole structure.

CD-051061
B.8.2 Classification of connection
Connections may be classified:
x By rigidity,
x By component used in connection
x Classification by rigidity
a) Simple connection
b) Rigid connection
c) Semi-rigid connection
a) Simple connection (Shear connection)

A simple connection is designed in such a manner that the significant moment
(which might be adversely affect the member of structure) will not develop. Simple
connections are assumed to transfer only shear at some nominal eccentricity and
typically used in frames up to about five stories in height, where strength rather than
stiffness govern the design.
b) Rigid connection (Moment connection)

Rigid connections are capable of transmitting the forces and moments. A rigid
connection shall be so designed that its deformation has no significant influence
neither on the distribution of internal forces and moments in the structure, nor on its
overall deformation. These are necessary in sway frames for stability and also
contribute in resisting lateral loads.

CD-051061
c) Semi-rigid connection
A connection which does not meet the criteria for a rigid connection or a
simple pinned connection as discussed above shall be classified as a semi-rigid
connection. In actual practice simple connections do have some degree of rotational
rigidity the developments in the semi-rigid connections. Similarly rigid connections
do experience some degree of joint deformation and this can be utilized to reduce
the joint design moments.
x Classification by components used for connection

a) Riveted.
b) Bolted.
c) Welded
Based on above classification the following combination can be achieved
i. Riveted or bolted shear connections.
ii. Riveted or bolted Moment connections.
iii. Welded shear connections.
iv. Welded moment connections
This chapter specifically deals with design of bolted and welded shear or simple
connections as per both codes

CD-051061
B.8.3 Design strength of bolts by both codes.
x Basic x Basic
a) Clearance in holes for fasteners a) Clearance in holes for fasteners
(Clause 6.3.1) (Clause 7.5.2)
The nominal clearance in standard holes The nominal clearance in standard holes
shall be 2 mm irrespective of bolt shall be:
diameter 1 mm for M12 and M14 bolts
2 mm for M16 to M24 bolts
3 mm for M27 and larger bolts.
b) Minimum edge and end distance
b) Minimum edge and end distance
of fasteners (Clause 10.2.3)
of fasteners (Clause 6.5.1.2 &.3)
Table B.8.1
The end distance e1, from the centre of a
Minimum edge and end distances of
fastener hole to the adjacent end of any
fasteners
part, measured in the direction of load
transfer should be not less than l.2do ,
where do is the hole diameter
i.e. Minimum end distance e1t1.2 do
The edge distance e, from the centre of a
fastener hole to the adjacent edge of any
part, measured at right angles to the
direction of load transfer be not less than
1,5doi.e. Minimum end distance e2t1.5 do

CD-051061
c) Maximum edge and end distance c) Maximum edge and end distance
of fasteners (Clause 10.2.4) of fasteners (Clause 6.5.1.4)
For member exposed to weather For member exposed to weather
e1or e2<40 mm+4tmin e1or e2<40 mm+4tmin
In general In general
e1or e2<12tminor 150 mm e1or e2<12tminor 150 mm
whichever is more whichever is more
For unstiffened part For outstand element
e1or e2<12t ZKHUH Iy) e1 and e2 should not exceed the
maximum to satisfy local buckling
requirements for an outstand element.
d) Spacing (Pitch p1) d) Spacing (Pitch p1)

(Clause 10.2.1&2) (Clause6.5.1.5&6&7)
Minimum spacing Minimum spacing
p1t2.5d p1t2.2do
Maximum spacing for compression member Maximum spacing for compression member
p1WRUPPZKLFKHYHULVOHVV p14 t or200 mm whichever is less
Maximum spacing for tension member Maximum spacing for tension member
p1WRUPPZKLFKHYHULVOHVV p1i28 t or400 mm whichever is less
p1oWRUPPZKLFKHYHULVOHVV
where
p1i,p1o=Pitch in inner and outer row
Tacking fasteners respectively
a)In general Tacking fasteners
p1Wminor 300 mm whichever is less a)In general
Not exposed weather p1Wminor 300 mm whichever is less
p1WRUPPZKLFKHYHULVOHVV Not exposed weather
Exposed weather p1WRUPPZKLFKHYHULVOHVV
b)In compression Exposed weather
p1Umin of individual component or b)In compression

CD-051061
0.6 (KL/r) of combined section x rmin p115imin of combined section
rmin= Minimum slenderness ratio imin= Minimum slenderness ratio
x Design strength x Design resistance

1) Bearing type bolt (Clause 10.3) 1) Bearing type bolt (Clause 6.5.5)
Shear strength of bolt Shear resistance per shear plane
A bolt subjected to a factored shear ,IVKHDUSODQHVSDVVHVWKURXJKWKH
force (Vsb) shall satisfy WKUHDGHGSRUWLRQRIWKHEROW
)RUVWUHQJWKJUDGHVDQG
I $
Vsb < Vnsb / mb
)Y5G
XE V
)RUVWUHQJWKJUDGHVDQG
Shear capacity of bolt 0E
IX
9QVE Q $ QV $ VE I $
Q QE )Y5G
XE V
,IVKHDUSODQHVSDVVHVWKURXJKWKH
0E
fu = Ultimate tensile strength of a bolt

nn = Number of shear planes with XQWKUHDGHGSRUWLRQRIWKHEROW
I $
threads intercepting the shear )Y5G
XE
0E
plane
where
ns = Number of shear planes without
A =The gross cross-section area of bolt
threads intercepting the shear plane As=The tensile stress area of bolt
Asb=Nominal plain shank area of the bolt =The area corresponding to root
Anb=Net tensile area at threads, may be diameter at the thread
taken as the area corresponding to
root diameter at the thread
Reduction in design shear capacity of all Reduction in design shear resistance of
types of bolts all types of bolts
Long Joints Long Joints
When the length of the joint, lj, of Where the distance Li between the
a splice or end connection ina centers of the end fasteners in a joint,

compression or tension element measured in the direction of the transfer
of force is more than 15 d,where d is the

CD-051061
containing more than two bolts (i.e. the nominal diameter of the bolts or rivets,
distance between the first and last rows the design shear resistance Fv.Rd of all
of bolts in the joint, measured in the the fasteners calculated shall be reduced
direction of the load transfer) exceeds by multiplying it by a reduction factor Lf
15d in the direction of load, the nominal given by:

/ M G

shear capacity Vns, shall be reduced by
the factor, Elj, given by
/I
G
but 0.75 < Elj < 1.0
Elj = 1.075 lj / (200 d)
but 0.75 < Elj < 1.0
Large Grip Lengths
When the grip length, lg (equal to
the total thickness of the connected
plates) exceeds 5d, of the bolts, the
design shear capacity shall be reduced
by a factor Elg, given by
Elg = 8 d /(3d+lg)
but Elg <Elj and Ig<d
Packing Plates Fasteners through packing

Where bolts or rivets transmitting
The design shear capacity of bolts
load in shear and bearing pass through
carrying calculate shear through a
packing of total thickness tp greater than
packing plate in excess of 6 mm shall be
decreased by a factor, Epk given by
one-third of the nominal diameter d, the
Epk = (1 - 0.0125 tpk)

design shear resistance Fv.Rd calculated
shall be reduced by multiplying it by a
where
tpk=Thickness of packing plate reduction factor p, given by:
G
EXW
S
G W S S
Distribution of forces for long connections (joint)
When several bolts are placed in a row, as is indicated in Figure B.8.6, then

CD-051061
assuming elastic behaviour, an uneven distribution of forces occurs. This distribution
can easily be demonstrated when two extreme situations are considered, see Figure
B.8.7
a. Assume the bolts are infinitely stiff and the plates are weak
The bolts do not deform. They remain straight and parallel to each other. Each piece

CD-051061
of plate between a pair of bolts therefore has the same length, the same strain and
consequently also the same stress. In the example of Figure 2, this means that the
forces in the plates between bolt 1 and bolt 2 are: 0,5 F, 1,0 F and 0,5 F. But this
also applies to the plates between bolts 2 and 3 and between bolts 3 and 4.
Conclusion: the bolts 1 and 4 transmit the full load F. The other bolts are not
loaded, see Figure B.8.7.a.
b. Assume the plates are infinitely stiff and the bolts are weak
The plates between the bolts do not deform. In other words, every bolt has the same
deformation and therefore is loaded to the same extent. Every bolt carries 0,5 F, i.e.
0,25 F per shear area.
The real distribution of forces is between these two extremes, as is indicated by the
solid line ("elastic") in Figure B.8.7c.
The difference between the forces in the outer bolts and the inner bolts is greater
when the stiffness of the plates is low.
This situation occurs when the connection is longer (more bolts) and the plate
thickness compared to the bolt diameter is small Therefore both code specify the
reduction factor lj Lf) on design shear capacity of bolt to account the uneven
distribution of forces for long joint
I GW
Bearing capacity of bolt Bearing resistance of bolt
A bolt bearing on any plate subjected ) E5G
X
ZKHUH LVVPDOOHURI
0E
to a factored shear force (Vsb) shall

H S I

satisfy
G G I
XE
Vsb < Vnpb mb R R X
fub=Ultimate tensile stress of bolt

Vnpb = Bearing strength of a bolt,
fu= Ultimate tensile stress of plate
calculated as follows
Vnpb = 2.5 d t fu
fu= Smaller of the ultimate tensile stress

CD-051061
of the bolt and the ultimate tensile Tension resistance of bolt
I $
)
stress of the plate XE V
W5G
Tension capacity of bolt 0E
A bolt subjected to a factored tension where

force (Tb) shall satisfy fub=Ultimate tensile stress of bolt
Tb < Tnb mb
As=The tensile stress area of bolt
Tnb = Nominal tensile capacity of the bolt =The area corresponding to root
Tnb = 0.90 fub An < fyb Asb ( m1 / m0) diameter at the thread
where
fub ,fyb = Ultimate and yield stress of bolt
An =Net tensile stress area
Asb =Shank area of bolt
2) Friction grip type bolt

(Clause 10.4) 2) High strength bolt in slip
Slip resistance of bolt resistance structure
A bolt subjected only to a factored (Clause 6.5.8)
design shear force, Vsf, in the interface of The design slip resistance of a preloaded
connections at which slip cannot be high-strength bolt shall be taken as:
NQ
) )
tolerated, shall satisfy the following: V
Vsf < Vnsf mf

V5G S&G
0V
Vnsf = Nominal shear capacity of a bolt as where

governed by slip for friction type f = Slip factor (See Table B.8.2 )
connection, calculated as follows: n = Number of interfaces offering
Vnsf = f ne Kh Fo frictional resistance to slip
where ks= Factor depending upon clearance of
f = Coefficient of friction (slip factor) holes
(See Table B.8.2) =1for holes with standard clearance
ne = Number of effective interfaces =0.85 for oversize hole

CD-051061
offering frictional resistance to slip =0.7 for long slotted holes
Kh = Factor depending upon clearance of Fo =Design pre loading force
holes = 0.7 fub As
=1for holes with standard clearance
=0.85 for oversize hole
=0.7 for long slotted holes
Fo =Minimum bolt tension (Proof load)
= 0.7 fub An
Table B.8.2:- Slip factor f

(From Table 10.2 of IS:800 (Draft) &Clause 6.5.8.3 of Eurocode 3)
Bolt subjected to combined shear and Bolt subjected to combined shear and
tension tension
Following interaction equation shall be
Following interaction equation shall be
satisfied
satisfied
) )
9 7
> @ > @ ) )
Y6G W6G
96G 7G Y5G W5G

CD-051061
Prying force (Q)
Prying is joint separation phenomenon. Prying in bolted connection increases the
bolt force (Tensile force) Proper design for prying action includes the selection of
bolt diameter and fitting the thickness such that there is sufficient stiffness and
strength in the bolt.
Where prying force, Q, is significant, prying force shall be calculated as given

below and added to the tension in the bolt.
OY IR E H W
4 >7 @
OH H OH OY
lv = Distance from the bolt centreline to the toe of the fillet weld or to half the root
radius for a rolled section;
le = Distance between prying force and bolt centreline and is the minimum of, either
IR
the end distance, or the value given by = OH W
I\
where
E = 2 for non pre-tensioned bolt and 1 for pre-tensioned bolt
= 1.5
be= Effective width of flange per pair of bolts
fo= Proof stress in consistent units
t = Thickness of the end plate

CD-051061
B.8.4 Design strength of welds by both codes.
x Fillet weld x Fillet weld
Size of fillet weld (S) (Clause 10.5.2) Size of fillet weld (S) (Clause 6.6.5.1)
St3mm St3mm
Stmin-1.5 Stmin-2
S (3/4) tmin
Throat thickness (a) (Clause 10.5.3) Throat thickness (a) (Clause6.6.6.5.2)
at3mm at3mm
a0.7 t to 1t
Effective length of weld Effective length of weld
(Clause10.5.4) (Clause6.6.5.1 (2))
Effective lengtht40 mm or 4 S Effective lengtht40 mm or 4 a
whichever is greater whichever is greater
Strength of weld per unit length Resistance of weld per unit length
(Clause 10.5.7) (Clause 6.6.5.3)
Design shear strength of weld fwd The design resistance per unit length
fwd=fwn/ mw in which fwn=fu/3 Fw.Rd shall be determined from
where Fvw.D=fvw.dxa
fu = Smaller of the ultimate stress of the where
fvw.d=The shear strength of weld
weld and the parent metal
IX
: PZ
mw= Partial safety factor fvw.d
Therefore,
fu=Nominal ultimate tensile stress of
strength of weld =Throat area x fwd weaker part of joint
= 0.707 Sx1x fwd W =Appropriate correlation factor
IX
D
PZ
x1

CD-051061
And Table B.8.3:-&RUUHODWLRQIDFWRU w
Steel Ultimate tensile stress Correlation factor
strength of weld per unit grade
fu N/mm2 W
IX
D
Fe360 360 0.8
PZ
length Fe430 430 0.85
Fe510 510 0.9
Fe275 390 0.8
Fe355 490 0.9
For intermediate values of fu the value of W may

be determined by linear interpolation.
Strength of weld per unit length of weld as per both codes

Following table B.8.4 gives the strength of weld as per both codes
Material used for weld:- Grade of weld =Ex40xx (As per IS: 814-1991)
Ultimate tensile stress fu=410 N/mm2
Throat thickness a= 0.7 Size of weld
Appropriate correlation factor W= 0.835 (For Eurocode 3)
Table B.8.4:- Limit Strength of weld per unit length of weld as per both codes
Size of fillet weld Strength of weld (N/mm)as per
(mm) IS:800 (Draft) Eurocode 3
3 402 481
5 669 802
6 803 962
8* 1071 1283
10* 1339 1603
* For this size, welding shall be done in run

CD-051061
Section C: - Project Problem
C.1Problem Data and Analysis
This project problem consists of analysis of a railway foot over bridge by
STAAD-PRO and then design by both codes. The design example covers design of
all basic structural members (i.e. axial, flexural and combined).
C1.1 Design data of railway foot over bridge.
Clear span = 34m
Walk way width = 2.44m
Clear height above top of rail = 6.5m
Type of truss configuration = N type
Depth of truss girder = 2.3m
Lateral restrain for compression chord = X bracing
C.1.2 Assumption: - (For design by both codes)
1) Dead load and live loads IS 875 part I & II
2) Earthquake loading IS 1893-2002
3) Wind loading IS 875 part III
4) Grade of steel (fy) 250 MPa
5) Cross sections used Indian standard hot rolled sections
6) While designing care is taken that strength of system is governed by member and
not by the connections. Therefore connection details are not covered.
7) Comparison is based on interaction ratio (IR =Action/Strength) of cross sections.
C.1.3 Loading calculation as per IS: 875 (Part I to V)
1) Dead Load:-
a) RCC slab 110 mm thick.
Contributory width of floor beams = 2.266 m
Density of concrete = 25 kN/m3
UDL on beams (602 to 617) = 0.11 x 25 x 2.266 = 6.3 kN/m
UDL on beams (601 & 618) = 3.2 MTon/m Say

b) Vertical Cladding @ 15 kg/m2
Swapnil B.Kharmale 237 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC3
M.Tech (Str) CD-051061
Height of cladding = 2.3 m
UDL on beams (18 to 32 80 to 94 305 307 601 618) = 2.3x0.015
= 0.0345 MTon/m
c) Staircase load
Total rise to climb = Height between FGL and bottom of
girder + Depth of bottom chord
(Assumed as ISMC300)+Thickness
of R.C.C slab
= 6.5+ 0.3+0.11 = 6.9 m
Rise say = 200 mm
No of Risers = 6.9/0.2 = 34.5 say 35
Hence No of treads = 35-1 = 34
Say Tread of 300 mm, hence Total going = 0.3x34 = 10.2 m
Let there be central landing of 1.2m
Hence Total Plan length of staircase = 10.2+1.2=11.4m
Provide central column,
Hence contributory span on Bridge structure = 11.4/4 =2.85
Staircase width = 2.3 m
Hence plan area for one column = 2.85x2.3/2 = 3.2 m2
DL @ 0.2 MTon/m2 = 3.2 x 0.2 = 0.64 MTon
Joint Load applied (17 65 112 117) = 0.64 MTon
2) Live Load:-
LL @ 0.5 MTon/m2
Contributory width on floor beams = 2.266m
UDL on beams (602 to 617) = 0.5 x 2.266
= 11.4 kN/m
= 1.14 MTon/m Say
UDL on beams (601 & 618) = 0.57 MTon/m Say
Staircase LL @ 0.5 MTon/m2 = 3.2 x 0.5

= 1.6 MTon
3) Wind Load (IS 875-III):-
Design wind pressure (N/m2) is given by:
S ] 9] Where Vz is design wind speed in (m/s) 9] 9ENN N
Here,
Vb = Basic wind speed in m/s for given region.
= 44 m/s (Mumbai)
k1 = probability factor (risk coefficient) (see 5.3.1)
= 1.0 (Table 1 All general buildings and structure)
k2 = terrain, height and structure size factor (see 5.3.2)
= 0.98 (Terrain category 2 & class B i.e. max dimension is greater than 20m)
k3 = topography factor (see 5.3.3).
= 1.0
9] [[[ P V
[
S] 07RQ P

However we will design the FOB considering minimum Pz = 0.15 MTon/m2
Considering Side cladding of height 2.3 mts
Uniform wind load applied on structure (top and bottom chord)
= 2.3 /2 x 0.15
=0.17 MTon/m
Therefore,
Joint loads to be applied = 0.17 x 2.27 = 0.38 MTon.
(Joints 1 to 14, 110,111, 34 to 46, 104, 114 and 127)
At end joints = 0.38 x 0.5 = 0.19 MTon
(Joints 64, 105, 116 and 128)
UDL applied on column = 0.15 x 2.27 / 2 = 0.17 MTon/m
(Members 401, 402, 404, 405, 407, 408, 410 and 411)
Note: - Applied in Z direction only, not considered in X direction as projection area in
X is less
4) Earth Quake Loading (IS 1893-2002)
Z = 0.16 (Zone factor for Mumbai)
I = 1.0 (Importance factor)
R = 5 (Eccentrically Braced frame)
T = 0.085xH0.75 (Time period) H is height of structure
= 0.085x 8.80.75 = 0.43 sec
Soil type assumed as soft hence Sa/g = 2.5, Damping C = 1.4 for steel structures
= , 6D
Hence, $ K &[ [ [
5 J
= 1.4 x (0.16/2)x(1/5) x 2.5 = 0.056
Dead Load Mass = 54.5 MTon (From Static check)

50% Live Load Mass = 60.5/2 =30.25 MTon (From Static check)
Hence, Min Base Shear = 0.056(54.5+30.25) = 4.75 MTon
Applied to two joints 116 & 117 only = 2.375 MTon
Note: - Applied in X direction only, Not considered in Z direction as Wind is
governing
C.1.4 Analysis
Analysis is done by using STAAD PRO 2006 and the results of analysis are
tabulated in Table C.1.1
ANALYSIS -STAAD PRO
STAAD SPACE
START JOB INFORMATION
JOB NAME FOB
JOB CLIENT VEERMATAT JIJABAI INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
JOB NO 01
JOB PART ILLUSTRATIVE DESIGN OF ROB
ENGINEER NAME S.B.Kharmale
CHECKER NAME B.A.Naik
ENGINEER DATE 20-Jan-07
END JOB INFORMATION
INPUT WIDTH 79
UNIT METER MTON
JOINT COORDINATES
1 0 0 0; 2 2.266 0 0; 3 4.532 0 0; 4 6.798 0 0; 5 9.064 0 0; 6 11.33 0 0;
7 13.596 0 0; 8 15.862 0 0; 9 18.128 0 0; 10 20.394 0 0; 11 22.66 0 0;
12 24.926 0 0; 13 27.192 0 0; 14 29.458 0 0; 17 0 0 2.44; 18 2.266 0 2.44;
19 4.532 0 2.44; 20 6.798 0 2.44; 21 9.064 0 2.44; 22 11.33 0 2.44;
23 13.596 0 2.44; 24 15.862 0 2.44; 25 18.128 0 2.44; 26 20.394 0 2.44;
27 22.66 0 2.44; 28 24.926 0 2.44; 29 27.192 0 2.44; 30 29.458 0 2.44;
34 2.266 2.3 0; 35 4.532 2.3 0; 36 6.798 2.3 0; 37 9.064 2.3 0; 38 11.33
2.3 0;
39 13.596 2.3 0; 40 15.862 2.3 0; 41 18.128 2.3 0; 42 20.394 2.3 0;
43 22.66 2.3 0; 44 24.926 2.3 0; 45 27.192 2.3 0; 46 29.458 2.3 0;
50 2.266 2.3 2.44; 51 4.532 2.3 2.44; 52 6.798 2.3 2.44; 53 9.064 2.3
2.44;
54 11.33 2.3 2.44; 55 13.596 2.3 2.44; 56 15.862 2.3 2.44; 57 18.128 2.3
2.44;
58 20.394 2.3 2.44; 59 22.66 2.3 2.44; 60 24.926 2.3 2.44; 61 27.192 2.3
2.44;
62 29.458 2.3 2.44; 64 -2.266 0 0; 65 -2.266 0 2.44; 66 0 -6.5 0;
67 0 -6.5 2.44; 68 -2.266 -6.5 0; 69 -2.266 -6.5 2.44; 82 -2.266 -3.25
2.44;
83 0 -3.25 2.44; 84 0 -3.25 0; 85 -2.266 -3.25 0; 103 0 2.3 2.44; 104 0
2.3 0;
105 -2.266 2.3 0; 106 -2.266 2.3 2.44; 110 33.99 0 0; 111 31.724 0 0;
112 33.99 0 2.44; 113 31.724 0 2.44; 114 31.724 2.3 0; 115 31.724 2.3
2.44;
116 36.256 0 0; 117 36.256 0 2.44; 118 33.99 -6.5 0; 119 33.99 -6.5 2.44;
120 36.256 -6.5 0; 121 36.256 -6.5 2.44; 122 36.256 -3.25 2.44;
123 33.99 -3.25 2.44; 124 33.99 -3.25 0; 125 36.256 -3.25 0;
126 33.99 2.3 2.44; 127 33.99 2.3 0; 128 36.256 2.3 0; 129 36.256 2.3
2.44;
MEMBER INCIDENCES
1 104 105; 2 34 104; 3 34 35; 4 35 36; 5 36 37; 6 37 38; 7 38 39; 8 39 40;
9 40 41; 10 41 42; 11 42 43; 12 43 44; 13 44 45; 14 45 46; 15 114 46;
16 114 127; 17 127 128; 18 1 2; 19 2 3; 20 3 4; 21 4 5; 22 5 6; 23 6 7; 24
7 8;
25 8 9; 26 9 10; 27 10 11; 28 11 12; 29 12 13; 30 13 14; 31 111 14; 32 110
111;
33 2 34; 34 3 35; 35 4 36; 36 5 37; 37 6 38; 38 7 39; 39 8 40; 40 9 41;
41 10 42; 42 11 43; 43 12 44; 44 13 45; 45 14 46; 46 111 114; 47 104 2;
48 34 3; 49 35 4; 50 36 5; 51 37 6; 52 38 7; 53 39 8; 54 8 41; 55 40 9;
56 42 9; 57 43 10; 58 44 11; 59 45 12; 60 46 13; 61 114 14; 62 127 111;
63 103 106; 64 50 103; 65 50 51; 66 51 52; 67 52 53; 68 53 54; 69 54 55;
70 55 56; 71 56 57; 72 57 58; 73 58 59; 74 59 60; 75 60 61; 76 61 62;
77 115 62; 78 115 126; 79 126 129; 80 17 18; 81 18 19; 82 19 20; 83 20 21;
84 21 22; 85 22 23; 86 23 24; 87 24 25; 88 25 26; 89 26 27; 90 27 28; 91
28 29;
92 29 30; 93 112 113; 94 113 30; 95 117 112; 96 50 19; 97 24 57; 98 56 25;
99 51 20; 100 52 21; 101 53 22; 102 54 23; 103 55 24; 104 25 58; 105 26
59;
106 27 60; 107 28 61; 108 29 62; 109 103 18; 110 115 30; 111 126 113;
112 18 50; 113 19 51; 114 20 52; 115 21 53; 116 22 54; 117 23 55; 118 24
56;
119 25 57; 120 26 58; 121 27 59; 122 28 60; 123 29 61; 124 30 62; 125 113
115;
301 64 84; 302 85 66; 303 116 124; 304 125 118; 305 64 1; 306 84 85;
307 116 110; 308 124 125; 309 65 17; 310 82 83; 311 82 67; 312 65 83;
313 122 123; 314 122 119; 315 117 123; 316 83 84; 317 85 82; 318 82 68;
319 17 84; 320 65 85; 321 66 83; 322 64 106; 323 123 124; 324 125 122;
325 122 120; 326 112 124; 327 117 125; 328 118 123; 329 116 129; 401 68
85;
402 85 64; 403 64 105; 404 66 84; 405 84 1; 406 1 104; 407 118 124;
408 124 110; 409 110 127; 410 120 125; 411 125 116; 412 116 128; 413 69
82;
414 82 65; 415 65 106; 416 67 83; 417 83 17; 418 17 103; 419 119 123;
420 123 112; 421 112 126; 422 121 122; 423 122 117; 424 117 129; 501 105
106;
502 103 104; 503 50 34; 504 51 35; 505 52 36; 506 53 37; 507 54 38; 508 55
39;
509 56 40; 510 57 41; 511 58 42; 512 59 43; 513 60 44; 514 61 45; 515 62
46;
516 115 114; 517 126 127; 518 128 129; 519 105 103; 520 104 50; 521 34 51;
522 35 52; 523 36 53; 524 37 54; 525 38 55; 526 39 56; 527 56 41; 528 40
57;
529 57 42; 530 58 43; 531 59 44; 532 60 45; 533 61 46; 534 114 62; 535 127
115;
536 128 126; 601 65 64; 602 17 1; 603 18 2; 604 19 3; 605 20 4; 606 21 5;
607 22 6; 608 23 7; 609 24 8; 610 25 9; 611 26 10; 612 27 11; 613 28 12;
614 29 13; 615 30 14; 616 113 111; 617 112 110; 618 117 116; 619 1 18;
620 2 19; 621 3 20; 622 4 21; 623 5 22; 624 6 23; 625 7 24; 626 8 25; 627
24 9;
628 25 10; 629 26 11; 630 27 12; 631 28 13; 632 29 14; 633 64 17; 634 111
30;
635 110 113; 636 116 112; 637 69 85; 638 67 84; 639 68 84; 640 69 83;
641 82 17; 642 85 1; 643 82 64; 644 83 1; 645 65 105; 646 121 123; 647 120
124;
648 119 124; 649 121 125; 650 122 112; 651 125 110; 652 122 116; 653 123
110;
654 117 128;
START GROUP DEFINITION
MEMBER
_MAIN_GIRDER 2 TO 16 18 TO 62 64 TO 78 80 TO 94 96 TO 125 404 TO 409 416
TO 421
_FLR_BMS 601 TO 618
_TPGRDER 1 TO 17 63 TO 79 501 TO 536
_BPGRDER 18 TO 32 80 TO 95 305 307 309 601 TO 636
_W_Z_BRAC 316 TO 329 401 TO 405 407 408 410 TO 417 419 420 422 TO 424 501
-518 601 602 617 618
_BU_PR_BR 501 TO 536
_EQX_BRAC 95 303 304 307 308 313 TO 315 407 408 410 411 419 420 422 423
END GROUP DEFINITION
DEFINE MATERIAL START
ISOTROPIC STEEL
E 2e+007
POISSON 0.3
DENSITY 7.85
END DEFINE MATERIAL
CONSTANTS
MATERIAL STEEL ALL
MEMBER PROPERTY INDIAN
619 TO 636 TABLE SD ISA50X50X6 SP 0.008
95 305 307 309 601 618 TABLE ST ISMB150
1 TO 32 63 TO 94 TABLE D ISMC300 SP 0.008
*1 TO 32 63 TO 94 TABLE SD ISA100X100X10 SP 0.01
401 TO 403 410 TO 415 422 TO 424 TABLE ST ISMB300
301 TO 304 306 308 310 TO 329 637 TO 654 TABLE SD ISA50X50X6 SP 0.008
38 TO 41 50 TO 59 97 98 100 TO 107 117 TO 120 TABLE SD ISA50X50X6 SP 0.008
602 TO 617 TABLE TB ISMB150 WP 0.065 TH 0.008
509 510 524 TO 531 TABLE SD ISA50X50X6 SP 0.008
37 42 116 121 TABLE SD ISA60X60X6 SP 0.008
47 TO 49 60 TO 62 96 99 108 TO 111 TABLE SD ISA65X65X8 SP 0.008
35 36 43 44 114 115 122 123 TABLE SD ISA65X65X8 SP 0.008
33 34 45 46 112 113 124 125 TABLE SD ISA75X75X8 SP 0.008
523 532 TABLE SD ISA60X60X6 SP 0.008
519 TO 522 533 TO 536 TABLE SD ISA65X65X8 SP 0.008
508 511 TABLE SD ISA60X60X6 SP 0.008
404 TO 409 416 TO 421 TABLE ST ISMB500
*78 92 122 TABLE TB ISMB300 WP 0.17 TH 0.025
SUPPORTS
66 TO 69 118 TO 121 FIXED
*66 TO 69 118 TO 121 PINNED
MEMBER RELEASE
601 TO 618 START MZ
601 TO 618 END MZ
MEMBER TRUSS
2 TO 16 18 TO 62 64 TO 78 80 TO 94 96 TO 125
MEMBER TRUSS
306 308 310 313
MEMBER TRUSS
316 317 323 324
MEMBER TRUSS
18 TO 32 80 TO 95 305 307 309 619 TO 636
MEMBER TRUSS
1 TO 17 63 TO 79 501 TO 536
MEMBER TENSION
301 TO 304 311 312 314 315 639 TO 642 646 647 650 651
MEMBER TENSION
318 TO 322 325 TO 329 637 638 643 TO 645 648 649 652 TO 654
LOAD 1 DEAD LOAD (DL)
SELFWEIGHT Y -1.05
*5 % EXTRA WEIGHT ADDED TO TAKE CARE OF CONNECTIONS
MEMBER LOAD
602 TO 617 UNI GY -0.63
601 618 UNI GY -0.32
*THICKNESS OF SLAB 125MM, WEIGHT = 2.5*0.11 = 0.275 T/SQM
*CW = 2.266 M, HENCE UDL = 0.275*2.266 = 0.63 T/M SAY
*CLADDING AT 15 KG/SQM W = 0.015*2.3 = 0.0345
18 TO 32 80 TO 94 305 307 601 618 UNI GY -0.0345
*STAIRCASE LOAD
*Total rise to climb = 6.5 + 0.3+0.11 = 6.9 m
*Rise say = 200 mm
*No of Risers = 6.9/0.2 = 34.5 say 35
*Hence No of treads = 35-1 = 34
*Say Tread of 300 mm, hence Total going = 0.3x34 = 10.2 m
*Let there be central landing of 1.2m
*Hence Total Plan length of staircase = 10.2+1.2=11.4m
*Provide central column,
*Hence contributory span on Bridge structure = 11.4/4 =2.85
*Staircase width = 2.3 m
*Hence plan area for one column = 2.85x2.3/2 = 3.2 sqm
*DL @ 0.2 T/sqm = 3.2 x 0.2 = 0.64 MTon
*LL @ 0.5 T/Sqm = 3.2 x 0.5 = 1.6 MTon
JOINT LOAD
17 65 112 117 FY -0.64
LOAD 2 LIVE LOAD (LL)
MEMBER LOAD
602 TO 617 UNI GY -1.14
601 618 UNI GY -0.57
*STAIRCASELOAD
JOINT LOAD
17 65 112 117 FY -1.6
*INTENSITY CONSIDERED = 0.5 T/SQM
*CW = 2.266 M, HENCE UDL = 0.5*2.266 = 1.14 T/M SAY
LOAD 3 WIND LOAD IN Z DIR
JOINT LOAD
1 TO 14 34 TO 46 104 110 111 114 127 FZ 0.38
64 105 116 128 FZ 0.19
MEMBER LOAD
401 402 404 405 407 408 410 411 UNI GZ 0.17
*PLEASE NOTE IN X DIRECTION WIND WILL NOT GOVERN AS PROJECTED AREA IS LESS
*HENCE WIND LOAD IS NOT APPLIED AND GOVERNING LOAD CASE IS EQX WHICH IS
CONSIDERED
LOAD 4 EQ X
*Z=0.16(ZONE FACTOR IS MUMBAI)
*I=1.0(IMPORTANCE FACTOR)
*R=5(ECCENTRIC BRACED FRAME)
*TIME PERIOD T= 0.085 * H^0.75 =0.085 *8.8^0.75 = 0.43 SEC
*SOIL TYPE ASSUMED AS SOFT HENCE SA/G = 2.5
*DAMPING C = 1.4 FOR STEEL STRUCTURES
*HENCE Ah = (0.16/2)*2.5*(1/5)*1.4=0.056
*DL MASS = 54.5 MTON (APPROX)
*50%LL MASS = 60.5/2 =30.25 MTON
*HENCE MIN BASE SHEAR = 0.056(54.5+30.25)=4.75 MTON SAY
JOINT LOAD
116 117 FX 2.375
*NOTE THIS LOAD CASE IS USED ONLY TO DESIGN OF TOP PLAN BRACING
LOAD 5 2.5% LATERAL DL APPLIED
JOINT LOAD
103 104 126 127 FZ 0.2
34 50 114 115 FZ 0.3
35 46 51 62 FZ 0.5
36 45 52 61 FZ 0.65
37 44 53 60 FZ 0.75
38 43 54 59 FZ 0.85
39 TO 42 55 TO 58 FZ 0.9
LOAD 6 2.5% LATERAL DL+LL APPLIED
JOINT LOAD
103 104 126 127 FZ 0.4
34 50 114 115 FZ 0.6
35 46 51 62 FZ 0.95
36 45 52 61 FZ 1.25
37 44 53 60 FZ 1.5
38 43 54 59 FZ 1.65
39 TO 42 55 TO 58 FZ 1.8
LOAD COMB 101 DL + LL
1 1.0 2 1.0
LOAD COMB 102 DL + LL + WZ
1 1.0 2 1.0 3 1.0
LOAD COMB 103 DL + LL + EQX
1 1.0 2 1.0 4 1.0
PERFORM ANALYSIS PRINT STATICS CHECK
FINISH
Fig C.1.1:- Geometry of FOB
Fig C.1.2:- Modeling of FOB in STAAD PRO 2006
Table C.1.1 Analysis results and load combination for design by both codes
Load combinations per IS:800(Draft) code Load combinations per Eurocode 3 IS:800 (Draft) Eurocode 3
Axial Force Fx (Mton)
BM-Mz (Mton-m) 1.5(DL+LL) 1.5(DL+WL) 1.2(DL+LL+WL) 1.5(DL+EQ) 1.2(DL+LL+EQ) 1.35 DL+1.5LL 1.35 DL+1.5WL 1.35(DL+LL+WL) 1.35 DL+1.5EQ 1.35(DL+LL+EQ)
SR MEM (+, Comp & -, Ten) #3 #5 #8 # 10
Design Critical forces Design Critical forces
#1 #2 #4 #6 #7 #9
NO B#
Fx Fx case Fx Fx case
DL LL WLz Eqx DL LL WLz Eqx Fx Mz Fx Mz Fx Mz Fx Mz Fx Mz Fx My Fx My Fx My Fx My Fx My #
Mz #
My
Comp(+) Tens(-). Comp(+) Tens(-).
1 1 0 0 2.8 0 0.0 0.0 4.2 0.0 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.2 0.0 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.2 - 2 - 4.2 - 7 -
2 2 6.3 6.5 5.2 0 19.2 0.0 17.3 0.0 21.6 0.0 9.5 0.0 15.4 0.0 18.3 0.0 16.3 0.0 24.3 0.0 8.5 0.0 17.3 0.0 21.6 - 3 - 24.3 - 8 -
3 3 14.2 14.7 7.4 0 43.4 0.0 32.4 0.0 43.6 0.0 21.3 0.0 34.7 0.0 41.2 0.0 30.3 0.0 49.0 0.0 19.2 0.0 39.0 0.0 43.6 - 3 - 49.0 - 8 -
4 4 20.8 21.5 9.1 0 63.5 0.0 44.9 0.0 61.7 0.0 31.2 0.0 50.8 0.0 60.3 0.0 41.7 0.0 69.4 0.0 28.1 0.0 57.1 0.0 63.5 - 1 - 69.4 - 6 -
5 5 26 27.1 10.5 0 79.7 0.0 54.8 0.0 76.3 0.0 39.0 0.0 63.7 0.0 75.8 0.0 50.9 0.0 85.9 0.0 35.1 0.0 71.7 0.0 79.7 - 1 - 85.9 - 6 -
6 6 29.9 31.2 11.6 0 91.7 0.0 62.3 0.0 87.2 0.0 44.9 0.0 73.3 0.0 87.2 0.0 57.8 0.0 98.1 0.0 40.4 0.0 82.5 0.0 91.7 - 1 - 98.1 - 6 -
7 7 32.5 33.9 12.3 0 99.6 0.0 67.2 0.0 94.4 0.0 48.8 0.0 79.7 0.0 94.7 0.0 62.3 0.0 106.2 0.0 43.9 0.0 89.6 0.0 99.6 - 1 - 106.2 - 6 -
8 8 33.8 35.3 12.7 0 103.7 0.0 69.8 0.0 98.2 0.0 50.7 0.0 82.9 0.0 98.6 0.0 64.7 0.0 110.4 0.0 45.6 0.0 93.3 0.0 103.7 - 1 - 110.4 - 6 -
9 9 32.8 34.2 12.3 0 100.5 0.0 67.7 0.0 95.2 0.0 49.2 0.0 80.4 0.0 95.6 0.0 62.7 0.0 107.1 0.0 44.3 0.0 90.5 0.0 100.5 - 1 - 107.1 - 6 -
10 10 33.8 35.3 12.7 0 103.7 0.0 69.8 0.0 98.2 0.0 50.7 0.0 82.9 0.0 98.6 0.0 64.7 0.0 110.4 0.0 45.6 0.0 93.3 0.0 103.7 - 1 - 110.4 - 6 -
11 11 32.5 33.9 12.3 0 99.6 0.0 67.2 0.0 94.4 0.0 48.8 0.0 79.7 0.0 94.7 0.0 62.3 0.0 106.2 0.0 43.9 0.0 89.6 0.0 99.6 - 1 - 106.2 - 6 -
12 12 29.9 31.2 11.6 0 91.7 0.0 62.3 0.0 87.2 0.0 44.9 0.0 73.3 0.0 87.2 0.0 57.8 0.0 98.1 0.0 40.4 0.0 82.5 0.0 91.7 - 1 - 98.1 - 6 -
13 13 26 27.1 10.5 0 79.7 0.0 54.8 0.0 76.3 0.0 39.0 0.0 63.7 0.0 75.8 0.0 50.9 0.0 85.9 0.0 35.1 0.0 71.7 0.0 79.7 - 1 - 85.9 - 6 -
14 14 20.8 21.5 9.1 0 63.5 0.0 44.9 0.0 61.7 0.0 31.2 0.0 50.8 0.0 60.3 0.0 41.7 0.0 69.4 0.0 28.1 0.0 57.1 0.0 63.5 - 1 - 69.4 - 6 -
15 15 14.2 14.7 7.4 0 43.4 0.0 32.4 0.0 43.6 0.0 21.3 0.0 34.7 0.0 41.2 0.0 30.3 0.0 49.0 0.0 19.2 0.0 39.0 0.0 43.6 - 3 - 49.0 - 8 -
16 16 6.3 6.5 5.2 0 19.2 0.0 17.3 0.0 21.6 0.0 9.5 0.0 15.4 0.0 18.3 0.0 16.3 0.0 24.3 0.0 8.5 0.0 17.3 0.0 21.6 - 3 - 24.3 - 8 -
17 17 0 0 2.8 0 0.0 0.0 4.2 0.0 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.2 0.0 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.2 - 2 - 4.2 - 7 -
18 305 0.66 0.68 -0.8 0 2.0 0.0 -0.2 0.0 0.6 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.6 0.0 1.9 0.0 -0.3 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.9 0.0 1.8 0.0 2.0 -0.2 1 - 1.9 -0.3 6 -
19 18 4.1 4.2 1.8 0 12.5 0.0 8.9 0.0 12.1 0.0 6.2 0.0 10.0 0.0 11.8 0.0 8.2 0.0 13.6 0.0 5.5 0.0 11.2 0.0 12.5 - 1 - 13.6 - 6 -
20 19 -5.23 -4.2 3.9 0 -14.1 0.0 -2.0 0.0 -6.6 0.0 -7.8 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -13.4 0.0 -1.2 0.0 -7.5 0.0 -7.1 0.0 -12.7 0.0 - -14.1 1 - - -13.4 6 -
21 20 -13.2 -13.6 5.6 0 -40.1 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -25.4 0.0 -19.7 0.0 -32.1 0.0 -38.2 0.0 -9.4 0.0 -28.6 0.0 -17.8 0.0 -36.1 0.0 - -40.1 1 - - -38.2 6 -
22 21 -19.7 -20.5 7.1 0 -60.3 0.0 -18.9 0.0 -39.7 0.0 -29.6 0.0 -48.2 0.0 -57.3 0.0 -15.9 0.0 -44.7 0.0 -26.6 0.0 -54.3 0.0 - -60.3 1 - - -57.3 6 -
23 22 -25 -25.9 8.1 0 -76.4 0.0 -25.4 0.0 -51.4 0.0 -37.5 0.0 -61.1 0.0 -72.6 0.0 -21.6 0.0 -57.8 0.0 -33.8 0.0 -68.7 0.0 - -76.4 1 - - -72.6 6 -
24 23 -28.8 -30.1 8.8 0 -88.4 0.0 -30.0 0.0 -60.1 0.0 -43.2 0.0 -70.7 0.0 -84.0 0.0 -25.7 0.0 -67.6 0.0 -38.9 0.0 -79.5 0.0 - -88.4 1 - - -84.0 6 -
25 24 -31.5 -32.8 9.2 0 -96.5 0.0 -33.5 0.0 -66.1 0.0 -47.3 0.0 -77.2 0.0 -91.7 0.0 -28.7 0.0 -74.4 0.0 -42.5 0.0 -86.8 0.0 - -96.5 1 - - -91.7 6 -
26 25 -31.7 -33.1 8.8 0 -97.2 0.0 -34.4 0.0 -67.2 0.0 -47.6 0.0 -77.8 0.0 -92.4 0.0 -29.6 0.0 -75.6 0.0 -42.8 0.0 -87.5 0.0 - -97.2 1 - - -92.4 6 -
27 26 -31.5 -32.8 9.2 0 -96.5 0.0 -33.5 0.0 -66.1 0.0 -47.3 0.0 -77.2 0.0 -91.7 0.0 -28.7 0.0 -74.4 0.0 -42.5 0.0 -86.8 0.0 - -96.5 1 - - -91.7 6 -
28 27 -28.8 -30.1 8.8 0 -88.4 0.0 -30.0 0.0 -60.1 0.0 -43.2 0.0 -70.7 0.0 -84.0 0.0 -25.7 0.0 -67.6 0.0 -38.9 0.0 -79.5 0.0 - -88.4 1 - - -84.0 6 -
29 28 -25 -25.9 8.1 0 -76.4 0.0 -25.4 0.0 -51.4 0.0 -37.5 0.0 -61.1 0.0 -72.6 0.0 -21.6 0.0 -57.8 0.0 -33.8 0.0 -68.7 0.0 - -76.4 1 - - -72.6 6 -
30 29 -19.7 -20.5 7.1 0 -60.3 0.0 -18.9 0.0 -39.7 0.0 -29.6 0.0 -48.2 0.0 -57.3 0.0 -15.9 0.0 -44.7 0.0 -26.6 0.0 -54.3 0.0 - -60.3 1 - - -57.3 6 -
31 30 -13.2 -13.6 5.6 0 -40.2 0.0 -11.4 0.0 -25.4 0.0 -19.8 0.0 -32.2 0.0 -38.2 0.0 -9.4 0.0 -28.6 0.0 -17.8 0.0 -36.2 0.0 - -40.2 1 - - -38.2 6 -
32 31 -5.23 -4.2 3.9 0 -14.1 0.0 -2.0 0.0 -6.6 0.0 -7.8 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -13.4 0.0 -1.2 0.0 -7.5 0.0 -7.1 0.0 -12.7 0.0 - -14.1 1 - - -13.4 6 -
33 32 4.1 4.2 1.8 0 12.5 0.0 8.9 0.0 12.1 0.0 6.2 0.0 10.0 0.0 11.8 0.0 8.2 0.0 13.6 0.0 5.5 0.0 11.2 0.0 12.5 - 1 - 13.6 - 6 -
34 307 0.66 0.68 -0.8 0 2.0 0.0 -0.2 0.0 0.6 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.6 0.0 1.9 0.0 -0.3 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.9 0.0 1.8 0.0 2.0 -0.2 1 - 1.9 -0.3 6 -
35 401 1 0.7 -6.8 0 0 0 0 0 2.6 0.0 -8.7 0.0 -6.1 0.0 1.5 0.0 2.0 0.0 2.4 0.0 -8.9 0.0 -6.9 0.0 1.4 0.0 2.3 0.0 2.6 -8.7 1 - 2.4 -8.9 6 -
36 402 1 0.7 -3.1 0 0 0 0 0 2.6 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -1.7 0.0 1.5 0.0 2.0 0.0 2.4 0.0 -3.3 0.0 -1.9 0.0 1.4 0.0 2.3 0.0 2.6 -3.2 1 - 2.4 -3.3 6 -
37 403 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.5 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.5 - 1 - 1.4 - 6 -
38 404 11.5 11.2 -5.63 0 2.9 2.9 0 0 34.1 8.7 8.8 4.4 20.5 7.0 17.3 4.4 27.2 7.0 32.3 8.3 7.1 3.9 23.0 7.8 15.5 3.9 30.6 7.8 34.1 - 1 8.7 32.3 - 6 8.3
39 405 11.2 11.2 0 0 5.9 5.9 0 0 33.6 17.7 16.8 8.9 26.9 14.2 16.8 8.9 26.9 14.2 31.9 16.8 15.1 8.0 30.2 15.9 15.1 8.0 30.2 15.9 33.6 - 1 17.7 31.9 - 6 16.8
40 406 9.9 9.8 0 0 5.9 5.9 0 0 29.6 17.7 14.9 8.9 23.6 14.2 14.9 8.9 23.6 14.2 28.1 16.8 13.4 8.0 26.6 15.9 13.4 8.0 26.6 15.9 29.6 - 1 17.7 28.1 - 6 16.8
41 407 11.5 11.2 -5.63 -2.4 2.9 2.9 0 0 34.1 8.7 8.8 4.4 20.5 7.0 13.7 4.4 24.4 7.0 32.3 8.3 7.1 3.9 23.0 7.8 11.9 3.9 27.4 7.8 34.1 - 1 8.7 32.3 - 6 8.3
42 408 11.2 11.2 0 0 5.9 5.9 0 0 33.6 17.7 16.8 8.9 26.9 14.2 16.8 8.9 26.9 14.2 31.9 16.8 15.1 8.0 30.2 15.9 15.1 8.0 30.2 15.9 33.6 - 1 17.7 31.9 - 6 16.8
43 409 9.9 9.8 0 0 5.9 5.9 0 0 29.6 17.7 14.9 8.9 23.6 14.2 14.9 8.9 23.6 14.2 28.1 16.8 13.4 8.0 26.6 15.9 13.4 8.0 26.6 15.9 29.6 - 1 17.7 28.1 - 6 16.8
44 410 1 0.7 -6.8 5.5 0 0 0 0 2.6 0.0 -8.7 0.0 -6.1 0.0 9.8 0.0 8.6 0.0 2.4 0.0 -8.9 0.0 -6.9 0.0 9.6 0.0 9.7 0.0 9.8 -8.7 1 - 9.7 -8.9 6 -
45 411 1 0.7 -3.1 2.3 0 0 0 0 2.6 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -1.7 0.0 5.0 0.0 4.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 -3.3 0.0 -1.9 0.0 4.8 0.0 5.4 0.0 5.0 -3.2 1 - 5.4 -3.3 6 -
46 412 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.5 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.5 - 1 - 1.4 - 6 -
47 47 -13.3 -13.7 0 0 -40.5 0.0 -20.0 0.0 -32.4 0.0 -20.0 0.0 -32.4 0.0 -38.5 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -36.5 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -36.5 0.0 - -40.5 1 - - -38.5 6 -
48 48 -11.3 -11.7 0 0 -34.5 0.0 -17.0 0.0 -27.6 0.0 -17.0 0.0 -27.6 0.0 -32.8 0.0 -15.3 0.0 -31.1 0.0 -15.3 0.0 -31.1 0.0 - -34.5 1 - - -32.8 6 -
49 49 -9.4 -9.8 0 0 -28.8 0.0 -14.1 0.0 -23.0 0.0 -14.1 0.0 -23.0 0.0 -27.4 0.0 -12.7 0.0 -25.9 0.0 -12.7 0.0 -25.9 0.0 - -28.8 1 - - -27.4 6 -
50 50 -7.5 -7.8 0 0 -23.0 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -18.4 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -18.4 0.0 -21.8 0.0 -10.1 0.0 -20.7 0.0 -10.1 0.0 -20.7 0.0 - -23.0 1 - - -21.8 6 -
51 51 -5.6 -5.9 0 0 -17.3 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -13.8 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -13.8 0.0 -16.4 0.0 -7.6 0.0 -15.5 0.0 -7.6 0.0 -15.5 0.0 - -17.3 1 - - -16.4 6 -
52 52 -3.7 -3.9 0 0 -11.4 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -9.1 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -9.1 0.0 -10.8 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -10.3 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -10.3 0.0 - -11.4 1 - - -10.8 6 -
53 53 -1.9 -2 0 0 -5.9 0.0 -2.9 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -2.9 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -2.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 -2.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 - -5.9 1 - - -5.6 6 -
54 54 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
55 55 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
Swapnil B. Kharmale
SR MEM (+, Comp & -, Ten) #3 #5 #8 # 10
#1 #2 #4 #6 #7 #9
NO B#
Mz #
My
56 56 -1.9 -2 0 0 -5.9 0.0 -2.9 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -2.9 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -2.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 -2.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 - -5.9 1 - - -5.6 6 -
57 57 -3.7 -3.9 0 0 -11.4 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -9.1 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -9.1 0.0 -10.8 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -10.3 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -10.3 0.0 - -11.4 1 - - -10.8 6 -
58 58 -5.6 -5.9 0 0 -17.3 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -13.8 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -13.8 0.0 -16.4 0.0 -7.6 0.0 -15.5 0.0 -7.6 0.0 -15.5 0.0 - -17.3 1 - - -16.4 6 -
59 59 -7.5 -7.8 0 0 -23.0 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -18.4 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -18.4 0.0 -21.8 0.0 -10.1 0.0 -20.7 0.0 -10.1 0.0 -20.7 0.0 - -23.0 1 - - -21.8 6 -
60 60 -9.4 -9.8 0 0 -28.8 0.0 -14.1 0.0 -23.0 0.0 -14.1 0.0 -23.0 0.0 -27.4 0.0 -12.7 0.0 -25.9 0.0 -12.7 0.0 -25.9 0.0 - -28.8 1 - - -27.4 6 -
61 61 -11.3 -11.7 0 0 -34.5 0.0 -17.0 0.0 -27.6 0.0 -17.0 0.0 -27.6 0.0 -32.8 0.0 -15.3 0.0 -31.1 0.0 -15.3 0.0 -31.1 0.0 - -34.5 1 - - -32.8 6 -
62 62 -13.3 -13.7 0 0 -40.5 0.0 -20.0 0.0 -32.4 0.0 -20.0 0.0 -32.4 0.0 -38.5 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -36.5 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -36.5 0.0 - -40.5 1 - - -38.5 6 -
63 33 8.4 8.4 0 0 25.2 0.0 12.6 0.0 20.2 0.0 12.6 0.0 20.2 0.0 23.9 0.0 11.3 0.0 22.7 0.0 11.3 0.0 22.7 0.0 25.2 - 1 - 23.9 - 6 -
64 34 7 7 0 0 21.0 0.0 10.5 0.0 16.8 0.0 10.5 0.0 16.8 0.0 20.0 0.0 9.5 0.0 18.9 0.0 9.5 0.0 18.9 0.0 21.0 - 1 - 20.0 - 6 -
65 35 5.6 5.6 0 0 16.8 0.0 8.4 0.0 13.4 0.0 8.4 0.0 13.4 0.0 16.0 0.0 7.6 0.0 15.1 0.0 7.6 0.0 15.1 0.0 16.8 - 1 - 16.0 - 6 -
66 36 4.3 4.3 0 0 12.9 0.0 6.5 0.0 10.3 0.0 6.5 0.0 10.3 0.0 12.3 0.0 5.8 0.0 11.6 0.0 5.8 0.0 11.6 0.0 12.9 - 1 - 12.3 - 6 -
67 37 2.9 2.9 0 0 8.7 0.0 4.4 0.0 7.0 0.0 4.4 0.0 7.0 0.0 8.3 0.0 3.9 0.0 7.8 0.0 3.9 0.0 7.8 0.0 8.7 - 1 - 8.3 - 6 -
68 38 1.6 1.6 0 0 4.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 3.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 3.8 0.0 4.6 0.0 2.2 0.0 4.3 0.0 2.2 0.0 4.3 0.0 4.8 - 1 - 4.6 - 6 -
69 39 0.1 0.1 0 0 0.3 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.3 - 1 - 0.3 - 6 -
70 40 0.1 0.1 0 0 0.3 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.3 - 1 - 0.3 - 6 -
71 41 1.6 1.6 0 0 4.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 3.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 3.8 0.0 4.6 0.0 2.2 0.0 4.3 0.0 2.2 0.0 4.3 0.0 4.8 - 1 - 4.6 - 6 -
72 42 2.9 2.9 0 0 8.7 0.0 4.4 0.0 7.0 0.0 4.4 0.0 7.0 0.0 8.3 0.0 3.9 0.0 7.8 0.0 3.9 0.0 7.8 0.0 8.7 - 1 - 8.3 - 6 -
73 43 4.3 4.3 0 0 12.9 0.0 6.5 0.0 10.3 0.0 6.5 0.0 10.3 0.0 12.3 0.0 5.8 0.0 11.6 0.0 5.8 0.0 11.6 0.0 12.9 - 1 - 12.3 - 6 -
74 44 5.6 5.6 0 0 16.8 0.0 8.4 0.0 13.4 0.0 8.4 0.0 13.4 0.0 16.0 0.0 7.6 0.0 15.1 0.0 7.6 0.0 15.1 0.0 16.8 - 1 - 16.0 - 6 -
75 45 7 7 0 0 21.0 0.0 10.5 0.0 16.8 0.0 10.5 0.0 16.8 0.0 20.0 0.0 9.5 0.0 18.9 0.0 9.5 0.0 18.9 0.0 21.0 - 1 - 20.0 - 6 -
76 46 8.4 8.4 0 0 25.2 0.0 12.6 0.0 20.2 0.0 12.6 0.0 20.2 0.0 23.9 0.0 11.3 0.0 22.7 0.0 11.3 0.0 22.7 0.0 25.2 - 1 - 23.9 - 6 -
77 301 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
78 302 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
79 303 0 0 0 -2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.2 0.0 -3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.2 0.0 -3.8 0.0 - -4.2 4 - - -4.2 9 -
80 304 0 0 0 -3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.7 0.0 -4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.7 0.0 -5.1 0.0 - -5.7 4 - - -5.7 9 -
81 306 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
82 308 0 0 0 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 2.7 0.0 3.0 - 4 - 3.0 - 9 -
83 63 0 0 -2.8 0 0.0 0.0 -4.2 0.0 -3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.2 0.0 -3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -4.2 2 - - -4.2 7 -
84 64 6.3 6.5 -5.2 0 19.2 0.0 1.7 0.0 9.1 0.0 9.5 0.0 15.4 0.0 18.3 0.0 0.7 0.0 10.3 0.0 8.5 0.0 17.3 0.0 19.2 - 1 - 18.3 - 6 -
85 65 14.2 14.7 -7.4 0 43.4 0.0 10.2 0.0 25.8 0.0 21.3 0.0 34.7 0.0 41.2 0.0 8.1 0.0 29.0 0.0 19.2 0.0 39.0 0.0 43.4 - 1 - 41.2 - 6 -
86 66 20.8 21.5 -9.1 0 63.5 0.0 17.6 0.0 39.8 0.0 31.2 0.0 50.8 0.0 60.3 0.0 14.4 0.0 44.8 0.0 28.1 0.0 57.1 0.0 63.5 - 1 - 60.3 - 6 -
87 67 26 27.1 -10.5 0 79.7 0.0 23.3 0.0 51.1 0.0 39.0 0.0 63.7 0.0 75.8 0.0 19.4 0.0 57.5 0.0 35.1 0.0 71.7 0.0 79.7 - 1 - 75.8 - 6 -
88 68 29.9 31.2 -11.6 0 91.7 0.0 27.5 0.0 59.4 0.0 44.9 0.0 73.3 0.0 87.2 0.0 23.0 0.0 66.8 0.0 40.4 0.0 82.5 0.0 91.7 - 1 - 87.2 - 6 -
89 69 32.5 33.9 -12.3 0 99.6 0.0 30.3 0.0 64.9 0.0 48.8 0.0 79.7 0.0 94.7 0.0 25.4 0.0 73.0 0.0 43.9 0.0 89.6 0.0 99.6 - 1 - 94.7 - 6 -
90 70 33.8 35.3 -12.7 0 103.7 0.0 31.7 0.0 67.7 0.0 50.7 0.0 82.9 0.0 98.6 0.0 26.6 0.0 76.1 0.0 45.6 0.0 93.3 0.0 103.7 - 1 - 98.6 - 6 -
91 71 32.8 34.2 -12.3 0 100.5 0.0 30.8 0.0 65.6 0.0 49.2 0.0 80.4 0.0 95.6 0.0 25.8 0.0 73.8 0.0 44.3 0.0 90.5 0.0 100.5 - 1 - 95.6 - 6 -
92 72 33.8 35.3 -12.7 0 103.7 0.0 31.7 0.0 67.7 0.0 50.7 0.0 82.9 0.0 98.6 0.0 26.6 0.0 76.1 0.0 45.6 0.0 93.3 0.0 103.7 - 1 - 98.6 - 6 -
93 73 32.5 33.9 -12.3 0 99.6 0.0 30.3 0.0 64.9 0.0 48.8 0.0 79.7 0.0 94.7 0.0 25.4 0.0 73.0 0.0 43.9 0.0 89.6 0.0 99.6 - 1 - 94.7 - 6 -
94 74 29.9 31.2 -11.6 0 91.7 0.0 27.5 0.0 59.4 0.0 44.9 0.0 73.3 0.0 87.2 0.0 23.0 0.0 66.8 0.0 40.4 0.0 82.5 0.0 91.7 - 1 - 87.2 - 6 -
95 75 26 27.1 -10.5 0 79.7 0.0 23.3 0.0 51.1 0.0 39.0 0.0 63.7 0.0 75.8 0.0 19.4 0.0 57.5 0.0 35.1 0.0 71.7 0.0 79.7 - 1 - 75.8 - 6 -
96 76 20.8 21.5 -9.1 0 63.5 0.0 17.6 0.0 39.8 0.0 31.2 0.0 50.8 0.0 60.3 0.0 14.4 0.0 44.8 0.0 28.1 0.0 57.1 0.0 63.5 - 1 - 60.3 - 6 -
97 77 14.2 14.7 -7.4 0 43.4 0.0 10.2 0.0 25.8 0.0 21.3 0.0 34.7 0.0 41.2 0.0 8.1 0.0 29.0 0.0 19.2 0.0 39.0 0.0 43.4 - 1 - 41.2 - 6 -
98 78 6.3 6.5 -5.2 0 19.2 0.0 1.7 0.0 9.1 0.0 9.5 0.0 15.4 0.0 18.3 0.0 0.7 0.0 10.3 0.0 8.5 0.0 17.3 0.0 19.2 - 1 - 18.3 - 6 -
99 79 0 0 -2.8 0 0.0 0.0 -4.2 0.0 -3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.2 0.0 -3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -4.2 1 - - -4.2 6 -
100 309 0.66 0.68 0.8 0 2.0 0.0 2.2 0.0 2.6 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.6 0.0 1.9 0.0 2.1 0.0 2.9 0.0 0.9 0.0 1.8 0.0 2.6 - 3 - 2.9 - 8 -
101 80 4.1 4.2 -1.8 0 12.5 0.0 3.5 0.0 7.8 0.0 6.2 0.0 10.0 0.0 11.8 0.0 2.8 0.0 8.8 0.0 5.5 0.0 11.2 0.0 12.5 - 1 - 11.8 - 6 -
102 81 -5.23 -4.2 -3.9 0 -14.1 0.0 -13.7 0.0 -16.0 0.0 -7.8 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -13.4 0.0 -12.9 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -7.1 0.0 -12.7 0.0 - -16.0 3 - - -18.0 8 -
103 82 -13.2 -13.6 -5.6 0 -40.1 0.0 -28.1 0.0 -38.8 0.0 -19.7 0.0 -32.1 0.0 -38.2 0.0 -26.2 0.0 -43.7 0.0 -17.8 0.0 -36.1 0.0 - -40.1 1 - - -43.7 6 -
104 83 -19.7 -20.5 -7.1 0 -60.3 0.0 -40.2 0.0 -56.8 0.0 -29.6 0.0 -48.2 0.0 -57.3 0.0 -37.2 0.0 -63.9 0.0 -26.6 0.0 -54.3 0.0 - -60.3 1 - - -63.9 6 -
105 84 -25 -25.9 -8.1 0 -76.4 0.0 -49.7 0.0 -70.8 0.0 -37.5 0.0 -61.1 0.0 -72.6 0.0 -45.9 0.0 -79.7 0.0 -33.8 0.0 -68.7 0.0 - -76.4 1 - - -79.7 6 -
106 85 -28.8 -30.1 -8.8 0 -88.4 0.0 -56.4 0.0 -81.2 0.0 -43.2 0.0 -70.7 0.0 -84.0 0.0 -52.1 0.0 -91.4 0.0 -38.9 0.0 -79.5 0.0 - -88.4 1 - - -91.4 6 -
107 86 -31.5 -32.8 -9.2 0 -96.5 0.0 -61.1 0.0 -88.2 0.0 -47.3 0.0 -77.2 0.0 -91.7 0.0 -56.3 0.0 -99.2 0.0 -42.5 0.0 -86.8 0.0 - -96.5 1 - - -99.2 6 -
108 87 -31.7 -33.1 -8.8 0 -97.2 0.0 -60.8 0.0 -88.3 0.0 -47.6 0.0 -77.8 0.0 -92.4 0.0 -56.0 0.0 -99.4 0.0 -42.8 0.0 -87.5 0.0 - -97.2 1 - - -99.4 6 -
109 88 -31.5 -32.8 -9.2 0 -96.5 0.0 -61.1 0.0 -88.2 0.0 -47.3 0.0 -77.2 0.0 -91.7 0.0 -56.3 0.0 -99.2 0.0 -42.5 0.0 -86.8 0.0 - -96.5 1 - - -99.2 6 -
110 89 -28.8 -30.1 -8.8 0 -88.4 0.0 -56.4 0.0 -81.2 0.0 -43.2 0.0 -70.7 0.0 -84.0 0.0 -52.1 0.0 -91.4 0.0 -38.9 0.0 -79.5 0.0 - -88.4 1 - - -91.4 6 -
111 90 -25 -25.9 -8.1 0 -76.4 0.0 -49.7 0.0 -70.8 0.0 -37.5 0.0 -61.1 0.0 -72.6 0.0 -45.9 0.0 -79.7 0.0 -33.8 0.0 -68.7 0.0 - -76.4 1 - - -79.7 6 -
112 91 -19.7 -20.5 -7.1 0 -60.3 0.0 -40.2 0.0 -56.8 0.0 -29.6 0.0 -48.2 0.0 -57.3 0.0 -37.2 0.0 -63.9 0.0 -26.6 0.0 -54.3 0.0 - -60.3 1 - - -63.9 6 -
Swapnil B. Kharmale
SR MEM (+, Comp & -, Ten) #3 #5 #8 # 10
#1 #2 #4 #6 #7 #9
NO B#
Mz #
My
113 92 -13.2 -13.6 -5.6 0 -40.2 0.0 -28.2 0.0 -38.9 0.0 -19.8 0.0 -32.2 0.0 -38.2 0.0 -26.2 0.0 -43.7 0.0 -17.8 0.0 -36.2 0.0 - -40.2 1 - - -43.7 6 -
114 94 -5.23 -4.2 -3.9 0 -14.1 0.0 -13.7 0.0 -16.0 0.0 -7.8 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -13.4 0.0 -12.9 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -7.1 0.0 -12.7 0.0 - -16.0 3 - - -18.0 8 -
115 93 4.1 4.2 -1.8 0 12.5 0.0 3.5 0.0 7.8 0.0 6.2 0.0 10.0 0.0 11.8 0.0 2.8 0.0 8.8 0.0 5.5 0.0 11.2 0.0 12.5 - 1 - 11.8 - 6 -
116 95 0.66 0.68 0.8 0 2.0 0.0 2.2 0.0 2.6 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.6 0.0 1.9 0.0 2.1 0.0 2.9 0.0 0.9 0.0 1.8 0.0 2.6 - 3 - 2.9 - 8 -
117 413 1 0.7 11.2 0 0 0 0 0 2.6 0.0 18.3 0.0 15.5 0.0 1.5 0.0 2.0 0.0 2.4 0.0 18.2 0.0 17.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 2.3 0.0 18.3 - 2 - 18.2 - 7 -
118 414 1 0.7 6.8 0 0 0 0 0 2.6 0.0 11.7 0.0 10.2 0.0 1.5 0.0 2.0 0.0 2.4 0.0 11.6 0.0 11.5 0.0 1.4 0.0 2.3 0.0 11.7 - 2 - 11.6 - 7 -
119 415 1 0 3.1 0 0 0 0 0 1.5 0.0 6.2 0.0 4.9 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.4 0.0 6.0 0.0 5.5 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 6.2 - 2 - 6.0 - 7 -
120 416 14.2 17.8 12 0 2.9 3 0 0 48.0 8.9 39.3 4.4 52.8 7.1 21.3 4.4 38.4 7.1 45.9 8.4 37.2 3.9 59.4 8.0 19.2 3.9 43.2 8.0 52.8 - 3 8.9 59.4 - 8 8.4
121 417 13.8 17.8 5.7 0 5.9 6 0 0 47.4 17.9 29.3 8.9 44.8 14.3 20.7 8.9 37.9 14.3 45.3 17.0 27.2 8.0 50.4 16.1 18.6 8.0 42.7 16.1 47.4 - 3 17.9 50.4 - 8 17.0
120* 416 11.9 12.4 11.9 0 3 3.1 0 0 36.5 9.2 35.7 4.5 43.4 7.3 17.9 4.5 29.2 7.3 34.7 8.7 33.9 4.1 48.9 8.2 16.1 4.1 32.8 8.2 43.4 - 9.2 48.9 - 8.7
121* 417 11.9 12.7 5.6 0 7.1 3.4 0 0 36.9 15.8 26.3 10.7 36.2 12.6 17.9 10.7 29.5 12.6 35.1 14.7 24.5 9.6 40.8 14.2 16.1 9.6 33.2 14.2 36.9 - 15.8 40.8 - 14.7
122 418 9.9 9.8 0 0 5.9 6 0 0 29.6 17.9 14.9 8.9 23.6 14.3 14.9 8.9 23.6 14.3 28.1 17.0 13.4 8.0 26.6 16.1 13.4 8.0 26.6 16.1 29.6 - 3 17.9 28.1 - 8 17.0
123 419 14.2 17.8 12 2 2.9 3 0 0 48.0 8.9 39.3 4.4 52.8 7.1 24.3 4.4 40.8 7.1 45.9 8.4 37.2 3.9 59.4 8.0 22.2 3.9 45.9 8.0 52.8 - 3 8.9 59.4 - 8 8.4
124 420 13.8 17.8 5.7 0 5.9 6 0 0 47.4 17.9 29.3 8.9 44.8 14.3 20.7 8.9 37.9 14.3 45.3 17.0 27.2 8.0 50.4 16.1 18.6 8.0 42.7 16.1 47.4 - 1 17.9 50.4 - 6 17.0
125 421 9.9 9.8 0 0 5.9 6 0 0 29.6 17.9 14.9 8.9 23.6 14.3 14.9 8.9 23.6 14.3 28.1 17.0 13.4 8.0 26.6 16.1 13.4 8.0 26.6 16.1 29.6 - 1 17.9 28.1 - 6 17.0
126 422 1 0.7 11.2 5.5 0 0 0 0 2.6 0.0 18.3 0.0 15.5 0.0 9.8 0.0 8.6 0.0 2.4 0.0 18.2 0.0 17.4 0.0 9.6 0.0 9.7 0.0 18.3 - 2 - 18.2 - 7 -
127 423 1 0.7 6.8 2.3 0 0 0 0 2.6 0.0 11.7 0.0 10.2 0.0 5.0 0.0 4.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 11.6 0.0 11.5 0.0 4.8 0.0 5.4 0.0 11.7 - 2 - 11.6 - 7 -
128 424 1 0 3.1 0 0 0 0 0 1.5 0.0 6.2 0.0 4.9 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.4 0.0 6.0 0.0 5.5 0.0 1.4 0.0 1.4 0.0 6.2 - 2 - 6.0 - 7 -
129 109 -13.3 -13.7 0 0 -40.5 0.0 -20.0 0.0 -32.4 0.0 -20.0 0.0 -32.4 0.0 -38.5 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -36.5 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -36.5 0.0 - -40.5 1 - - -38.5 6 -
130 96 -11.3 -11.7 0 0 -34.5 0.0 -17.0 0.0 -27.6 0.0 -17.0 0.0 -27.6 0.0 -32.8 0.0 -15.3 0.0 -31.1 0.0 -15.3 0.0 -31.1 0.0 - -34.5 1 - - -32.8 6 -
131 99 -9.4 -9.8 0 0 -28.8 0.0 -14.1 0.0 -23.0 0.0 -14.1 0.0 -23.0 0.0 -27.4 0.0 -12.7 0.0 -25.9 0.0 -12.7 0.0 -25.9 0.0 - -28.8 1 - - -27.4 6 -
132 100 -7.5 -7.8 0 0 -23.0 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -18.4 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -18.4 0.0 -21.8 0.0 -10.1 0.0 -20.7 0.0 -10.1 0.0 -20.7 0.0 - -23.0 1 - - -21.8 6 -
133 101 -5.6 -5.9 0 0 -17.3 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -13.8 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -13.8 0.0 -16.4 0.0 -7.6 0.0 -15.5 0.0 -7.6 0.0 -15.5 0.0 - -17.3 1 - - -16.4 6 -
134 102 -3.7 -3.9 0 0 -11.4 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -9.1 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -9.1 0.0 -10.8 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -10.3 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -10.3 0.0 - -11.4 1 - - -10.8 6 -
135 103 -1.9 -2 0 0 -5.9 0.0 -2.9 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -2.9 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -2.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 -2.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 - -5.9 1 - - -5.6 6 -
136 98 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
137 99 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
138 104 -1.9 -2 0 0 -5.9 0.0 -2.9 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -2.9 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -2.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 -2.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 - -5.9 1 - - -5.6 6 -
139 105 -3.7 -3.9 0 0 -11.4 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -9.1 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -9.1 0.0 -10.8 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -10.3 0.0 -5.0 0.0 -10.3 0.0 - -11.4 1 - - -10.8 6 -
140 106 -5.6 -5.9 0 0 -17.3 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -13.8 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -13.8 0.0 -16.4 0.0 -7.6 0.0 -15.5 0.0 -7.6 0.0 -15.5 0.0 - -17.3 1 - - -16.4 6 -
141 107 -7.5 -7.8 0 0 -23.0 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -18.4 0.0 -11.3 0.0 -18.4 0.0 -21.8 0.0 -10.1 0.0 -20.7 0.0 -10.1 0.0 -20.7 0.0 - -23.0 1 - - -21.8 6 -
142 108 -9.4 -9.8 0 0 -28.8 0.0 -14.1 0.0 -23.0 0.0 -14.1 0.0 -23.0 0.0 -27.4 0.0 -12.7 0.0 -25.9 0.0 -12.7 0.0 -25.9 0.0 - -28.8 1 - - -27.4 6 -
143 110 -11.3 -11.4 0 0 -34.1 0.0 -17.0 0.0 -27.2 0.0 -17.0 0.0 -27.2 0.0 -32.4 0.0 -15.3 0.0 -30.6 0.0 -15.3 0.0 -30.6 0.0 - -34.1 1 - - -32.4 6 -
144 111 -13.3 -13.7 0 0 -40.5 0.0 -20.0 0.0 -32.4 0.0 -20.0 0.0 -32.4 0.0 -38.5 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -36.5 0.0 -18.0 0.0 -36.5 0.0 - -40.5 1 - - -38.5 6 -
145 112 8.4 8.4 0 0 25.2 0.0 12.6 0.0 20.2 0.0 12.6 0.0 20.2 0.0 23.9 0.0 11.3 0.0 22.7 0.0 11.3 0.0 22.7 0.0 25.2 - 1 - 23.9 - 6 -
146 113 7 7 0 0 21.0 0.0 10.5 0.0 16.8 0.0 10.5 0.0 16.8 0.0 20.0 0.0 9.5 0.0 18.9 0.0 9.5 0.0 18.9 0.0 21.0 - 1 - 20.0 - 6 -
147 114 5.6 5.6 0 0 16.8 0.0 8.4 0.0 13.4 0.0 8.4 0.0 13.4 0.0 16.0 0.0 7.6 0.0 15.1 0.0 7.6 0.0 15.1 0.0 16.8 - 1 - 16.0 - 6 -
148 115 4.3 4.3 0 0 12.9 0.0 6.5 0.0 10.3 0.0 6.5 0.0 10.3 0.0 12.3 0.0 5.8 0.0 11.6 0.0 5.8 0.0 11.6 0.0 12.9 - 1 - 12.3 - 6 -
149 116 2.9 2.9 0 0 8.7 0.0 4.4 0.0 7.0 0.0 4.4 0.0 7.0 0.0 8.3 0.0 3.9 0.0 7.8 0.0 3.9 0.0 7.8 0.0 8.7 - 1 - 8.3 - 6 -
150 117 1.6 1.6 0 0 4.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 3.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 3.8 0.0 4.6 0.0 2.2 0.0 4.3 0.0 2.2 0.0 4.3 0.0 4.8 - 1 - 4.6 - 6 -
151 118 0.1 0.1 0 0 0.3 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.3 - 1 - 0.3 - 6 -
152 119 0.1 0.1 0 0 0.3 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.3 - 1 - 0.3 - 6 -
153 120 1.6 1.6 0 0 4.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 3.8 0.0 2.4 0.0 3.8 0.0 4.6 0.0 2.2 0.0 4.3 0.0 2.2 0.0 4.3 0.0 4.8 - 1 - 4.6 - 6 -
154 121 2.9 2.9 0 0 8.7 0.0 4.4 0.0 7.0 0.0 4.4 0.0 7.0 0.0 8.3 0.0 3.9 0.0 7.8 0.0 3.9 0.0 7.8 0.0 8.7 - 1 - 8.3 - 6 -
155 122 4.3 4.3 0 0 12.9 0.0 6.5 0.0 10.3 0.0 6.5 0.0 10.3 0.0 12.3 0.0 5.8 0.0 11.6 0.0 5.8 0.0 11.6 0.0 12.9 - 1 - 12.3 - 6 -
156 123 5.6 5.6 0 0 16.8 0.0 8.4 0.0 13.4 0.0 8.4 0.0 13.4 0.0 16.0 0.0 7.6 0.0 15.1 0.0 7.6 0.0 15.1 0.0 16.8 - 1 - 16.0 - 6 -
157 124 7 7 0 0 21.0 0.0 10.5 0.0 16.8 0.0 10.5 0.0 16.8 0.0 20.0 0.0 9.5 0.0 18.9 0.0 9.5 0.0 18.9 0.0 21.0 - 1 - 20.0 - 6 -
158 125 8.4 8.4 0 0 25.2 0.0 12.6 0.0 20.2 0.0 12.6 0.0 20.2 0.0 23.9 0.0 11.3 0.0 22.7 0.0 11.3 0.0 22.7 0.0 25.2 - 1 - 23.9 - 6 -
159 311 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
160 312 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
161 314 0 0 0 -2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.2 0.0 -3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.2 0.0 -3.8 0.0 - -4.2 4 - - -4.2 9 -
162 315 0 0 0 -3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.7 0.0 -4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.7 0.0 -5.1 0.0 - -5.7 4 - - -5.7 9 -
163 310 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
164 313 0 0 0 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 2.7 0.0 3.0 - 4 - 3.0 - 9 -
165 601 0 0 2.8 0 0.3 0.5 0 0 0.0 1.2 4.2 0.5 3.4 1.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.2 4.2 0.4 3.8 1.1 0.0 0.4 0.0 1.1 4.2 - 2 1.2 4.2 - 7 1.2
166 602 0 0 3.3 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 5.0 0.8 4.0 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 5.0 0.7 4.5 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 5.0 - 2 2.1 5.0 - 7 2.0
167 603 0 0 2.7 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 4.1 0.8 3.2 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 4.1 0.7 3.6 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 4.1 - 2 2.1 4.1 - 7 2.0
Swapnil B. Kharmale
SR MEM (+, Comp & -, Ten) #3 #5 #8 # 10
#1 #2 #4 #6 #7 #9
NO B#
Mz #
My
168 604 0 0 2.3 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 3.5 0.8 2.8 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 3.5 0.7 3.1 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 3.5 - 2 2.1 3.5 - 7 2.0
169 605 0 0 1.9 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 2.9 0.8 2.3 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 2.9 0.7 2.6 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 2.9 - 2 2.1 2.9 - 7 2.0
170 606 0 0 1.5 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 2.3 0.8 1.8 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 2.3 0.7 2.0 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 2.3 - 2 2.1 2.3 - 7 2.0
171 607 0 0 1.1 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 1.7 0.8 1.3 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 1.7 0.7 1.5 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 1.7 - 2 2.1 1.7 - 7 2.0
172 608 0 0 0.8 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 1.2 0.8 1.0 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 1.2 0.7 1.1 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 1.2 - 2 2.1 1.2 - 7 2.0
173 609 0 0 0.3 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 0.5 0.8 0.4 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 0.5 0.7 0.4 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 0.5 - 2 2.1 0.5 - 7 2.0
174 610 0 0 0.3 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 0.5 0.8 0.4 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 0.5 0.7 0.4 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 0.5 - 2 2.1 0.5 - 7 2.0
175 611 0 0 0.8 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 1.2 0.8 1.0 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 1.2 0.7 1.1 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 1.2 - 2 2.1 1.2 - 7 2.0
176 612 0 0 1.1 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 1.7 0.8 1.3 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 1.7 0.7 1.5 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 1.7 - 2 2.1 1.7 - 7 2.0
177 613 0 0 1.5 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 2.3 0.8 1.8 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 2.3 0.7 2.0 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 2.3 - 2 2.1 2.3 - 7 2.0
178 614 0 0 1.9 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 2.9 0.8 2.3 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 2.9 0.7 2.6 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 2.9 - 2 2.1 2.9 - 7 2.0
179 615 0 0 2.3 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 3.5 0.8 2.8 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 3.5 0.7 3.1 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 3.5 - 2 2.1 3.5 - 7 2.0
180 616 0 0 2.7 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 4.1 0.8 3.2 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 4.1 0.7 3.6 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 4.1 - 2 2.1 4.1 - 7 2.0
181 617 0 0 3.3 0 0.5 0.9 0 0 0.0 2.1 5.0 0.8 4.0 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 1.7 0.0 2.0 5.0 0.7 4.5 1.9 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.9 5.0 - 2 2.1 5.0 - 7 2.0
182 618 0 0 2.8 0 0.3 0.5 0 0 0.0 1.2 4.2 0.5 3.4 1.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 1.0 0.0 1.2 4.2 0.4 3.8 1.1 0.0 0.4 0.0 1.1 4.2 - 2 1.2 4.2 - 7 1.2
183 633 0 0 1.3 0 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 1.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 - 2 - 2.0 - 7 -
184 619 0 0 -3.7 0 0.0 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -5.6 2 - - -5.6 7 -
185 620 0 0 -3.2 0 0.0 0.0 -4.8 0.0 -3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.8 0.0 -4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -4.8 2 - - -4.8 7 -
186 621 0 0 -2.6 0 0.0 0.0 -3.9 0.0 -3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.9 0.0 -3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -3.9 2 - - -3.9 7 -
187 622 0 0 -2.1 0 0.0 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -3.2 2 - - -3.2 7 -
188 623 0 0 -1.6 0 0.0 0.0 -2.4 0.0 -1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.4 0.0 -2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -2.4 2 - - -2.4 7 -
189 624 0 0 -1.1 0 0.0 0.0 -1.7 0.0 -1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.7 0.0 -1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -1.7 2 - - -1.7 7 -
190 625 0 0 -0.6 0 0.0 0.0 -0.9 0.0 -0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -0.9 0.0 -0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -0.9 2 - - -0.9 7 -
191 626 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
192 627 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
193 628 0 0 -0.6 0 0.0 0.0 -0.9 0.0 -0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -0.9 0.0 -0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -0.9 2 - - -0.9 7 -
194 629 0 0 -1.1 0 0.0 0.0 -1.7 0.0 -1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.7 0.0 -1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -1.7 2 - - -1.7 7 -
195 630 0 0 -1.6 0 0.0 0.0 -2.4 0.0 -1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.4 0.0 -2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -2.4 2 - - -2.4 7 -
196 631 0 0 -2.1 0 0.0 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -3.2 2 - - -3.2 7 -
197 632 0 0 -2.6 0 0.0 0.0 -3.9 0.0 -3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.9 0.0 -3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -3.9 2 - - -3.9 7 -
198 634 0 0 -3.2 0 0.0 0.0 -4.8 0.0 -3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.8 0.0 -4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -4.8 2 - - -4.8 7 -
199 635 0 0 -3.7 0 0.0 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -5.6 2 - - -5.6 7 -
200 636 0 0 1.3 0 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 1.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 - 2 - 2.0 - 7 -
201 501 0 0 3.2 0 0.0 0.0 4.8 0.0 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.8 0.0 4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.8 - 2 - 4.8 - 7 -
202 502 0 0 3 0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 3.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 4.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 - 2 - 4.5 - 7 -
203 503 0 0 2.7 0 0.0 0.0 4.1 0.0 3.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.1 0.0 3.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.1 - 2 - 4.1 - 7 -
204 504 0 0 2.3 0 0.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.5 - 2 - 3.5 - 7 -
205 505 0 0 1.9 0 0.0 0.0 2.9 0.0 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.9 0.0 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.9 - 2 - 2.9 - 7 -
206 506 0 0 1.5 0 0.0 0.0 2.3 0.0 1.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.3 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.3 - 2 - 2.3 - 7 -
207 507 0 0 1.1 0 0.0 0.0 1.7 0.0 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.7 0.0 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.7 - 2 - 1.7 - 7 -
208 508 0 0 0.8 0 0.0 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.2 - 2 - 1.2 - 7 -
209 509 0 0 0.3 0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 - 2 - 0.5 - 7 -
210 510 0 0 0.3 0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 - 2 - 0.5 - 7 -
211 511 0 0 0.8 0 0.0 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.2 0.0 1.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.2 - 2 - 1.2 - 7 -
212 512 0 0 1.1 0 0.0 0.0 1.7 0.0 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.7 0.0 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.7 - 2 - 1.7 - 7 -
213 513 0 0 1.5 0 0.0 0.0 2.3 0.0 1.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.3 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.3 - 2 - 2.3 - 7 -
214 514 0 0 1.9 0 0.0 0.0 2.9 0.0 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.9 0.0 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.9 - 2 - 2.9 - 7 -
215 515 0 0 2.3 0 0.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.5 - 2 - 3.5 - 7 -
216 516 0 0 2.7 0 0.0 0.0 4.1 0.0 3.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.1 0.0 3.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.1 - 2 - 4.1 - 7 -
217 517 0 0 3 0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 3.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 4.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 - 2 - 4.5 - 7 -
218 518 0 0 3.2 0 0.0 0.0 4.8 0.0 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.8 0.0 4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.8 - 2 - 4.8 - 7 -
219 519 0 0 -4.2 0 0.0 0.0 -6.3 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -6.3 0.0 -5.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -6.3 2 - - -6.3 7 -
220 520 0 0 -3.7 0 0.0 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -5.6 2 - - -5.6 7 -
221 521 0 0 -3.2 0 0.0 0.0 -4.8 0.0 -3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.8 0.0 -4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -4.8 2 - - -4.8 7 -
222 522 0 0 -2.6 0 0.0 0.0 -3.9 0.0 -3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.9 0.0 -3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -3.9 2 - - -3.9 7 -
223 523 0 0 -2.1 0 0.0 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -3.2 2 - - -3.2 7 -
224 524 0 0 -1.6 0 0.0 0.0 -2.4 0.0 -1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.4 0.0 -2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -2.4 2 - - -2.4 7 -
Swapnil B. Kharmale
SR MEM (+, Comp & -, Ten) #3 #5 #8 # 10
#1 #2 #4 #6 #7 #9
NO B#
Mz #
My
225 525 0 0 -1.1 0 0.0 0.0 -1.7 0.0 -1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.7 0.0 -1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -1.7 2 - - -1.7 7 -
226 526 0 0 -0.6 0 0.0 0.0 -0.9 0.0 -0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -0.9 0.0 -0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -0.9 2 - - -0.9 7 -
227 527 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
228 528 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - - - 5 -
229 529 0 0 -0.6 0 0.0 0.0 -0.9 0.0 -0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -0.9 0.0 -0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -0.9 2 - - -0.9 7 -
230 530 0 0 -1.1 0 0.0 0.0 -1.7 0.0 -1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1.7 0.0 -1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -1.7 2 - - -1.7 7 -
231 531 0 0 -1.6 0 0.0 0.0 -2.4 0.0 -1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -2.4 0.0 -2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -2.4 2 - - -2.4 7 -
232 532 0 0 -2.1 0 0.0 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.2 0.0 -2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -3.2 2 - - -3.2 7 -
233 533 0 0 -2.6 0 0.0 0.0 -3.9 0.0 -3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -3.9 0.0 -3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -3.9 2 - - -3.9 7 -
234 534 0 0 -3.2 0 0.0 0.0 -4.8 0.0 -3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -4.8 0.0 -4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -4.8 2 - - -4.8 7 -
235 535 0 0 -3.7 0 0.0 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -5.6 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -5.6 2 - - -5.6 7 -
236 536 0 0 -4.2 0 0.0 0.0 -6.3 0.0 -5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -6.3 0.0 -5.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -6.3 2 - - -6.3 7 -
237 318 0 0 -5.6 0 0.0 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -6.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -7.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -8.4 2 - - -8.4 7 -
238 320 0 0 -4.6 0 0.0 0.0 -6.9 0.0 -5.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -6.9 0.0 -6.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -6.9 2 - - -6.9 7 -
239 322 0 0 -4.4 0 0.0 0.0 -6.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -6.6 0.0 -5.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -6.6 2 - - -6.6 7 -
240 325 0 0 -5.6 0 0.0 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -6.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -8.4 0.0 -7.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -8.4 2 - - -8.4 7 -
241 327 0 0 -4.6 0 0.0 0.0 -6.9 0.0 -5.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -6.9 0.0 -6.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -6.9 2 - - -6.9 7 -
242 329 0 0 -4.4 0 0.0 0.0 -6.6 0.0 -5.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -6.6 0.0 -5.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -6.6 2 - - -6.6 7 -
243 321 0 0 -8 0 0.0 0.0 -12.0 0.0 -9.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -12.0 0.0 -10.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -12.0 2 - - -12.0 7 -
244 319 0 0 -7 0 0.0 0.0 -10.5 0.0 -8.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -10.5 0.0 -9.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -10.5 2 - - -10.5 7 -
245 328 0 0 -8 0 0.0 0.0 -12.0 0.0 -9.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -12.0 0.0 -10.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -12.0 2 - - -12.0 7 -
246 326 0 0 -7 0 0.0 0.0 -10.5 0.0 -8.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -10.5 0.0 -9.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -10.5 2 - - -10.5 7 -
247 317 0 0 3.3 0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 - 2 - 5.0 - 7 -
248 324 0 0 4.8 0 0.0 0.0 7.2 0.0 5.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.2 0.0 6.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.2 - 2 - 7.2 - 7 -
249 316 0 0 3.3 0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 - 2 - 5.0 - 7 -
250 323 0 0 4.8 0 0.0 0.0 7.2 0.0 5.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.2 0.0 6.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.2 - 2 - 7.2 - 7 -
TOP GIRDER INCLINED AND VERTICAL BRACING (FORCES DUE TO APPLIED 2.5% LATERAL FORCE IN PLANE OF TOP GIRDER)
*DL
*DL WL
+LL
251 501 10.1 19.9 3.2 0 29.9 0.0 20.0 0.0 27.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 28.3 0.0 18.4 0.0 31.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 29.9 - 1 0.0 31.2 - 8 0.0
252 502 9.9 19.5 3 0 29.3 0.0 19.4 0.0 27.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 27.8 0.0 17.9 0.0 30.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 29.3 - 1 0.0 30.4 - 8 0.0
253 503 9.4 18.5 2.7 0 27.8 0.0 18.2 0.0 25.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 26.3 0.0 16.7 0.0 28.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 27.8 - 1 0.0 28.6 - 8 0.0
254 504 8.6 16.9 2.3 0 25.4 0.0 16.4 0.0 23.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 24.1 0.0 15.1 0.0 25.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 25.4 - 1 0.0 25.9 - 8 0.0
255 505 7.4 14.7 1.9 0 22.1 0.0 14.0 0.0 19.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.9 0.0 12.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 22.1 - 1 0.0 22.4 - 8 0.0
256 506 6.1 12 1.5 0 18.0 0.0 11.4 0.0 16.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 17.1 0.0 10.5 0.0 18.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 18.0 - 1 0.0 18.2 - 8 0.0
257 507 4.4 8.8 1.1 0 13.2 0.0 8.3 0.0 11.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12.5 0.0 7.6 0.0 13.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 13.2 - 1 0.0 13.4 - 8 0.0
258 508 2.7 5.4 0.8 0 8.1 0.0 5.3 0.0 7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.7 0.0 4.8 0.0 8.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.1 - 1 0.0 8.4 - 8 0.0
259 509 0.7 1.3 0.3 0 2.0 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.4 0.0 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 - 1 0.0 2.2 - 8 0.0
260 510 0.7 1.3 0.3 0 2.0 0.0 1.5 0.0 1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 0.0 1.4 0.0 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 - 1 0.0 2.2 - 8 0.0
261 511 2.7 5.4 0.8 0 8.1 0.0 5.3 0.0 7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.7 0.0 4.8 0.0 8.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.1 - 1 0.0 8.4 - 8 0.0
262 512 4.4 8.8 1.1 0 13.2 0.0 8.3 0.0 11.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12.5 0.0 7.6 0.0 13.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 13.2 - 1 0.0 13.4 - 8 0.0
263 513 6.1 12 1.5 0 18.0 0.0 11.4 0.0 16.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 17.1 0.0 10.5 0.0 18.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 18.0 - 1 0.0 18.2 - 8 0.0
264 514 7.4 14.7 1.9 0 22.1 0.0 14.0 0.0 19.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.9 0.0 12.8 0.0 22.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 22.1 - 1 0.0 22.4 - 8 0.0
265 515 8.6 16.9 2.3 0 25.4 0.0 16.4 0.0 23.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 24.1 0.0 15.1 0.0 25.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 25.4 - 1 0.0 25.9 - 8 0.0
266 516 9.4 18.5 2.7 0 27.8 0.0 18.2 0.0 25.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 26.3 0.0 16.7 0.0 28.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 27.8 - 1 0.0 28.6 - 8 0.0
267 517 9.9 19.5 3 0 29.3 0.0 19.4 0.0 27.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 27.8 0.0 17.9 0.0 30.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 29.3 - 1 0.0 30.4 - 8 0.0
268 518 10.1 19.9 3.2 0 29.9 0.0 20.0 0.0 27.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 28.3 0.0 18.4 0.0 31.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 29.9 - 1 0.0 31.2 - 8 0.0
269 519 -13.8 -27.2 -4.2 0 -40.8 0.0 -27.0 0.0 -37.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -38.7 0.0 -24.9 0.0 -42.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -40.8 1 0.0 - -42.4 8 0.0
270 520 -13.2 -26.1 -3.7 0 -39.2 0.0 -25.4 0.0 -35.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -37.2 0.0 -23.4 0.0 -40.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -39.2 1 0.0 - -40.2 8 0.0
271 521 -12.4 -24.4 -3.2 0 -36.6 0.0 -23.4 0.0 -33.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -34.7 0.0 -21.5 0.0 -37.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -36.6 1 0.0 - -37.3 8 0.0
272 522 -11.1 -21.8 -2.6 0 -32.7 0.0 -20.6 0.0 -29.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -31.0 0.0 -18.9 0.0 -32.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -32.7 1 0.0 - -32.9 8 0.0
273 523 -9.3 -18.4 -2.1 0 -27.6 0.0 -17.1 0.0 -24.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -26.2 0.0 -15.7 0.0 -27.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -27.6 1 0.0 - -27.7 8 0.0
274 524 -7.2 -14.3 -1.6 0 -21.5 0.0 -13.2 0.0 -19.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -20.4 0.0 -12.1 0.0 -21.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -21.5 1 0.0 - -21.5 8 0.0
275 525 -4.9 -9.8 -1.1 0 -14.7 0.0 -9.0 0.0 -13.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -14.0 0.0 -8.3 0.0 -14.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -14.7 1 0.0 - -14.7 8 0.0
276 526 -2.5 -4.9 -0.6 0 -7.4 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -6.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.0 0.0 -4.3 0.0 -7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -7.4 1 0.0 - -7.4 8 0.0
277 527 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - 0.0 - - - 0.0
Swapnil B. Kharmale
SR MEM (+, Comp & -, Ten) #3 #5 #8 # 10
#1 #2 #4 #6 #7 #9
NO B#
Mz #
My
278 528 0 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - - - 0.0 - - - 0.0
279 529 -2.5 -4.9 -0.6 0 -7.4 0.0 -4.7 0.0 -6.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -7.0 0.0 -4.3 0.0 -7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -7.4 1 0.0 - -7.4 8 0.0
280 530 -4.9 -9.8 -1.1 0 -14.7 0.0 -9.0 0.0 -13.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -14.0 0.0 -8.3 0.0 -14.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -14.7 1 0.0 - -14.7 8 0.0
281 531 -7.2 -14.3 -1.6 0 -21.5 0.0 -13.2 0.0 -19.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -20.4 0.0 -12.1 0.0 -21.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -21.5 1 0.0 - -21.5 8 0.0
282 532 -9.3 -18.4 -2.1 0 -27.6 0.0 -17.1 0.0 -24.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -26.2 0.0 -15.7 0.0 -27.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -27.6 1 0.0 - -27.7 8 0.0
283 533 -11.1 -21.8 -2.6 0 -32.7 0.0 -20.6 0.0 -29.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -31.0 0.0 -18.9 0.0 -32.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -32.7 1 0.0 - -32.9 8 0.0
284 534 -12.4 -24.4 -3.2 0 -36.6 0.0 -23.4 0.0 -33.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -34.7 0.0 -21.5 0.0 -37.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -36.6 1 0.0 - -37.3 8 0.0
285 535 -13.2 -26.1 -3.7 0 -39.2 0.0 -25.4 0.0 -35.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -37.2 0.0 -23.4 0.0 -40.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -39.2 1 0.0 - -40.2 8 0.0
286 536 -13.6 -27.2 -4.2 0 -40.8 0.0 -26.7 0.0 -37.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -38.8 0.0 -24.7 0.0 -42.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 - -40.8 1 0.0 - -42.4 8 0.0
*Considering fixed support at base
Truss members
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Section C:- Project Problem
C.2 Design of FOB By Both Code
1) Girder 1/2-L/R bottom chord, Members 21 to 29 and 83 to 91
Design forces:- As per IS:800 (Draft) Design forces:- As per Eurocode3

T= 97.2 MTon NSd= 92.4 Mton
= 972 kN (Tension) = 924 kN (Tension)
Load Case =1.5DL+1.5LL Load Case=1.35 DL+1.5LL
DESIGN STEPS REFERENCES DESIGN STEPS REFERENCES

1.Trial section 1.Trial section 1
6G [ P [ [

7[ [ [ $ PP
P UHT
$ PP I
J UHT \
I
\
2
Increase it by 5 % so that (A g) req =4490mm Increase it by 5 % so that A req =4270mm2
Let us try 2- ISA 100x100x12 connected on Let us try 2-ISA 110x110x10 connected on
either side of gusset plate 12 mm thick either side of gusset plate 12 mm thick
Sectional properties of 1 ISA 100x100x12 Sectional properties of 1 ISA 100x100x12

A=2259 mm2,b= 100mm,d=100mm,t=12mm A=2106 mm2,b= 110mm,d=110mm,t=10mm
czz=29.2 mm czz=30.8 mm
Check for slenderness = Check for slenderness =

kL/rzz = 1.0x 2270 / 30.3 = 74.91 < 400 ok l/i zz = 1.0x 2270 / 33.6 = 67.55 < 350 ok
i)Design Strength due to yielding of gross Clause 6.2 i)Design Plastic resistance of gross Clause 5.4.3-
section (T dg) cross section (N pl.Rd) (1)-a
$[I [ [
$ [I [ [ \
J \
1 N1
7 N1 SO5G
GJ

P P
Swapnil B. Kharmale
CD-051061 258 Comparative study of IS:800(Draft) and EC3
ii)Design Strength due to Rupture of Critical Clause 6.3.3 ii) Design ultimate resistance of the net Clause 5.4.3-
Section (T dn) cross section (N u.Rd) (1)-b
To find T dn we require the connection details [$
QHW
[I
X
1X5G
Here connections (welded) is designed such a P
manner that Tdgis preferably less than T dn In angles connected by one leg the eccentricity Clause 6.6.10
(This ensures strength of system is governed of welded end connection may be allowed by -(1)
by member) adopting an effective cross sectional area and
then treating member as concentrically loadea
[IX [$ QF $ JR [I\ IX
7GQ [ ! RU ! 7GQ $ Q[ For equal-angles the effective area may be Clause 6.6.10
P P P
taken as gross area -(2)
ZKHUH
Z I\ E V EV Therefore A net = (2x2106)mm2
[ [ [ [
W IX / /
[ [ [
1
X5G

1 N1
X5G
3.Design Tension resistance of cross Clause 5.4.3

section (Nt.Rd) eqn (5.13)
Nt.Rd = Smaller of Npl.Rd and Nu.Rd

= 957 kN >NSd=924 kN
Hence safe
Connection 7
/
ZHOG UHTXLUHG
6WUHQJWKRIZHOG
Section:- 2-ISA 110x110x10 (A=2x2106mm2)
Interaction Ratio (Action/Strength)=0.97
Here let us take T= T dg so that Tdn < T dg
Let us use 6 mm size fillet weld (i.e. S=6mm)
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Strength of weld= 0.707x S x fu/((3)x m1) Clause10.5.7
= 0.803 kN/m
Therefore L weld required =1280 mm
And L weld required per angle =640 mm
Now L1+ L2 = 640 -100 =540mm

Taking moment of weld force about the vertical
face of angle
L1 x 29.2 = L2 x (100-29.20)
Hence L2=158 mm and L1=382mm
L= Length of joint = (L 1+L2)/2 =270mm

From figure b s =100 mm ,w= 100mm
For equal angles with welded connection
Anc=Ago= 2 x[(100-6)x12)]=2256 mm2

[ [ [ [

RUWDNLQJ
[ [ [

7 [
GQ

7 N1 ! 7
GQ GJ
3.Design Tensile strength of section Clause 6.1

Td= Least of T dg ,Tdn,
:= 1026.8 kN > T= 972 kN
Hence safe
Section :- 2-ISA 100x100x12 (A= 2x2259mm2)

Swapnil B. Kharmale
2)Girder 1/2-L/R Inclined Members 51 to 58 and 101 to 106, 98 and 99

= 173 kN (Tension) = 164 kN (Tension)

1 [ [ [
6G P
1.Trial section 7[
P [ [

1.Trial section $
UHT
PP
$ PP
J UHT I
\

I
\
Increase it by 5 % so that (A g) req =800mm2 Increase it by 5 % so that A req =758mm2
Let us try ISA 70x70x6 connected to the Let us try ISA 70x70x6 connected to the
of gusset plate 8 mm thick gusset plate 8 mm thick


kL/rzz = 1.0x 3230 / 13.6 = 237.5 < 400 ok l/i zz = 1.0x 3230 / 13.6 = 237.5 < 350 ok
i)Design Strength due to yielding of gross Clause 6.2 i)Design Plastic resistance of gross Clause 5.4.3-
section (T dg) cross section (N pl.Rd) (1)-a
$ [I [ $[I
J \ \
[
7 N1 1 N1
GJ SO5G

P P
Swapnil B. Kharmale
ii)Design Strength due to Rupture of Critical Clause 6.3.3
Section (T dn) ii) Design ultimate resistance of the net Clause 5.4.3-
Connection cross section (N u.Rd) (1)-b
Let us use 3 mm size fillet weld (i.e. S=6mm) [$
QHW
[I
X
1X5G
Strength of weld= 0.707x S x fu/((3)x m1) Clause10.5.7 P
= 0.401 kN/m In angles connected by one leg the eccentricity Clause 6.6.10
7 of welded end connection may be allowed by -(1)
/
ZHOG UHTXLUHG
6WUHQJWKRIZHOG adopting an effective cross sectional area and
PP KHUH7 7GJ

Now L1+ L2 =456 -70 =386 mm For equal-angles the effective area may be Clause 6.6.10
L= Length of joint = (L 1+L2)/2 =193mm taken as gross area -(2)
Also w=bs=70mm
For equal angles with welded connection Therefore A net = 806mm2
Anc=Ago= (70-3)x6)=402mm2
Z I\ EV EV [[
[ [ [ RU [ 1X5G

W IX / /
1X5G N1

[ [ [ [

RUWDNLQJ
[IX [$ QF $ JR [I\ 3.Design Tension resistance of cross Clause 5.4.3

7GQ [
P P
section (Nt.Rd) eqn (5.13)
[ [ [
7GQ [
7GQ N1 ! 7GJ
= 183.2 kN >NSd=164 kN
3.Design Tensile strength of section Clause 6.1 Hence safe
:= 183.2 kN > T= 173 kN Hence safe
Section :- ISA 70x70x6 (A= 806mm2) Section:- 2-ISA 70x70x6 (A=806mm2)
Interaction Ratio (Action/Strength)=0.94 Interaction Ratio (Action/Strength)=0.90
Swapnil B. Kharmale
3)Girder 1/2-L/R Inclined Members 302, 301, 303, 304 and 311, 312, 314, 315

= 57 kN (Tension) As per IS:800 (Draft) = 57kN (Tension)
Load Case =1.5DL+1.5EQ Load Case=1.35 DL+1.5EQ

1 [ [ [
6G P
1.Trial section 7[
P [ [

1.Trial section $
UHT
PP
$ PP I
J UHT \
I
\
2
Increase it by 5 % so that (A g) req =265mm Increase it by 5 % so that A req =758mm2
Let us try ISA 55x55x5 connected to the Let us try 2-ISA 70x70x6 connected to the
of gusset plate 8 mm thick gusset plate 8 mm thick


kL/rzz = 1.0x 4000 /10.6 =377.4 < 400 ok l/i zz = 1.0x 4000 / 10.6 = 377.4 >350
In Eurocode there is no strigent requirement
i)Design Strength due to yielding of gross Clause 6.2 for slenderness of Tension member
section (T dg) i)Design Plastic resistance of gross Clause 5.4.3-
cross section (N pl.Rd) (1)-a
$ [I [
J \
7 N1 $[I [
GJ \
1 N1
P SO5G

P
Swapnil B. Kharmale
ii)Design Strength due to Rupture of Critical Clause 6.3.3
Section (T dn) ii) Design ultimate resistance of the net Clause 5.4.3-
Connection cross section (N u.Rd) (1)-b
Let us use 3 mm size fillet weld (i.e. S=6mm) [$ [I
QHW X
1X5G
Strength of weld= 0.707x S x fu/((3)x m1) Clause10.5.7 P
= 0.401 kN/m In angles connected by one leg the eccentricity Clause 6.6.10
/
7 of welded end connection may be allowed by -(1)
ZHOGUHTXLUHG
6WUHQJWKRIZHOG adopting an effective cross sectional area and
PP KHUH7 7
GJ

Now L1+ L2 =300 -55 =245 mm For equal-angles the effective area may be Clause 6.6.10
L= Length of joint = (L 1+L2)/2 =123mm taken as gross area -(2)
Also w=bs=55mm
For equal angles with welded connection Therefore A net = 527mm2
Anc=Ago= (55-2.5)x5)=262.5mm2
[[
Z I\ EV EV
[ [ [ RU [ 1
X5G

W IX / /
1 N1
X5G
[ [ [ [

RUWDNLQJ
[IX [$ QF $ JR [I\
3.Design Tension resistance of cross Clause 5.4.3
7GQ [ section (Nt.Rd) eqn (5.13)
P P
[[ [
7GQ [

7GQ N1 ! 7GJ = 119.8 kN >NSd=57kN
3.Design Tensile strength of section Clause 6.1 Hence safe
:= 119.8 kN >> T= 57 kN Hence safe
Section :- ISA 55x55x5 (A= 527mm2) Section:- ISA 55x55x5 (A=527mm2)
Swapnil B. Kharmale
4) Girder 1/2-L/R Vertical struts, Members 33 to 37 and 42 to 46, 112 to 116 and 121 to 125

P= 25.2 MTon NSd= 23.9Mton
= 252 kN (Compression) = 239kN (Compression)
Length= 2.3m Length= 2.3m

1.Trial Section 1.Trial Section
Let us assume fcd =130 MPa Asssume design buckling stress =130 Mpa

3 [
$ UHT PP 1
6G [

IFG $
UHT PP
'HVLJQEXFNOLQJVWUHVV
Let us try 2-ISA 70x70x8 connected on either Let us try 2-ISA 70x70x8 connected on either
side of gusset plate 10 mm thick side of gusset plate 10 mm thick
Sectional Properties of 2-ISA 70x70x8 Sectional Properties of 2-ISA 70x70x8

A= 2116mm2 A= 2116mm2
b=d = 70mm c=d = 70mm
t= 8mm t= 8mm
rzz= 21.2mm iyy= 21.2mm
ryy= 32.9mm izz= 32.9mm
rvv = 13.5mm ivv = 13.5mm
L= 2300mm L= 2300mm
czz= 20.2mm cyy= 20.2mm
2.Section Classification Table 3.1 of 2.Section Classification Table 5.3.1 of

Stress ratio I IS:800 (Draft) Stress ratio EC3

\ I
\
Swapnil B. Kharmale
For individual section For individual section
F
E
+HQFH&ODVV
+HQFHVHPLFRPSDFW
W
W
F G
EG
+HQFHVHPLFRPSDFW
+HQFH&ODVV
W W [
+HQFHZKROHVHFWLRQLVRI&ODVVDQG $
+HQFHZKROHVHFWLRQLVVHPLFRPSDFWDQG$
HII
$ $ HII $
2.Effective length (KL) Clause7.5.2.1 2.Buckling Length (l)

It is assumed to be welded end connection, The buckling length factor vary from 0.5 for Annex F
hence effective length factor K= 0.8 assumed full fixity to 1.0 for no fixity Threfore,
for buckling @ z-z axis (0.7 to 0.85) For buckling @ y-y axis
and for buckling @ y-y K=1.0 Buckling Length l yy =0.8 x2300 =1840mm
Therefore For buckling about z-z axis
(KL)zz= 0.8 x 2300 =1840 mm Buckling Length l zz =1 x2300 =2300mm
(KL)yy= 1 x 2300 =2300 mm
4.Slenderness ratios 4.Slenderness ratios

Slenderness ratio @ z-z axis=(KL/r) zz= 86.8 Slenderness ratio @ y-y axis=(l/i) yy \
Slenderness ratio @ y-y axis=(KL/r) yy=69.9 Slenderness ratio @ z-z axis=(l/i) zz ]
Maximum slenderness ratio =(KL/r) zz= 86.8 Maximum slenderness ratio =(l/i) zz= z= 86.8
5.Selection of Buckling curve Table 7.2 of 5.Selection of Buckling curve Table 5.5.3 of
For angle section buckling curve c is used irre- IS:800 (Draft) For angle section buckling curve c is used irre- EC3
spective of axis of buckling spective of axis of buckling
6. Capacity of section
For (KL/r) =86.8 ,buckling curve c and f y =250 Table 7.4c of 6. Capacity of section
fcd =125 Mpa IS:800 (Draft) =93.9
1 [
3 $
HII
[I
FG
[ Clause 7.1.2

[
$
3 N1 ! N1
Hence safe
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Interaction Ratio (Action/Strength)=0.96 For =0.95 , buckling curve c and f y =250 Table 5.5.2 of
Stress reduction factor =0.57 EC3
7) Connection I
\
Let us provide 6mm fillet weld 1

E5G $
$ [[[

Clause 5.5.1.1
0
Strength of weld= 0.707x S x fu/((3)x m1) Clause10.5.7

1 N1 ! N1
E5G
= 0.803 kN/m
7 Hence safe
/ PP
ZHOG UHTXLUHG
6WUHQJWKRIZHOG
7) Connection
And L weld required per angle =158 mm Let us provide 6mm fillet weld
Now L1+ L2 = 158 -70 =88mm Strength of weld= 0.707x S x fu/((3)x w Mw) Clause 6.6.5.3
Taking moment of weld force about the vertical = 0.973 kN/m
face of angle 7
/ PP
L1 x 20.2 = L2 x (70-20.20) ZHOG UHTXLUHG
6WUHQJWKRIZHOG
Hence L2=26mm and L1=62mm

And L weld required per angle =123 mm
Tack weld Now L1+ L2 = 123 -70 =53mm
Provide 3mm fillet weld Taking moment of weld force about the vertical
face of angle
Pitch of tack weld < i) 600 mm Clause L1 x 20.2 = L2 x (70-20.20)
ii)40xrvv =40x13.5=540mm 10.2.4.5 Hence L2=16mm and L1=37mm
iii)0.6 x(KL/r)xrvv
=0.6x86.8x13.5=703 mm Tack weld Clause 5.9.4
Provide tack weld @ 540 mm c/c Pitch of tack weld < i) 15 xi min of combined
< i.e. 15 x21.2 =318 mm
Provide tack weld @ 315 mm c/c
Section :-2- ISA 70x70x8 (A= 2116mm2) Section:- 2-ISA 70x70x8 (A=2116mm2)
Swapnil B. Kharmale
5) Girder 1/2-L/R Vertical struts, Members 38 to 41and 117 to 120 & Wind bracing members 317, 316, 323 and 324



3 [ 1 [

$ UHT PP $
6G
PP
IFG UHT
Also section selection is governed by maximum

slenderness ratio ie (KL/r) <180 Let us try ISA 70x70x8 connected on to the
Let us try ISA 70x70x8 connected to the
gusset plate 10 mm thick Sectional Properties of ISA 70x70x8
A= 1058 mm2
Sectional Properties of ISA 70x70x8 h= 70mm
A= 1058 mm2 b= 70mm
b= 70mm t= 8mm
d= 70mm ivv = 13.5mm
t= 8mm iyy =
rvv = 13.5mm izz=
L= 2300mm L= 2300mm

Stress ratio IS:800 (Draft) Stress ratio EC3
Swapnil B. Kharmale
E F
+HQFHVHPLFRPSDFW +HQFH&ODVV
W W
EG F G
+HQFHVHPLFRPSDFW +HQFH&ODVV
W W [
+HQFHZKROHVHFWLRQLVVHPLFRPSDFWDQG$ $ +HQFHZKROHVHFWLRQLVRI&ODVVDQG $
HII $ HII $
2.Equivalent slenderness ratio (IIHFWLYH6OHQGHUQHVV5DWLR eff Clause 5.8.3

For single angle strut For single angle effective slenderness ratios
are as follows
H N N
YY N
For buckling @ v-v axis:= HII Y [ Y
where where
k1,k2,k3= constant depending upon endcondition Y
Y
[ $

/ E E For buckling@ z-z axis:= HII ] [ ]
UYY and where

YY

( ]
[
(
[W
] $
For buckling @ y-y axis:= HII \

[ \
where
[
\
For our case \

$
Assuming the fixity as partial, hence taking the Table 7.6 of Now L= 2.3 m & taking l=L
value k 1,k2 and k3 as average of same IS:800 (Draft)

mentioned for fixed and hinged connection O

Y [
Therefore k 1=0.45 ,k2 =0.475 and k 3 =12.5 Y
L
Y

Also O

[
[
]
]
L
]
O

[

[[ [[
\
\
L
[ [ [[
\

Therefore HIIY [

HII] [
[ [
H
HII\ [
Swapnil B. Kharmale
For angle section buckling curve c is used
Now > @ Clause 7.1.2.1 is used irrespective of axis of buckling , hence
= 0.49
For angle section buckling curve c is used In general , > @
is used irrespective of axis of buckling , hence

= 0.49
> @

Therefore =1.99
And where
> @
we have to use here effective slenderness

7DNLQJ UDWLRV HIILQSODFHRI
H
> @
Y
> @
3.Design compressive strength Clause 7.1.2

Y
> @
I\ I\
I
FG ] \
> @
P P

I
FG [

1 PP ] \
> @

PLQ Y

3G $ H [IFG
3G [
3. Buckling resistance Clause 5.5.1.1
3G N1 ! N1
I\
+HQFHVDIH 1E5G PLQ
[ $
[$[
P

Section :- ISA 70x70x8 (A= 1058mm2) 1E5G [[[

1E5G N1 ! N1
+HQFH VDIH
Section:- ISA 70x70x8 (A=1058mm2)

Swapnil B. Kharmale
6) Column Member 401 to 403 & 413 to 415, 410 to 412, 422 to 424

Load Case =1.5DL+1.5WL Load Case=1.35 DL+1.5WL


3 [ 1 [

$ UHT PP $
6G
PP
IFG UHT
Let us try an ISMB 200 @ 0.249kN/m Let us try an ISMB 200 @ 0.249kN/m
Sectional properties Sectional properties
A= 3233mm2 A= 3233mm2
h= 200mm h= 200mm
B= 100mm B= 100mm
tf= 10.8mm tf= 10.8mm
tw= 5.7mm tw= 5.7mm
rzz= 83.2mm iyy= 83.2mm
ryy= 21.5mm izz= 21.5mm
h2= 23.65mm h2= 23.65mm
d= 152.7mm d= 152.7mm

Stress ratio I IS:800 (Draft) Stress ratio EC3

I
\ \
Swapnil B. Kharmale
E F
)ODQJH KHQFHSODVWLF )ODQJH KHQFH&ODVV
W W
I I
G G
:HE KHQFHVHPLFRPSDFW :HE KHQFH&ODVV
W W
Z Z
+HQFHVHFWLRQLVVHPLFRPSDFW $ $ +HQFHVHFWLRQLVRI&ODVV
HII $
3.Effective length (KL) & Slenderness ratios 3.Buckling length (l) & Slenderness ratios
Assuming (KL) zz & (KL)yy =1x3250 =3250mm Assuming (l) zz & (l)yy =1x3250 =3250mm
Buckling Axis Buckling curve
Buckling Axis Buckling curve Table 7.1&7.2 y-y Buckling curve a 0.21
z-z Buckling curve a 0.21 IS:800 (Draft) z-z Buckling curve b 0.34
y-y Buckling curve b 0.34 ( )yy=(l/i) yy=(1x3250/83.2)=39.2
(KL/r)zz=(1x3250/83.2)=39.2 ( )zz=(l/i) zz=(1x3250/21.5)=151.16
(KL/r)yy=(1x3250/21.5)=151.16 Also 1
4. Design compressive stress f cd:- 6WUHVVUHGXFWLRQIDFWRUV 'HVLJQ Table 5.5.2

For buckling @ z-z axis (KL/r) zz=39.2 and buckling stress of EC3
buckling curve a f cd=213.7N/mm2 Table 7.4a of \\ and yy =0.94

\\
IS:800 (Draft)
For buckling @ y-y axis (KL/r) yy=151.16 and Table 7.4b of ]]

and zz =0.29

2 ]]
buckling curve b f cd=63.33 N/mm IS:800 (Draft)

Therefore, min = 0.29

Therefore taking f cd =63.33 N/mm2 'HVLJQEXFNOLQJVWUHVV min x(fy/ M0)
2
5.Design compressive strength Clause 7.1.2 =65.50 N/mm
3 $ [I [
5.Buckling resistance
G H FG
3 N1 ! N1+HQFHVDIH 1 'HVLJQEXFNOLQJVWUHVV[ [$ [[

G E5G $
Section :- ISMB 200 (A= 3233mm2)

1 N1 ! N1KHQFHVDIH
E5G
Interaction Ratio (Action/Strength)=0.90 Section :- ISMB 200 (A= 3233mm2)

Swapnil B. Kharmale
7) Bottom girder main Beam members 601 to 618
Design forces:- As per IS:800 (Draft) Design forces:- As per Eurocode 3

P= Nil NSd= Nil
Mz= 2.1MTon m =21kNm My= 2.0MTon m =20kNm
Load Case:- 1.5 (DL+LL) Load Case:-1.35DL+1.5LL
P= 5MTon =50kN NSd= 5MTon =50kN
Mz= 0.8Mton m =8 kNm My= 0.7Mton m =7 kNm
Load Case:- 1.5 (DL+WL) Load Case:-1.35DL+1.5WL

1.Trial section 1.Trial section
Let us try an ISMB 175 @ 0.189kN/m Let us try an ISMB 200 @ 0.249kN/m
Sectional properties Sectional properties
2 4 4
A=3233mm2 4 4
A=2462mm Izz= 1272 x10 mm Iyy= 2235.4 x10 mm
4 4 4 4
h=175mm Iyy= 85x10 mm h=200mm Izz= 150x10 mm
3 3 3 3
B=90mm Zez= 145.4x10 mm B=100mm W ey= 223.5x10 mm
3 3 3 3
tf=8.6mm Zey= 18.9x10 mm tf=10.8mm W ez= 30x10 mm
3 3 3 3
tw=5.5mm Zpz= 163x10 mm tw=5.7mm W py= 249.7x10 mm
3 3 3 3
rzz=71.9mm Zpy= 19.85x10 mm iyy=83.2mm W pz= 31.5x10 mm
ryy=18.6mm h2= 20.25mm izz=21.5mm h2= 23.65mm
d= 134.5mm d= 152.7mm
2.Section classification Table 3.1 of 2.Section classification Table 5.3.1 of
Stress ratio =(250/fy)=1 IS:800 (Draft) Stress ratio =(235/fy)=0.97 EC3
F
E
)ODQJH
)ODQJH
W
W I
I
Hence flange is of plastic class from both axial Hence flange is of Class1 from both axial
and bending compression point of view and bending compression point of view
Swapnil B. Kharmale
G G
:HE :HE
W
Z W
Z

Hence web is of plastic class from bending Hence web is of Class1 from bending
compression point of view and of semi-compact compression point of view and of Class2
class from axial compression point of view from axial compression point of view
Therefore whole section is of Plastic class for Therefore whole section is of Class1 for
bending compression and is of Semi-compact bending compression and is of Class2 for
class for axial compression (so that A eff=A) axial compression (so that A=1)
3.Moment Capacity Clause 8.2.2 3.Moment capacity Clause 5.5.2

As beam is laterally unsupported As beam is laterally unsupported
KL=2.44 m say 2.5 m Laterally unsupported length l=2.44m say2.5m
To find M dz To find M b.Rd

(,\K ./ U\ O
/7

0FU
> > @ @ N1P /7
L
./ K WI ]]
DQG IRU&ODVVVHFWLRQ

:
E
[=S] [I\ [[ [
/7
[

/7
0FU [
/7 :

> /7 /7 @
/7
> /7 /7
/7
@ /7 /7

/7
/7

/7
> /7
/7
@ /7 /7
/7
I
I\ \
0 [ [: [
IEG /7
[ 1 PP E5' /7 : SO\
0
P

0G] E
[= S] [IEG
0 [[[ [
E5'

0G] [[ [
0 N1P ! N1P
E5'
0G] N1P ! N1P ,5

+HQFH VDIH ,5
+HQFH VDIH
Swapnil B. Kharmale
4.Compression capacity Clause 7.1.2 4.Buckling resistance Clause 5.5.1.1
Effective length (KL) y=1x2.44 =2.44 m say 2.5m Effective length (l) z=1x2.44 =2.44 m say 2.5m
ryy=18.6mm and i zz=21.5mm
Therefore slenderness ratio (KL/r) y =134.40 Therefore slenderness ratio (l/i) z = =116.28
For buckling about y-y axis buckling curve b is For buckling about z-zaxis buckling curve b is
used used

For (KL/r)y=134.40and buckling curve b the Table 7.4b of
value of f cd=75.16N/mm2 IS:800 (Draft)
3 $ [I [
For =1.28 and for buckling curve b value
G H FG
of stress reduction factor =0.35
3 N1 ! N1 ,5
G
I\
+HQFHVDIH 1E5G [ [$[
$
P

5.Check for resistance of cross section to Clause 9.3.2.2 1
E5G
[[[

combined effect of buckling
1E5G N1 ! N1+HQFHVDIH ,5
3 0]
5.Check for resistance of cross section to Clause 5.5.4
3G 0G]
axial compression and bending
Here P=50 KN ,Mz=0.8 kNm 1 0
I
6G \6G
For given section ISMB 175 I

$ :
\ \
] /7 SO\
Pd =185kN and Mdz=28.67kNm 0 0
Here NSd= 50 kN and My.Sd=0.7 kNm

[ [
+HQFH VDIH

Note that though interaction ratio for combined [[

[ [

forces is very low such section selecton is
required to take care of moment action under +HQFHVDIH
DL+LL combination (For that case IR=0.73)
2
Section :-ISMB175 (A=2462mm ) Section :-ISMB200 (A=3233mm 2)
IR =(Action/Strength)=0.73 For 1.5(DL+LL) IR =(Action/Strength)=0.78 For 1.35DL+1.5LL
IR =(Action/Strength)=0.55 For 1.5(DL+WL) IR =(Action/Strength)=0.49 For 1.35DL+1.5WL
Swapnil B. Kharmale
Table C.2.1:-Comparison of design capacity of various elements of FOB by both codes
Capacity (kN or kN-m)

SR Staad Sections As per Sections As per IS:800 (Draft) Euro Code 3
Nature
No Member # IS:800 (Draft) EC3
Pu Pd A(cm2) IR Pu Pd A(cm2) IR
21 to 29
1 Tension 2ISA 100x100x12 2ISA 110x110x10 972 1026.8 45.2 0.95 924 957.00 42.12 0.97
83 to 91
18 to 20,
30 to 32,
2 Tension 2ISA 60x60x8 2ISA 60x60x8 401 407 17.92 0.99 382 405 17.92 0.94
80 to 82 and
92 to 94
47 to 50,
59 to 62,
3 Tension 2ISA 60x60x8 2ISA 60x60x8 405 407 17.92 1.00 385 403 17.92 0.96
96, 99, 100,
107 to 111
51 to 58
4 101 to 106, Tension ISA 70x70x6 ISA 70x70x6 173 183 0.95 162 181.3 0.89
98 and 99
302, 301,
303, 304 and
5 Tension ISA 55x55x5 ISA 55x55x5 57 119.78 0.48 57 118.6 0.48
311, 312,
314, 315
633, 619 to
6 632 and Tension ISA 50x50x6 ISA 50x50x6 56 129.1 0.43 56 127.8 0.44
634 to 636.
519 to 523
7 and 532 to Tension 2ISA 60x60x8 2ISA 60x60x8 408 407 17.92 1.00 424 403 17.92 1.05
536
8 524 to 531. Tension ISA 65x65x8 ISA 65x65x8 215 221 9.76 0.97 215 219.6 9.76 0.98
318 to 320
9 and 325 to Tension ISA 60x60x8 ISA 60x60x8 120 203.5 8.96 0.59 120 201.5 8.96 0.60
328
Swapnil B. Kharmale
33 to 37 and
42 to 46,
10 112 to 116 Comp 2ISA 70x70x8 2ISA 70x70x8 252 264.5 32.9 0.95 239 274 32.9 0.87
and 121 to
125
38 to 41and
117 to 120,
11 Comp ISA 70x70x8 ISA 70x70x8 52.9 74 16.4 0.71 46 60 16.4 0.77
317, 316,
323 and 324
306, 310, 313
12 and 308, 305, Comp ISA 60x60x6 ISA 60x60x6 30 38.85 7.44 0.77 28 31 7.44 0.90
95,309, 307
5 to 13, and
13 Comp 2ISA 110x110x15 2ISA 110x110x15 1037 1090.6 51.7 0.95 970 1181 51.7 0.82
67 to 75.
1 to 4 and
63 to 66,
14 Comp 2ISA 90x90x12 2ISA 90x90x12 635 636 43.1 1.00 610 715 43.1 0.85
14 to 17 and
76 to 79.
501 to 505,
15 Comp 2ISA 70x70x10 2ISA 70x70x10 299 302 35 0.99 278 367 35 0.76
514 to 518
16 506 to 513 Comp 2ISA 65x65x8 2ISA 65x65x8 180 206 30.9 0.87 168 259 30.9 0.65
401 to 403 &
413 to 415,
17 Comp ISMB 200 ISMB 200 183 204 0.90 182 211 0.86
410 to 412,
422 to 424
18 601 to 618 Flexure ISMB175 ISMB 200 21 28.53 24.62 0.74 20 26.93 32.33 0.74
404 to 409 & Flexure 474 1442.6 450 1636

19 ISMB 500 ISMB 500 110.7 0.78 0.78
416 to 421
Comp 179 399.6 167 330.64 110.7
404 to 409 & Flexure 369 1442.6 351 1636
19* ISMB 500 ISMB 500 110.7 0.65 0.66
416 to 421 Comp 158 399.6 147 330.64 110.7
* Considering fixed support at base
Swapnil B. Kharmale
CONCLUSIONS
General aspects
The main objective of this comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & Eurocode 3
is to study the Limit State Method for design of steel structure and then compare the
design methodology for basic structural element by both codes Following
conclusions are drawn and summarized from the Section B Study of both codes
and Section C Project problem of this dissertation
From Section B Study of both code
Basis of design
The design methodology by both codes is basically based on Limit State
approach. Even though IS: 800 (Draft) doesnt disregard the allowable stress design
format completely but in the section 11 of IS: 800 (Draft) it has been proposed that
wherever it is not possible or feasible one can adopt the working stress design
format.
Section classification
Both codes classify the cross section based on limiting width to thickness
ratio of individual plate element to avoid the local buckling. Here Eurocode 3 gives
the formulation to calculate the effective dimensions of Class 4 (Slender) section and
subsequently specify the corresponding design strength formulae for Class 4
section. On the other hand IS: 800 (Draft) remains silent on this matter about slender
class. (As such some of ISA section falls in slender class.)
Maximum slenderness ratios
IS: 800 (Draft) mention the maximum slenderness ratios of various structural
elements whereas Eurocode 3 is not stringent about limits on slenderness ratios of
various structural elements. (For detail refer Maximum effective slenderness ratio
of Chapter B.3).
Design of Tension member
When strength or resistance of tension member at net section is calculated by
both codes the IS: 800 (Draft) code results are higher as compare to Eurocode 3
results. This is due to different value of reduction factor taken by both codes to
account the shear lag effect, eccentric loading etc (For detail refers Effect of shear
lag of Chapter B.4).
CD-051061
Design of compression member
Both codes use the Perry-Robertson approach to evaluate the compression
capacity of member.
In case of single angle strut the effective slenderness ratios are calculated on
the basis of test results and researches carried out by respective standards. When
we compare the capacities of single angle discontinuous strut (of non slender class)
with partial fixity at the end connection it founds that IS: 800 (Draft) gives higher
capacity as compare to Eurocode 3.
Design of member subjected to bending
Plastic design strength of flexural member by both codes is same
If member governs by flexural-torsional buckling mode of failure IS (800) Draft
code may prove economical because Eurocode 3 more conservative equation to
calculate non dimensional slenderness ratio for lateral torsional buckling (LTB)
Design of member subjected to combined forces
The interaction equations specified by both codes for design of member
subjected to combined forces are same.
From Section B Project problem
In project problem the interaction ratios (IR=Action/Strength) are calculated
for various structural elements of FOB designed by both codes.
From load combinations by both code (Table C.1.1) and design calculation it
founds that
x When DL + LL combination is governing then design action by IS:
800 (Draft) are slightly higher than that by Eurocode 3 and in such
case Eurocode is slightly economical.
x When DL +LL+ WL (EL) combination is governing then design action
by Eurocode 3 are slightly higher than that by IS: 800 (Draft) and in
such case IS: 800 (Draft) is slightly economical.
This is because:-
IS: 800 specify the same partial safety factor for Permanent action as well as
Variable action. Eurocode 3 specify the different partial safety factor for permanent
and variable action (more value for Variable action as variation are large and smaller
CD-051061
value for Permanent action as it might be uniform throughout the life span of
structure). This indicates IS: 800 (Draft) had same safety index ( ) for permanent
action and variable actions

CD-051061
References
1. Design standards
Indian Standards
IS: 800-1984 Code of practice for general construction in steel
IS:875-1975 (Part I to V)Code of practice for design loads
IS: 1893-2002 Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structure
IS: 808-1989 Dimensions for hot rolled steel beam, column, channel
and angle sections
IS:801 -1975 Code of practice for use of cold formed light gauge steel
structure member in general construction
IS: 814-1991 Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding of
carbon and carbon manganese steel
IS: 4000-1992 High strength bolts in steel structures.
Eurocodes
ENV: 1991 Eurocode 1 Basis of design and actions on structures

ENV: 1998 Eurocode 8 Design of structure for earthquake resistance
British Standard
BS: 5950:Part1:2000:-Structural Use of Steelwork in Buildings:
Part1Code of practice for design in simple and continuous construction
2. Books
Behaviour and Design of Steel Structure -By N.S. Trahair
Design of Steel Structure -By B.S. Krishnamachar and D.Ajitha Simha
Steel Structures Design and Behaviour (1971 edition) - By-C.G.
Salmon, J.E.Johnson
Reliability based design approach By R.Rangnathan
Theory of Elasticity - By-S.P.Timoshenko and J.N.Goodier
Theory of Elastic stability By:-S.P.Timoshenko &J.M.Gere

CD-051061
3. Websites
www.sefindia.org
www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
www.access-steel.com
http://www.kuleuven.be/bwk/materials/Teaching/master/toc.htm
(Lecture series on Eurocode 3)
3. Papers and Journals

Refresher course on proposed revision of IS 800 & Composite
construction (INSDAG)
Indian Society of Structural Engineers Volume 6-1 Jan-March 2004
Reliability-based code calibration of partial safety factors By-P. Friis
Hansen & J. Dalsgard Sorensen
Evaluation of stress distribution in bolted steel angles under tension
By-Mohan Gupta & L. M. Gupta
Single-angle compression members welded by one leg to gusset
plates By- Sherief Sharl , Shukry Sakla

CD-051061

M.tech Swapnil

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

M.tech Swapnil

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dissertation Titled

COMPARATIVE STUDY OF IS: 800 (DRAFT) CODE

(Roll No. CD-051061)

M. Tech. (Civil Engineering with Specialization in Structural Engineering)

Department Of Structural Engineering

Veermata Jijabai Technological Institute.

This is to certify that Swapnil B.Kharmale a student of M. Tech. Civil Engineering

(Mr. B. A. Naik) (Prof. M. G. Gadgil)

I wish to state that work embodied in this dissertation titled COMPARATIVE

This dissertation COMPARATIVE STUDY OF IS: 800 (DRAFT) CODE &

(Mr. B.A.Naik) (Prof M.D.Mulay)

It give me immense pleasure to present this report entitled

I wish to acknowledge with deep sense of gratitude, my indebtedness to my

I am also thankful to Dr. K. G. Narayankhedkar, Director, V.J.T.I., Mumbai

On many occasions, Prof K.K.Sangle and Prof N.M.Damle took part in

List Of Tables i-iii

Section A :- Introduction 1-28

A.1 General 1-7

A.2 About IS:800 (Draft) 8-12

A.3 About Eurocode 3 ( ENV:1993-1-1) 13-16

A.4 Symbols And Conventions By Both Codes 17-28

Section B:- Study Of Both Code 29-237

B.1 Basis Of Design 29-61

B.2 Materials 62-68

B.3 Analysis And Design Requirements 69-78

B.4 Design Of Tension Member 79-107

B.5 Design Of Compression Member 108-159

B.6 Design Of Member Subjected To Bending 160-206

B.7 Design Of Member Subjected To Combined Forces 207-222

B.8 Connections 223-237

Section C:- Project Problem 238-270

C.1 Problem Data And Analysis 238-257

C.2 Design By Both Code 258-277

A.1.1 Countries and their design format

Swapnil B.Kharmale Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC3

Swapnil B.Kharmale Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC3

Swapnil B.Kharmale Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC3

A.4.1 Conventions for member axes as per IS: 800 (Draft)

Swapnil B.Kharmale Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC3

A.1.1 Development in Steel Construction:-

Swapnil B. Kharmale 1 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC 3

Swapnil B. Kharmale 2 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC 3

A design code is a set of minimum requirements for construction covering

Essential of an efficient code of practice for design of steel structure:-

x It should be based on rational design theory.

Swapnil B. Kharmale 3 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC 3

A.1.2.2 Countries and their Design Formats

Table A.1.1:- Countries and their Design Formats

Countries Design Formats (For Steel Structure)

Australia , Canada , China , Europe ,Japan Limit State Method (LSM)

A.1.2.3 IS: 800 (Draft)

The total Draft is prepared is based on the stipulations of International

Swapnil B. Kharmale 4 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC 3

x AS 4100-1998:-Steel Structures (second edition), Standards Australia

x BS 5950-2000:-Structural Use of Steelwork in Buildings: Part1Code of

x CAN/CSA-S16.1-94:-Limit States Design of Steel Structures, Canadian

x ENV: 1993-1-1 Eurocode 3: Design Of Steel Structure: Part 1-1 General

Swapnil B. Kharmale 5 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC 3

A.1.4 Scope of the present work

Part 1:- Comparative Study of Basic Sections by Both Codes through

Swapnil B. Kharmale 6 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC 3

Analysis Of Foot Over Bridge (FOB)

Swapnil B. Kharmale 7 Comparative study of IS: 800 (Draft) & EC 3

Appendix Name Of Appendix